Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi
    The New Zealand Government: A United States SEC Registered Corporation  |  Who Owns New Zealand's Banks - And Australia's Banks - Anyone's Banks?
 
Wake Up Kiwi
 
Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi

· Home / Introduction

CURRENT AFFAIRS

· Current Events & Breaking News

· Cabal / Illuminati / NWO Watch

· Mainstream Media Manipulation

· Banking Crimes & Criminals

· Political Crimes & Criminals

· Feature Articles

· Positive Developments

ILLUMINATI / NWO

· NWO Globalist Agenda

· Secret Societies & The Illuminati

· Conspiracy To Rule The World

· What / Who Is "The Crown"?

· Agenda 21 In New Zealand

· Surveillance Society/Police State

· 'Terrorism' & Engineered Wars

· Eugenics / Depopulation Agenda

· Religion As A Tool For Control

· Common Law Vs Statute Law

SCIENCE / TECHNOLOGY

· The Climate Change Scam

· Chemtrails & Geoengineering

· Suppressed Science

· Positive New Technologies

· Cures, Health & Wellbeing

· Dangerous & Dirty Technology

· Spiritual Aspects & Metaphysics

· The Extra-Terrestrial Presence

HISTORY

· Suppressed / Hidden History

· Real New Zealand History

· The Opal File: NZ / AUS History

· 150+ NWO Globalist Quotes

MISCELLANEOUS

· Political Commentary

· Positive Resources

· Resistance, Resources & Links

· Contact



Newsletter archive - click here

Site Search:



























Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
News Archives



 

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Trump Announces Declassification Of Russia Collusion, Clinton Email Probe Documents & Betrayal, Infuriating Betrayal
October 11 2020 | From: TheEpochTimes / UNZ / Various

President Donald Trump announced in a Twitter post late on Tuesday he has authorized the “total” declassification of all documents relating to the Russia collusion and Hillary Clinton email probes.




“I have fully authorized the total Declassification of any & all documents pertaining to the single greatest political CRIME in American History, the Russia Hoax. Likewise, the Hillary Clinton Email Scandal. No redactions!” he wrote at around 8:40 p.m. ET. He did not elaborate on the nature of the documents..

Related: Trump Orders Declassification of Long-Withheld Spy Records

Later, he wrote that he “can’t believe these con men are not yet being PROSECUTED,” referring to former FBI officials.

Earlier this week, White House chief of staff Mark Meadows said that Trump, while he was being treated for the CCP (Chinese Communist Party) virus in the hospital, authorized him to declassify the information.


"This morning we’ve already had a couple of discussions on items that he wants to get done,” Meadows said an interview with Fox News.

“Candidly, he’s already tasked me with getting declassification rolling in a follow-up to some of the requests that Devin Nunes and others have made,”
he said, referring to Rep. Devin Nunes (R-Calif.), the ranking member of the House Intelligence Committee.

Meadows also didn’t disclose what documents Trump was working on declassifying.

It came as House Republicans said they would fight efforts from U.S. intelligence agencies to block the disclosure of classified information surrounding the probe into whether Russia colluded with Trump in the 2016 election.



President Trump "Total Declassification" of Documents Related to Russia Investigation





Related:
Flynn’s Lawyer Excoriates Judge, Formally Calls for His Disqualification


Nunes told Fox that he would not rule out an overhaul of the entire intelligence community.


"We want every damn bit of evidence that every intelligence agency has, or it’s maybe time to shut those agencies down,” the California Republican said. “Because, at the end of the day … our liberties are more important than anything else we have in this country. And they have been stampeded over by these dirty cops.

Nunes said that memos from Christopher Steele, who authored the controversial and discredited Steele dossier about Trump, should be published.

Steele, a former UK intelligence officer, was hired by Clinton’s campaign to come up with alleged links between Russia and Trump.

Top Democrats and the former Obama administration’s CIA director, John Brennan, cried foul over the recent developments.



Related: 'Trump Was Right': Evidence Of The Corrupt FBI (Cabal) Mission To Take Trump Down

Brennan told CNN that current Director of National Intelligence John Ratcliffe is selectively declassifying information to boost Trump ahead of the November election.

Ratcliffe made a decision to declassify notes written by Brennan after he briefed former President Barack Obama on intelligence related to Russian security service saying Clinton approved;


"A proposal from one of her foreign policy advisers to vilify Donald Trump by stirring up a scandal claiming interference by the Russian security service.”

“John Ratcliffe is anything but an intelligence professional. It is appalling his selective declassification of information. It is designed to advance the political interests of Donald Trump and Republicans who are aligned with him,” Brennan said.



Related: CIA Director Haspel And The Anti-Trump Conspirators

Democrats accused Ratcliffe of spreading disinformation from Russia. However, Radcliffe told news outlets that such claims are false.


"To be clear, this is not Russian disinformation and has not been assessed as such by the intelligence community. I’ll be briefing Congress on the sensitive sources and methods by which it was obtained in the coming days,” he said to Fox News.

Earlier, in a letter (PDF) to Senate Judiciary Committee Chairman Lindsey Graham (R-S.C.), Ratcliffe disclosed that the CIA in late July 2016 came into possession of a Russian intelligence analysis that claimed that Hillary Clinton approved a plot on July 26, 2016, to dirty up the Trump campaign by insinuating a link between the Trump campaign and Russia in connection with the alleged hacking of the Democratic National Committee.

The plot was meant to distract the public from the Clinton email server scandal, according to the intelligence.

DNI Releases 1,000 Pages Of Material To Durham Investigators
From: TheEpochTimes

Director of National Intelligence John Ratcliffe announced on Oct. 7 that his office has released 1,000 pages of material to John Durham, the federal prosecutor investigating the conduct of the Russia inquiry by FBI and other intelligence agencies.



“At my direction, the Office of the Director of National Intelligence has now provided almost 1,000 pages of materials to the Department of Justice in response to Mr. Durham’s document requests,” Ratcliffe said in a statement.

Related: Nunes: Shut Down Intel Agencies Until They Declassify ‘Smoking Gun’ Evidence Against Hillary Clinton

“I will continue to ensure the Intelligence Community’s responsiveness to the DOJ’s requests. We also look forward to supporting the DOJ in further declassifications consistent with their investigation.

As the President has made clear, we must be appropriately transparent with the American people and give them the confidence that the extraordinary work of Intelligence professionals is never misused or politicized.”

The DNI’s announcement comes one day after President Donald Trump wrote on Twitter that he has authorized the full declassification of documents related to the Russia investigation and the probe into Hillary Clinton’s use of an unauthorized email server.


"I have fully authorized the total Declassification of any & all documents pertaining to the single greatest political CRIME in American History, the Russia Hoax. Likewise, the Hillary Clinton Email Scandal. No redactions!” the president wrote around 8:40 p.m. ET. He didn’t elaborate on the nature of the documents.

Later, he wrote that he “can’t believe these con men are not yet being PROSECUTED,” referring to former FBI officials.

Trump’s missive came on the heels of Ratcliffe declassifying a pair of documents which detailed a U.S. intelligence intercept of a Russian intelligence product that claimed that Clinton had approved a plan on July 26, 2016, to smear Trump by linking his campaign to the alleged hack of the DNC by the Russians.




DNI Declassifies Brennan Notes; Briefed Obama On Intelligence That Hillary Clinton Concocted Trump-Russia Allegations

Director of National Intelligence John Ratcliffe on Tuesday declassified several documents, including handwritten notes from former CIA John Brennan after he briefed former President Obama on an alleged plot by Hillary Clinton to tie then-candidate Donald Trump to Russia as "a means of distracting the public from her use of a private email server" ahead of the 2016 US election, according to Fox News.





Related:
CIA Director Haspel Personally Blocking Declassification Of Russiagate Documents




Then-CIA Director John Brennan personally briefed President Barack Obama about the plan, according to the documents as well as a summary letter Ratcliffe released last week.

The CIA then forwarded the intelligence to the FBI Director James Comey and Deputy Assistant Director Peter Strzok on Sept. 7, 2016.

Ratcliffe cautioned that since the intelligence came from Russia, it should be taken with a grain of salt since it could be an exaggeration or intentionally misleading.

The information was nonetheless significant enough for Brennan to brief to Obama and the National Security Council.

Brennan accused Ratcliffe of selectively declassifying the information for political gain.

The timing of Clinton’s alleged approval of the plot to smear Trump is significant because five days later, Strzok would open a full investigation into potential coordination between the Trump campaign and Russia.

Years later, the allegations were determined to be unfounded by special counsel Robert Mueller.


Related Articles:

Subpoenas Authorized For Comey, Brennan, Clapper, Halper And Other 'Spygate' Figures & Phones Wiped Clean: What's Behind Robert Mueller's Russia Probe Team's 'Mass Password Amnesia'?

Declassified Documents Suggest Hillary cooked up Russiagate to shift focus from her Scandals

Trump Reauthorizes Declassification Of All 'Russia Hoax' Documents In Late-Night Tweetstorm

Russia Was Trying To Hurt Trump? Impending Declassification To 'Flip Collusion Theory On Its Head': Solomon

Awful Kamala Harris Debate Performance Boosts Trump Reelection Chances

Judiciary Committee Releases Declassified Documents That Substantially Undercut Steele Dossier, Page FISA Warrants & Attorney General Says New Strzok Notes Described Obama White House Meeting

Obamagate Is Not A Conspiracy Theory & Disinformation From Schiff, Media Damaged America




Betrayal, Infuriating Betrayal

What the Russiagate investigation shows, is that high-ranking members of the Democrat party were part of an illicit coup d’etat aimed at removing Donald Trump from office and rolling back the results of the 2016 elections.



It is a vast understatement to say that the operation was merely an attack on Donald Trump when, in fact, it was an attack on the system itself, a full-blown assault on the right of ordinary people to choose their own leaders.

Related: VP Biden helped son Hunter become fabulously wealthy by shaking down international governments and corporations

That’s what Russiagate is really all about; it was an attempt to torpedo democracy by invoking the flimsy and unverifiable claim that Trump was an agent of the Kremlin.


"The belief in a supernatural source of evil is not necessary; men alone are quite capable of every wickedness."

- Joseph Conrad

None of this, of course, has been discussed in a public forum because those platforms are all privately-owned media that are linked to the people who executed the junta.

But for those who followed events closely, and who know what actually happened, there has never been a more serious crime in American history

Here’s your political puzzler for the day: Which of these two things poses a greater threat to the country:

1. A boastful president who has no previous government experience and who is rash and impulsive in his dealings with the media, foreign leaders and his critics?

2. Or a political party that collaborates with senior-level officials in the Intel agencies, the FBI, the DOJ, the media, and former members of the White House to spy on the new administration with the intention of gathering damaging information that can be used to overthrow the elected government?

The answer is “2”, the greater threat to the country is a political party that engages in subversive activity aimed at toppling the government and seizing power.


Related: Presstitute New York Times and the Rest of the Whore Media Rush to Defend Hunter Biden from the Devastating US Senate Report on His Corruption and Likely Criminal Action

In fact, that’s the greatest danger that any country can face, an enemy from within.

Foreign adversaries can be countered by diplomatic engagement and shoring up the nation’s military defenses, but traitors - who conduct their activities below the radar using a secret network of contacts and connections to inflict maximum damage on the government - are nearly unstoppable.



Click on the image above to view a larger version in a new window

Related: Hillary Clinton Accused Of Approving Scheme To Smear Trump With Russia Accusations

What we discovered was that the permanent bureaucracy, the media and the Democrat party are riddled with strategically-placed quislings and collaborators that are willing to sabotage their own government if they are so directed
.

The question that immediately comes to mind is this: Who concocted this plot, who authorized the electronic eavesdropping, the confidential informants, the widespread spying, the improperly obtained warrants, the fake news, and the endless leaks to the media? Who?

What we witnessed was not just an attempted coup, it was a window into the inner-workings of a secret government operating independently from within the state.

And the sedition was not confined to a few posts at the senior levels of the FBI, CIA, NSA, or DOJ. No.

The corruption has saturated the entire structure, seeping down to the lower levels where career bureaucrats eagerly perform tasks that are designed to damage or incriminate elected officials. How did it ever get this bad?

And who is calling the shots? We still don’t know.

Let me pose a theory: The operation might have been concocted by former CIA-Director John Brennan, but Brennan surely is not the prime instigator, nor is Clapper, Comey or even Obama.



Related: DNI Declassifies CIA Memo That Comey Claimed to Have No Memory of Receiving

The real person or persons who initiated the coup will likely never be known. These are the Big Money guys who operate in the shadows and who have a stranglehold on the Intelligence agencies
.

These are the gilded Mandarins who have their tentacles wrapped firmly around the entire state-power apparatus and who dictate policy from their leather-bound chairs at their high-end men’s clubs.

These are the people who decided that Donald Trump “had to go” whatever the cost.

They pulled out all the stops, engaged their assets across the bureaucracy, and launched a desperate three and half year-long regime change operation that blew up in their faces leaving behind a trail carnage from Washington, DC to Sydney, Australia.

In contrast, Trump somehow slipped the noose and escaped largely unscathed.

He was pummeled mercilessly in the media, disparaged by his political rivals, and raked over the coals by the chattering classes, but - at the end of the day - it was Trump who was left standing.

Trump - who took on the entire political establishment, the Intel agencies, the FBI, the mainstream media, and the Democratic party - had beaten them all at their own game.

Go figure?



Related: Subpoenas Authorized For Comey, Brennan, Clapper, Halper And Other 'Spygate' Figures & Phones Wiped Clean: What's Behind Robert Mueller's Russia Probe Team's 'Mass Password Amnesia'?

Keep in mind, the Democrats have known that the Mueller probe was a fraud from as early as 2017 when the President of Crowdstrike, Shawn Henry, (who provided cyber security for the DNC) admitted to Congress that there was no forensic evidence that the DNC emails had been hacked by Russia or anyone else.

Think about that for a minute:

The entire Mueller investigation was based on the assumption that Russia hacked into the DNC servers and stole the emails. We now know that never happened.

The cyber-security team that conducted the investigation of the DNC computers admitted in sworn testimony before Congress that there was no evidence of “exfiltration” or pilfering of any kind.

Repeat: There was no proof of hacking, no proof of Russian involvement, and no proof of foul play.

The entire foundation upon which the Russia investigation was built, turned out to be false. More importantly, Democrat members of the Intelligence Committee knew it was false from the get-go, but opted to let the charade continue anyway.

Why?



Related: First Criminal Charge By Durham Casts Shadow Over Mueller Probe & ‘Russiagate’ Hoax Unravels, But Their Anti-Russia Sanctions Don’t

Because the truth didn’t matter, what mattered was getting rid of Trump by any means necessary. That’s why they used “opposition research” [Note: “Oppo” research is the hyperbolic nonsense political parties use to smear a political opponent.] to illegally obtain warrants to spy on members of the Trump team.

It’s because the Democrat leadership will do anything to regain power.

By the way, we also have evidence that the warrants that were used to spy on Trump were obtained illegally.

The FISA court was deliberately misled so the FBI could carry out its vendetta on Trump. Former FBI lawyer Kevin Clinesmith:


"Did willfully and knowingly make and use a false writing and document, knowing the same to contain a materially false, fictitious, and fraudulent statement and entry in a matter before the jurisdiction of the executive branch and judicial branch of the Government of the United States.”

Bottom line: Clinesmith deliberately altered emails so that FISA applications could be renewed and the spying on the Trump campaign could continue.

So, let’s summarise:

1. The Democrats knew there was no proof the emails were stolen; thus, they knew the Russia probe was a hoax.

2. The Democrats knew that their fraudulent “opposition research” was being used to illegally obtain warrants to spy on the Trump camp. This makes them accessory to a crime.

3. Finally, the Democrats continue to spread (virtually) the same Russia-Trump collusion allegations today that they did before the Mueller investigation released its report. The lies and disinformation have persisted as if the “nation’s most expensive and exhaustive investigation” had never taken place. What does this tell us about the Democrats?




Related: Burisma admits in court that it bribed Joe and Hunter Biden

On a superficial level, it tells us that they can’t be trusted because they don’t tell the truth. But on a deeper level, it expresses the party’s Ruling Doctrine, which is to control the public by means of deceit, disinformation, propaganda and lies.

Only the powerful and well-connected are entitled to know the truth, everyone else must be subjected to fabrications that are crafted in a way that best coincides with the overall objectives of ruling elites.

That’s why the Democrats stick with the shopworn mantra that Trump is in bed with Russia.

It doesn’t matter that the theory has been thoroughly discredited and disproved. It doesn’t even matter that the theory was never the slightest bit believable to begin with.

What matters is that party leaders are preventing ordinary people from knowing the truth, which is an essential part of their governing doctrine.

It’s surprising that this doesn’t piss-off more Democrats, after all, it’s the ultimate expression of contempt and condescension.



Related: John Durham looking into prior FBI ‘investigation’ of questionable millions that flowed into the Clinton Foundation

When someone lies to your face relentlessly, repeatedly and shamelessly, they are expressing their loathing for you. Can’t they see that?

But maybe you think this is overstating the case? Maybe you think the Dems are just trying to “cover their backside” on a matter that is purely political?

Okay, but answer this: Were the Democrats involved in a plot to overthrow the President of the United States?

Yes, they were.

Is that treason?

Yes, it is.

Then, are we really prepared to say that treason is “purely political”?

No, especially since Russiagate was not a one-off, but just the first shocking example of how the Democrats operate. If we examine the Dems approach to the Covid-19 crisis, we see that their policy is actually more destructive than the 4-year Russia fiasco.


Related: DOJ, CIA, FBI Have Not Released the Russiagate Documents that President Trump Has Declassified

For example, which party has imposed the most brutal, economy-eviscerating lockdowns and the most punitive mask mandates, while steadily ratcheting up the fearmongering at every opportunity?

Which states suffered the most catastrophic economic damage due in large part to the edicts issued by their Democrat governors?

Which party is using a public health emergency to advance the global “Reset” agenda announced at the World Economic Forum (WEF)?

Which party is using the Covid-19 fraud to crash the economy, eliminate 40 million jobs, roll-back basic civil liberties and turn the United States into a NWO slave-state ruled by Wall Street bankers, Silicon Valley technocrats and Davos elites?


Which party?

And which party has aligned itself with Black Lives Matter, the faux-social justice organization that is funded by foreign oligarchs that are working tirelessly to crush the emerging populist movement that supports “America First” ideals?

Which party applauded while American cities burned and small businesses across the country were looted and razed by masses of hooligans engaged in an orgy of destruction?




Related: CIA Fabricated Russiagate ‘Evidence’, Says Former NSA Tech Chief

Which party’s mayors and governors rejected federal assistance to put down the riots and reestablish order so ordinary people could get back to work to provide for themselves and their families?

And which party now is threatening widespread social unrest and anarchy if the upcoming presidential election does not produce the result that they or their globalist puppet-masters seek?

The Democrat party has undergone a sea-change in the last four years.

There’s no trace of the party that was once headed by progressive-thinking idealists like John F Kennedy.

What’s left now is a shell of its former self; a cynical, self-aggrandizing, cutthroat organization that has betrayed its base, the American people, and the country.

Indeed, for all its many failings, it is the ‘betrayal’ that is the most infuriating.


Related Articles:

Hunter Biden Longtime Biz Partner And Burisma Board-Buddy Going To Prison After Obama Judge Reversed

John Podesta Admits In Testimony Both DNC And Hillary Campaign Split The Cost For Bogus Trump-Russia Dossier That Launched The Coup + Attorney Clevenger Alleges Office Of DNI Has Communications Between Seth Rich And WikiLeaks – Russia Collusion A Lie!

As Trump orders the complete declassification of all “Russia Hoax” documents, here’s a list of traitors who should be arrested and tried for reason

Justice Department Dropping General Michael Flynn’s Criminal Case + ‘Never Saw Any Direct Evidence’: Clapper Admission Torpedoes Democrat Push To Revive Trump-Russia Conspiracy With Transcript Dump

Spygate Could Make Watergate Look Like A Third-Rate Burglary & Horowitz Found ‘Apparent Errors Or Inadequately Supported Facts’ In Every Single FBI FISA Application He Reviewed


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Jacinda Ardern’s COVID Treason + Global Uprising Underway
October 10 2020 | From: EnvirowatchRangitikei / Mercola / Various

These are unprecedented times in history around the world and in New Zealand right now. Deeply troubling things occurring that just make no rational sense.
Is there something else going on behind the scenes with the global COVID-19 pandemic?



It’s a very strong word to use, but is it treason? It’s a deadly serious question.

Related: Dr Rashid Buttar and Billy Te Kahika with Del Bigtree Live via The Vinny Eastwood Show

Has the New Zealand Prime Minister been using COVID-19 to engage in a deliberate attack on New Zealand and the New Zealand people on behalf of powerful global interests?

The evidence is unfortunately stacking up against her. As difficult as this concept is for us to accept, the actions are increasingly speaking for themselves and it is getting more and more difficult to find other reasoning for things.

The evidence is now showing us with greater certainty every day in many countries around the world, including New Zealand, that deceptive and deeply concerning agendas may be in play with COVID-19.

Initially to substantially over inflate the severity of the threat, and then to deliberately and artificially maintain COVID-19 as an apparent ongoing severe threat to our population.

A threat requiring ongoing substantial disruptions to our freedoms, our economy and livelihood, our basic way of life, and our NZ Bill of Rights.

Are there deliberate crimes against humanity being committed here by Jacinda Ardern and other national leaders? Look at what is also happening in Australia, in Germany, the UK, Ireland, and other places where historically enormous public protests have been taking place against this over the past few weeks.

Over a million people marched through the streets of Berlin recently. A country that is very well aware of dangerous developments in government.




Crimes Against Humanity: The Great Scamdemic

Dr. Fuellmich announces an International network of lawyers will argue the biggest tort case in world history.

Attorney Reiner Fuellmich presents comprehensive overview of how the fake PCR test was adopted as the standard for Covid-19 “diagnosis” and how Germany’s Green Party persuaded the German majority government to adopt talking points of deliberate fear and panic in violation of international law of crimes against humanity.

Dr. Fuellmich announces that an International network of lawyers will argue the biggest tort case in world history.





Related Articles:

Confronting the Lies about the Virus: The Fear Campaign Has No Scientific Basis

Why Are Covid-19 Cases Soaring In NZ? PCR Test Update

COVID diagnostic test: worst test ever devised?

'A national advertising campaign must tell the public the truth on COVID-19’: Alan Jones

University of Waterloo Doctor & Professor Refers To COVID-19 As A “Fake Emergency”

Belgian health experts demand full investigation into WHO for faking COVID-19 pandemic

Scamdemic Science: Coronavirus “cases” are medically meaningless, yet being used to justify weaponized lockdowns to destroy humanity

Why Is Facebook Banning Users Who Share The “Plandemic” Movie?

The public are waking up to ‘alarmist politicians': Alan Jones

Plandemic Indoctornation: Is The Film Really A Debunked Conspiracy?

Dr. Fauci Says Asymptomatic Transmission Doesn't Drive Epidemics




When considering this question of crimes being committed, we are not talking here about Jacinda Ardern receiving poor advice and incorrect information from the expert advisers, or making well-meaning errors of judgement, or failures of management down the chain of command.

We are talking here about deliberately and wilfully blocking, banning, and removing the most vital tools and information available to New Zealand for combatting the alleged threat from COVID-19 which could restore normality to our now crippled nation.

Why on earth would Jacinda Ardern and the New Zealand government do that to their own country and their own people?

Let’s not dwell too much here on the first part of the COVID response situation, which was the initial grossly over inflated severity of the risk.

We can potentially give Jacinda Ardern the benefit of the doubt that she initially acted according to the information and advice being given to her by the ‘global experts’.

The evidence is now well confirmed and acknowledged around the world that the initial doomsday estimates of the lethality of COVID-19 were hugely over-stated.



Related: Media Gunning For Scott Atlas Because He Keeps Exposing Coronavirus Lies

Imperial College in London and the World Health Organisation initially had their computer model projections showing a mortality rate at a devastating 3.4%. This led to the initial pandemic response and worldwide lockdown, including New Zealand’s Level 4 lockdown.

This has long since been shown by the real-life data from front-line doctors, scientists, and health organisations around the world to have been enormously overstated. The mortality rate of COVID-19 is now confirmed and acknowledged to be somewhere between 0.05% and 0.8% depending on how the data is interpreted.

This puts it in the same mortality spectrum as normal seasonal flu, not a catastrophic global pandemic.

This real-life data showing this true mortality rate should have been enough on its own to trigger a substantial shift in the government’s strategic policies towards the COVID response.

Does it make any sense for New Zealand to continue to enforce severe restrictions on society and catastrophic damage to the economy for something now proven and acknowledged to have the same mortality rate as seasonal flu?

No, not at all. So immediately that is a major red flag for Jacinda Ardern’s COVID response.

We’ll come back to the current big issue of the exploding number of ‘positive cases’ in New Zealand, Victoria, and other places.



Related: Madness In Melbourne & Exposing The Occult Corona-Initiation Ritual

But let’s move on for now as we look at the second part of the COVID response situation, which is a lot more damning and inexcusable for Jacinda Ardern.

This is where the issue really arises of potentially deliberate crimes against New Zealand and the question of treason.

Why have the most important tools and information for New Zealand to combat the COVID-19 threat been deliberately banned and withheld by Jacinda Ardern and the New Zealand government?

I am referring here to three main points, all of which would be enormously useful to our COVID fight;

1. Antibody / Serology testing.

2. Proven treatments such as Hydroxychloroquine, which is now scientifically proven in dozens of peer reviewed scientific studies around the world to have a powerful effect on reducing deaths from COVID-19.

3. The brazen censoring, banning, and ridiculing of any information and evidence that goes against their own COVID narrative, no matter how scientifically robust that information is, and no matter how professionally credible the source of the information is.


Remember, Jacinda Ardern paid $50 million to our media. They now seem extremely compliant and supportive.

Let’s deal with Point 3 first. In Jacinda Ardern’s own words, she and the New Zealand government are now to be “the one source of truth about COVID-19”.

Information from anywhere else should be ignored, dismissed, or removed including information from renowned doctors, scientists, and world leading medical researchers.

Those who disobey and go against Jacinda Ardern’s ‘one source of COVID truth’ will be severely fined, banned, and potentially even arrested.

What sort of leader speaks and acts like that? A corrupt dictator with something serious to hide or cover up, that’s who.



Related: Manufactured Pandemic? Testing People For Any Strain Of A Coronavirus, Not Specifically For COVID-19 & An Open Letter To The New Zealand Police In A Time Of Covid-19

Hence the introduction of Jacinda Ardern’s ‘Internet Filtering Bill’ to ensure that any ‘inappropriate’ information and evidence can be quickly removed to retain the desired COVID narrative.

It will be introduced to New Zealand on October 1st and will allow Jacinda Ardern, as the self-appointed “one source of truth”, to remove from the internet or Facebook anything she feels is contrary to what she wants people to know.

It’s a simple 3-step process for Jacinda’s modern day ‘book burning’ policy; 1. Warning, 2. Heavy fine, 3. Removal from the internet or Facebook.

What’s next? Will we see Kiwis arrested and dragged out of their homes by the police for posting something critical of Jacinda on Facebook like the pregnant mother in Victoria, who simply posted on Facebook about a lockdown protest and was then arrested and marched out of her house in handcuffs, in her pyjamas, in front of her young children.

As of October 1st, Jacinda Ardern’s Internet Filtering Bill allows her to do exactly the same thing to Kiwis. These are very major concerns for the New Zealand public which deserve the most serious examination.

Let’s now return to Point 1 of Jacinda Ardern’s alleged treason. In April 2020 Jacinda Ardern and the New Zealand government banned and withdrew COVID-19 antibody / serology testing in New Zealand. Why on earth would she do that?

Antibody testing would provide New Zealand with the most scientifically robust method of understanding exactly what the overall COVID situation is in New Zealand.




COVID-1984: Face Mask Doublethink

Here is a video that should convince even the last person that this Labour government, together with its fake media, is still using covid misinformation, fake experts, fear and tyranny to implement their hidden socialist agenda of rendering the people into dependency, pushing a vast number of serfs into bankruptcy, unemployment, welfare, debt, depression and anxiety.

Watch to the end where the situation pertaining to NZ will become very clear and very concerning.

Jacinda will go down in history as New Zealand's biggest charlatan and egomaniac. And to hell with her 'experts'.






Related Articles:

Mask Facts

Unmasking The Science You Aren’t Hearing On TV | COVID-19 Facts from the Frontline

Face Masks Pose Serious Risks to the Healthy

Face Masks Safe for Children? Check Out These Carbon Dioxide Levels

Face masks make you stupid





Simon Thornley, epidemiologist at Auckland University, has been very vocal in his criticism of antibody testing/serology being shut down as a critical tool to help track the current outbreak and assess its prevalence in the community.

Thornley called for serology testing back in April, but by the end of that month, the Ministry of Health had specifically banned the importation and sale of serology tests.

Why on earth would they do that? Antibody testing would tell us what percentage of the overall population has already been exposed to the virus and now recovered.

It would tell us if the virus had already swept through the population some months ago, done its thing (as contagious viruses do), it would tell us if the country had achieved ‘herd immunity’ (like Sweden now has), and that the virus had essentially now reached the end of its natural life cycle in New Zealand.

Or it could tell us that this hadn’t yet happened and there was still an issue. If it showed us that the virus had indeed already swept through the population, then the issue of COVID-19 in New Zealand is finished. Done with.

Like Sweden, we now get on with life as normal, like we do every year with the seasonal flu virus.

Instead of having that very clear picture from antibody testing, we instead have our daily mass hysteria on the mainstream news networks about the latest outbreak of the latest ‘positive cases’.



Related: Brainwashing And The New Vocabulary: 12 Words & Phrases We Never Want To Hear Again & Just Like 9/11 Did, COVID-19 Is Shifting Human Consciousness In A Major Way

Bombarding us daily with terrifying terminology like the danger of the latest new ‘sub cluster’. Those people that ‘test positive’ or have been in close contact with a positive test are locked into COVID detention centres under military guard.

But what does a ‘positive case’ actually mean? It means absolutely nothing. The PCR test that is used for this is incapable of telling us whether or not a person has active and infectious COVID-19.

Even the inventor of the PCR test told the world this fact.

There are around three dozen different types of Corona Virus, including COVID-19, the common cold, and others. All the PCR test might tell us is that a person at some point recently may have had, or has, one of those many different Corona Viruses.

If you had a common cold several months ago but now recovered, then you might well test positive on the PCR test. If you had COVID-19 several months ago, didn’t realise it, or only had minor symptoms and now recovered, then you might test positive on the PCR test.

So, are these new explosions of ‘positive cases’ in New Zealand, Victoria, and other places actually just people who have already had COVID-19 and are mostly now fine?

Would that explain why virtually everyone who is now ‘testing positive’ are showing no symptoms (asymptomatic) and feel fine?




Your Last Shred Of Freedom

This short video is extremely hard-hitting and cuts straight to the core of the covid issue in our Aotearoa, and what our future will look like if the current Government continues unopposed.





Related Articles:

How Lethal Is Covid-19 (Coronavirus)? Dr. Sam Bailey

Coronavirus Cases Plummet When PCR Tests Are Adjusted

The Age of Double Standards

Doctors Demand Integrative Medicine Be Incorporated Into National Health Policy

COVID-19 vaccine a 'fantasy' - controversial epidemiologist

Covid-19: Who Fact-Checks the Fact-Checkers?

Should I Take My Video Down?

Canterbury doctor found to have spread 'misleading' information about COVID-19




We now know that the mortality rate of COVID-19 is very low (similar to seasonal flu). We also know from figures around the world, that the numbers of death and severe illness from COVID-19 have plummeted over the last few months, and continue to plummet, despite the explosion of so called ‘positive cases’.

Almost as if the virus is coming to a natural and normal end and the positive tests are mostly just picking up people who have previously been exposed to the virus but are mostly fine.

The media and governments around the world, including New Zealand, now barely even mention the rather critical issues of how many people now are actually dying from COVID-19 or in critical condition.

All the talk is now focussed on how many new ‘positive cases’ there are. Is New Zealand, and other countries, unnecessarily remaining in COVID catastrophe only because of a pandemic of arbitrary ‘positive cases’ from a test that is largely meaningless?



Related: Dr. Andrew Kaufman: Unmasking the Lies Around COVID-19: Facts Versus Fiction of the Coronavirus Pandemic

This brings us back to the point about antibody testing.

If Jacinda Ardern had not banned and withdrawn antibody testing in New Zealand back in April then we could answer that question right now with great scientific certainty and quite possibly have returned and kept New Zealand in relative normality long ago, rather than now watching the destruction of our economy and the very fabric of our society being ripped up.

So why on earth did Jacinda Ardern ban it and withdraw antibody testing? She specifically went out of her way to ban and withdraw such a powerful and useful tool, and shut down dissenting dialogue from experts about these things.

This suggests a wilful agenda rather than incompetence and mismanagement. It suggests that she doesn’t actually want to be able draw the COVID catastrophe to a conclusion. That thought is rather disturbing.

What about Point 2 of Jacinda Ardern’s alleged treason. Why would she withdraw proven, effective, cheap and easy treatments for COVID-19?

We’ve been told that vaccine trials are being rushed through as quickly as possible. Bill Gates has told us that because his vaccines are having to be rushed through the normal safety protocols that he will need to be legally indemnified against any negative effects on health from his vaccines.

That doesn’t really inspire me to line up for his medicine. If something is robustly and properly tested as being safe and effective then that’s fine for people to have that option to choose to take a vaccine.




Viral Issue Crucial Update: The Science, Logic and Data Explained

The ultimate update on our viral issue, bar none. Get educated - or keep your head in the sand while your errant leaders destroy society around you...

Download it here: You all have full permission to upload it wherever you want.





Related: Investigative Report on the COVID-19 Pandemic and its Relationship to SARS-COV2 and Other Factors





However, through the New Zealand ‘Health Response Bill’ that Jacinda Ardern has just rushed through parliament without due process, the legal framework has now been created for potential mandatory vaccines in the future, as was outlined in parliament.

If not technically mandatory for the general population, then at least making the vaccine a requirement for return to ‘normal’ society.

The wording in one Ministry of Health COVID-19 document being “Immunisation status verification for return to work” – page 29 of the document in this link.

So the people of New Zealand could soon find themselves in a position whereby if they do not consent to taking a vaccine that has been rushed through the safety processes, then they cannot return to work or to normal society.

Put Your 'Government' On Notice: Non-Consents


Free Yourself from Slavery: Draconian laws rushed through by the NZ Government and many other countries under the guise of the China Virus do not apply to you if you are informed and take the necessary steps.

From SolutionsEmpowerment:

"The information provided on this website is the accumulation of over 21 years of personal research, application and experience, as well as years' of active research initiatives, tested cases and contributions from many other local and international researchers and co pro-activists who are leaders in their fields.

This site was created due to the overwhelming demand from people searching for easy to apply solutions to ever increasing financial, legal and judicial oppression and to attain a better understanding of what remaining rights one has and how to apply them."


SolutionsEmpowerment.com


Related Articles:

How to Decline a Vaccine

NZ’S Cabinet Papers Warn The Military Will Man Check Points During Any Newly Forecast Lockdowns


It needs to be stated that we are not providing legal advice. See the content on the links above and educate yourself.

A vaccine for which Bill Gates says he will have to have legal indemnity for any negative health impacts.

These vaccines that will have been rushed through the safety testing processes, then being forced onto Kiwis, against their will for a great many, specifically against the New Zealand Bill of Rights which used to protect them from that.


This is for a virus confirmed and acknowledged to have a natural recovery rate of 99.95% or higher without a vaccine.

Does this make any rational sense at all?



Related: Regarding Covid-19: Where Did Commonsense And #8 Wire Savvy Go? & Shelter In Place Is Weakening The Immune Systems Of Everyone Who Complies

Why would Jacinda Ardern enforce these types of extremely draconian breaches of our Bill of Rights when the recovery rate without a vaccine is already 99.95% or higher, and when there are numerous other safer, cheaper, and easier treatments?

Why is Jacinda Ardern not having discussions with us about these other treatments and is instead shutting them down? There are numerous potential treatments that have been put forward by doctors and researchers around the world.

We won’t go into all of them here, but one in particular seems to get extra special treatment from many western governments, including New Zealand, in terms of ensuring that it remains out of the conversation and remains off the table as a prevention and treatment option.

That being Hydroxychloroquine (HCQ), which is an anti-malaria drug used extensively and safely around the world, and approved by the FDA for over 60 years.

When it comes to HCQ, never in history has a proven safe drug been so demonised by politicians, media, and small elements of seemingly corrupted and politicised science. Why is that?

Nearly 100 scientific studies this year have now shown HCQ to be a very useful treatment against COVID-19, with dozens of these studies peer reviewed.

Front-line COVID-19 doctors all over the world are coming forward with evidence of its effectiveness with their patients to save lives.

Countries who routinely use HCQ for malaria, and are now using it against COVID-19, have extremely small COVID-19 mortality rates relative to countries not using HCQ.



Related: Coronavirus: New Zealand's Dangerous Political Vacuum & Health Experts Feel Censored Over Alternative Lockdown Plan

Why are doctors and researchers who are coming forward with this information being systematically shut down, censored, and losing their jobs?

Why did Jacinda Ardern shut down the HCQ studies in New Zealand?

The official line is that there is contradictory evidence and that there are potential health side effects from HCQ.

But all of these claims have been very quickly shown to have been rushed out by the media and politicians on the back of what can only be called corrupted ‘politicised science’, which has quickly been exposed as such.

It has angered researchers into HCQ and other potential treatments. Associate Professor Justin Denholm from Australia’s Doherty Institute, who has been working with New Zealand researchers, said:


"I’m angry about the level of misinformation and mistrust that puts on the scientific community.”

The clearest example of this with regards HCQ is the Lancet report. A quite staggering situation.

The Lancet is one of the oldest and best known peer reviewed Medical Journals in the world. On May 22, right at the time when doctors around the world were pushing HCQ into the spotlight as an effective treatment for COVID-19, the Lancet published an article stating that HCQ did not help COVID-19 patients and might actually cause death.

It was seized upon by the World Health Organisation, the media, and political leaders around the world to demonise and help shut down the conversation on HCQ.



Related: What Is The Real Purpose Of The Lockdowns? + How A False Hydroxychloroquine Narrative Was Created

Incredibly, only 10 days later, after immediately being called out by the science and medical community, the Lancet was forced to retract the article along with an apology.

A quite staggering occurrence that would never normally occur in the world of medical research with a publisher of the level of the Lancet.

Why have certain elements of the political-medical axis been so hell bent on shutting down HCQ and other treatments? It’s a troubling question.

With nearly 100 studies, and real life doctors on the frontline of COVID-19 all over the world demonstrating and pushing the effectiveness of HCQ, why has Jacinda Ardern shut down further research on this treatment and prohibited its use in New Zealand?

Why not give Kiwis the choice of Bill Gates’ rushed through vaccine, or other treatments such as HCQ?

Flu vaccines have been around for 80 years and people are still getting the flu and are still dying from it with a similar mortality rate to what COVID-19 has without a vaccine.

Yet Jacinda Ardern’s new rushed through health response policies suggest that once Bill Gates’ (or someone else’s) rushed through vaccine is available, she will make us unable to return to work until we have agreed to take it.

Meanwhile HCQ is not allowed to be talked about or taken.



Related: Fauci Knew About HCQ In 2005 - Nobody Needed To Die & Criminal Big Pharma Put In Charge Of COVID-19 Vaccine

We have reached a level of insanity with all this that would be simply laughable if it were not so deadly serious and not so deeply concerning for the future of our country and our people.

Jacinda Ardern has banned the one medical test that could be so useful to us understanding our COVID-19 situation in New Zealand, she has shut down any discussion or access to extremely positive and very cheap treatment options, and has instead pushed us towards mandatory vaccines that will have to be rushed through the health and safety controls, and she is now systematically shutting down our ability to question these things and to share information and research about these things.

As she has told us herself, for the benefit of the country, she needs to be the “one source of truth”.

This is precisely why more than a million people marched through Berlin several weeks ago, why 40,000 people just gathered in Trafalgar Square in London, and why thousands of people just marched down Queen Street in Auckland in the NZ Freedom March.

Alongside all this, we have Sweden. Sweden is now rapidly becoming extremely problematic for all those countries like New Zealand who have gone into extreme COVID measures.

No lockdowns in Sweden and COVID-19 is essentially no longer an issue there. It’s finished. Whereas in New Zealand, it seems very much like Jacinda Ardern and the New Zealand government are doing everything they can to keep it going.

Why?



Related: Agenda 21: Awareness And Activism + UN 2030 Agenda Decoded: Blueprint For The Global Enslavement Of Humanity Under Corporate Masters

The impact that all of this is having on New Zealand simply can’t be stated in strong enough terms. It is literally destroying our country.

Apart from crushing the nations psyche and emotional strength through the daily bombardment of terrifying updates about the latest ‘sub cluster’, we have debt levels that can never be repaid, small businesses crushed, unemployment set to go to levels beyond anything ever seen or imagined in New Zealand, and suicide rates going off the charts.

These are unprecedented scenes and unprecedented times in human history, and none of it makes any rational sense.

Unless that is if there is something else going on that we aren’t supposed to know about. It is becoming increasingly difficult to avoid a conclusion that, somehow, there are some big global agendas involved here that wanted the initial global threat of COVID-19 to be substantially over inflated, and now for that threat and that danger to be artificially maintained.

It sounds absolutely crazy. No question about that. But nothing we are seeing makes any rational sense for any kind of ‘normal’ situation.

Is it treason? It’s a very strong word.


Related Articles:

“Smoking Gun”: COVID-19 Fatality Rate “Worst Miscalculation in the History of Humanity”

After Returning To White House, Trump Implores Americans Not To Let COVID-19 "Dominate Your Life"

How Dare He Recover?!

FDA Wants to Ban NAC Now That It Combats COVID-19

The war on Hydroxychloroquine can be traced back to Gilead, the drug maker looking to profit big from Remdesivir

The 1% blunder: How a simple but fatal math mistake by US Covid-19 experts caused the world to panic and order lockdowns

Australian Government’s Own Website Admits COVID Tests Are Totally Unreliable

COVID19 PCR Tests Are Scientifically Meaningless

The Corona Stasi in Australia

1918 'Spanish Flu': Radio EMFs Caused Flu, Mass Vaccinations Caused Mass Deaths

Graphic: HCQ The Cure Censored by Assholes & Mass Murderers

French Professor says there is no second wave

“Serious adverse event” in AstraZeneca’s COVID-19 vaccine trial revealed as spinal inflammation disorder caused by toxic adjuvants

Kill Bill is "Particularly Excited" About the Billions He is Going to Make From the Vaccines

More Melbourne Insanity: Mom Arrested At Beach For Traveling 'Outside Her Permitted 5km Radius'

Living With Covid-19

LA County's Public Health Director Accidentally Admits What Many Suspected About Lockdowns

Victoria's elimination strategy is 'unsustainable'

COVID-19 Facts from the Frontline

People are dying ‘with corona not from corona’

Victorian doctors argue the lockdown is 'causing more harm than good'

Australians are unaware only nine per cent of COVID deaths caused solely by virus: Jones

Riccardo Bosi: The Rising Tyranny of Globalism, Revolution in Australia, & the Next War Cycle

Wholesale lockdowns 'do not save lives'

The justification for Victoria's lockdown is 'built on very, very loose sand'

Andrews’ non-medically advised state curfew is ‘another serious concern’

Is The Pandemic Over?

New Engineered Coronaviruses Are Under Development

Huge Anti-Bill Gates Mural Appears in Melbourne as Crowds Chant ‘Arrest Bill Gates’ at Protests

Children’s Health Defense and RFK Jr. release “message of unity” video calling for health freedom advocates to #StandFirm against vaccine mandates

Fr. Altier: Coronavirus - The Truth Revealed

The HSE Covid-19 Report

Urgent Additional Information About Your Future! Bombshell Evidence That Covid Is Chromosome 8 Human DNA – They Want To Make Us Mentally Retarded & Create An Auto Immune Disorder Within Us! Ground Breaking Videos Banned By YouTube

Robocop Is Here – New Police Helmet Scans For COVID-19 and Uses Facial Recognition

Discovery: Autopsies Prove that COVID-19 is a Disseminated Intravascular Coagulation (Pulmonary Thrombosis)

StopNewNormal

'Australians must know the truth - this virus is not a pandemic': Alan Jones

"Everyone Involved Should Face Jail Time": Trump Jr. Slams Nashville Officials For Concealing Low COVID-19 Numbers

Belgian Medical Profession Demands a Halt to Covid Pandemic Propaganda

‘It is madness’: Dr Eamonn Mathieson Calls for Victoria Premier to Stop Causing Harm

UK Institutes New Second Lock Down but Is It Based on Faulty Data?

Covid Gate, The Political Virus Prof Michel Chossudovsky



Global Uprising Underway

After six months of intermittent or in some cases near-continuous lockdowns, many have reached their limit and uprisings are finally emerging around the world. The last week of August 2020 saw gatherings of tens of thousands of individuals in Berlin, London and Dublin, protesting stay-at-home orders, business closures, mask and vaccine mandates and Bill Gates’ dictatorial grip on public health matters.





According to data released by the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention August 26, 2020, only 6% of the total COVID-19-related deaths in the U.S. had COVID-19 listed as the sole cause of death on the death certificate. (See source for reference links.)

Related: The Evolution of COVID-19 Propaganda: 1] The Repetitive Use of Deceptive Imagery, 2] Management of the News and 3] Lying About the Worth of PCR Test Kits

A September 2, 2020, study found the overall noninstitutionalized infection fatality ratio was 0.26%. Among those under the age of 40, the infection fatality ratio is 0.01%, while those over 60 have an infection fatality ratio of 1.71%.

The estimated infection fatality rate for seasonal influenza is 0.8%, so the only people for whom SARS-CoV-2 infection is more dangerous than influenza are those over the age of 60.

Everyone else has a lower risk of dying from COVID-19 than they have of dying from the flu.

After six months of intermittent or in some cases near-continuous lockdowns, many have reached their limit and uprisings are finally emerging around the world. The last week of August 2020 saw gatherings of tens of thousands of individuals in Berlin, London and Dublin, protesting stay-at-home orders, business closures, mask and vaccine mandates and Bill Gates’ dictatorial grip on public health matters.

In the U.S., a protest took place August 30, 2020, in Boston, Massachusetts, against a new student flu vaccination mandate, and in Virginia, protesters gathered September 2 in opposition of unconstitutional COVID-19 mandates.

These are just a few of the many demonstrations that have taken place in recent weeks around the world, as people are starting to realize their human rights are being stripped away over a virus with a lethality on par with that of seasonal influenza and other pandemic viruses, none of which was responded to with a global shutdown of economies and forced quarantining of healthy individuals.



Related: An International Group of Lawyers Have Brought a Lawsuit that the Covid Pandemic Is an Orchestrated Hoax in Behalf of Pharmaceutical Profits and Police State Control


COVID-19 - A Massive Brainwashing Scheme?

In recent weeks and months, more and more experts have come out sharing what they know about the roles of Big Tech, Big Pharma and global health organizations such as the World Health Organization in the creation of a new technocratic world order.

If you missed my interview with financial analyst Patrick Wood, in which he details the technocratic take-over plan, which has been in play for decades, be sure to review it now.

Other articles shedding light on what’s happening behind the scenes include “Harvard Professor Exposes Google and Facebook,” featuring a documentary with professor Shoshana Zuboff, and “Plandemic Part 2.”

When you start to put all the puzzle pieces together, it seems clear this pandemic is being used as a cover story for both a global wealth redistribution scheme, and for the implementation of a technocratic system of totalitarian rule by unelected leaders.

The WHO seems to be part and parcel of this global network. While the U.S. has severed ties with the organization, Big Tech is still promoting the WHO as a final arbiter of which views are acceptable and which are not - medical expertise and scientific achievements be damned.

As reported by Reclaim the Net, the WHO eavesdrops on everything you do online, from reviewing your social media interactions to analyzing your emotions.




Did Bill Gates & World Economic Forum Predict Coronavirus Outbreak?

In this report we take an inside look at Event 201, which took place in NYC on October 18 2019. Event 201 is a high-level pandemic exercise hosted by the Johns Hopkins Center for Health Security in partnership with the World Economic Forum and the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation.

This is extremely fascinating because this pandemic simulation exercise of coronavirus took place about 6 weeks before the first illness from the coronavirus was actually reported in wuhan china
...





Related Articles:

"The True Horrors of China's Social Credit System"

Human 2.0"? A Wake-Up Call To The World

This is going to happen in the coming months

Communism is ‘knocking on the door’: Alan Jones

The END GAME of this Entire 'EVENT' - Lasted One Day on YouTube

Operation Lockstep by Rockefeller. Conspiracy to use a pandemic to consolidate power. Covid19





To counteract “spread of misleading information” about the pandemic - which was a key area of focus during Event 201 - the WHO has partnered with an analytics company that uses machine learning analysis to scan more than 1.6 million social media posts per week.

The aim of this “social listening approach” - a nicer term than good old-fashioned spying - is to counteract anything that doesn’t align with the WHO’s current narrative on illnesses, treatments, interventions and causes of disease.

Aiding them in this dystopian censoring process is the United Nations, which has launched an army of 10,000 digital volunteers who troll the internet for “false” information and opposing views.

On top of that, most social media platforms have their own highly biased "fact-checkers" who censor for all they’re worth.

Back in April 2020, YouTube CEO Susan Wojcicki, wife of Google product director Dennis Troper, announced they would ban and remove any video from the platform that contradicts the WHO.

Countless examples of wanton censorship of perfectly valid medical and scientific information across all social media platforms and Google can be found at this point.



Related: Sweden Close To Victory Over Coronavirus; Never Had A Lockdown Or Mask Mandate


Just How Deadly Is COVID-19?

According to groundbreaking data recently released by the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, only 6% of the total COVID-19-related deaths in the U.S. had COVID-19 listed as the sole cause of death on the death certificate.

Six percent of 169,044 (the total death toll as of September 2) is 10,143. “For deaths with conditions or causes in addition to COVID-19, on average, there were 2.6 additional conditions or causes per death,” the CDC states.

As reported by Rochester First, the top underlying medical conditions included influenza, pneumonia, respiratory failure, high blood pressure, diabetes, dementia, heart problems and renal failure.

However, the list also includes 5,424 intentional and unintentional injury and poisoning deaths, so basically, accidents and suicides in which the individual just happened to test positive (or was suspected of being positive for SARS-CoV-2) are also included in the grand total.

(Please note, these data were accurate as of this writing. The CDC does not notate when data is altered as new death certificates come in, so the numbers may therefore be different from what is reported here, depending on when you’re looking at it. For the most up-to-date figures, see the CDC’s website.)

The fact that only 6% of COVID-19-related deaths are directly attributable to SARS-CoV-2 is bad news when you’re trying to keep a doomsday narrative going.

In what appears to be a blatant attempt to minimize exposure of these data, social media platforms have censored many trying to share it.

As noted by independent news commentator Tim Pool in the video below, fact-checkers are digging into nitpicky semantics in their effort to censor the CDC data, and in so doing, they’re really stretching the “false” claim ultrathin.




CDC Updates COVID Stats, 6% Died Of COVID Alone, 94% Had Comorbidity, Twitter Is Censoring This





Related Articles:

Lies, Damned Lies and Health Statistics – The Deadly Danger of False Positives

What is Covid-19, SARS-2. How is it Tested? How is It Measured? The Fear Campaign Has No Scientific Basis

Chief Science Officer for Pfizer Says “Second Wave” Faked on False-Positive COVID Tests, “Pandemic Is Over”

The Covid Deception

The State’s Response to this ‘Virus’ Is Nothing More than a Weapon of Mass Submission

Is a New Wave of Covid-Fascism Invading Europe?

New CDC Estimates: Fatality Rate For COVID-19 Drops Again And May Surprise You

Coronavirus could turn into a seasonal virus, but it will keep spreading until the population achieves herd immunity, say experts

The CDC’s official narrative continues to flip flop, but anyone who disagrees with their ever-changing guidance is censored

Based on latest CDC data, the Wuhan coronavirus poses virtually no death risk whatsoever for people under the age of 50

Were doctors free to prescribe Hydroxychloroquine, 'we wouldn't need the lockdowns'

Chief Science Officer for Pfizer Says “Second Wave” Faked on False-Positive COVID Tests, “Pandemic Is Over”
Microchip'd? DARPA Biochip To "Save" Us From COVID Can Control Human DNA

OBEY OR ELSE: New England Journal of Medicine says people refusing mandatory coronavirus vaccines should be severely punished, locked in their homes and fired from their jobs

The Perversion of Science to Clear the Way for the Imposition of Compulsory Vaccines

Michael Thau explains in layman’s words why more than 90% of Covid tests are false positives





Similar data have emerged from Palm Beach County, Florida, where an investigation by CBS 1212 I-Team revealed only 86 of the reported 658 COVID-19 deaths had “COVID-19 pneumonia” listed as the sole cause of death.

All others had multiple comorbidities, including diabetes, cardiovascular diseases and dementia. As noted by CBS, “Most Palm Beach County COVID deaths cannot be attributed to COVID alone.”

While Dr. Terry Adirim, senior associate dean at the Florida Atlantic University College of Medicine, told the I-Team that “it makes sense to count them [people with comorbid conditions] toward COVID deaths because the virus may have made an otherwise nonfatal illness like a heart condition deadly,” the converse argument can also be made.

Had it not been for them having one or more serious comorbidities, the risk of the virus to these individuals would have been minuscule, and if they got sick at all, they’d probably have survived. So, ultimately, should the virus bear the brunt of the blame?



Related: The Full Fauci Timeline: Sorting Fact From Fiction & Hydroxychloroquine: A Cardiologist's View + Trump Admits To Taking Hydroxychloroquine With Zinc As Preventative Measure


Infection Fatality Rate on Par With the Flu

Keeping the “killer virus” narrative going much longer is probably going to become even more difficult in light of a September 2, 2020 article in Annals of Internal Medicine, which points out that:


"Because many cases of coronavirus disease 2019 (COVID-19) are asymptomatic, generalizable data on the true number of persons infected are lacking, and that when calculating mortality rates from confirmed cases, you end up overestimating the infection fatality ratio (IFR).”

The paper reads, in part:


"To calculate a true infection fatality ratio, population prevalence data are needed from large geographic areas where reliable death data also exist … We combined prevalence estimates from a statewide random sample with Indiana vital statistics data of confirmed COVID-19 deaths.

In brief, our stratified random sample consisted of state residents aged 12 years and older. Known decedents and incarcerated persons were excluded. Because nursing homes were limiting residents' ability to leave and re-enter the facilities, their participation was unlikely.

Participants were tested from 25 April to 29 April 2020 for active viral infection and SARS-CoV-2 antibodies, which would indicate prior infection … We calculated the IFR by age, race, sex, and ethnicity on the basis of the cumulative number of confirmed COVID-19 deaths as of 29 April 2020, divided by the number of infections.

Although nursing home residents were not tested, they represented 54.9% of Indiana's deaths. Thus, we excluded nursing home residents from all calculations (that is, deaths and infections).

To account for all infections, we added the number of patients hospitalized with COVID-19 during the testing period and noninstitutionalized COVID-19 deaths into the denominator…

Our random-sample study estimated 187 802 cumulative infections, to which 180 hospitalizations were added. The average age among all COVID-19 decedents was 76.9 years.

The overall noninstitutionalized infection fatality ratio was 0.26% … Persons younger than 40 years had an infection fatality ratio of 0.01%; those aged 60 or older had an infection fatality ratio of 1.71%. Whites had an infection fatality ratio of 0.18%; non-Whites had an infection fatality ratio of 0.59%.”

The estimated infection fatality rate for seasonal influenza listed in this paper is 0.8%. So, the only people for whom SARS-CoV-2 infection is more dangerous than influenza is those over the age of 60.

All others have a lower risk of dying from COVID-19 than they have of dying from the flu. Put another way, if you’re under the age of 60, your chances of dying from the flu is greater than your chance of dying from COVID-19.

White House coronavirus task force coordinator Dr. Deborah Birx also confirmed this far lower than typically reported mortality rate when she, in mid-August 2020, stated that it:


"Becomes more and more difficult” to get people to comply with mask rules “when people start to realize that 99% of us are going to be fine.”



Related: Seven Mind Control Techniques Used to Stop You from Exposing Covid1984


Expect Massive Propaganda Campaign to Boost Vaccine Uptake

With death rates being as low as they are for everyone under the age of 60, it really weakens the rationale for vaccinating the entire world, including newborns, the risk to whom the virus poses is virtually nil.

The vaccine looking increasingly unnecessary is likely a reason for why the U.S. government is planning to launch an “overwhelming” COVID-19 vaccine campaign this fall, using carefully researched messages.

As detailed in “Health and Autonomy in the 21st Century,” Yale University has conducted a trial to determine the type of message that will maximize acceptance and uptake of the COVID-19 vaccine.

Messaging slants evaluated in the investigation included:

Personal freedom message - A message about how COVID-19 is limiting people's personal freedom and how working together to get enough people vaccinated can preserve society’s personal freedoms.

Economic freedom message - A message about how COVID-19 is limiting people's economic freedom and how, by working together to get enough people vaccinated, society can preserve its economic freedom.

Self-interest message - A message that COVID-19 presents a real danger to one's health, even if one is young and healthy, with the idea being that getting vaccinated against COVID-19 is the best way to prevent oneself from getting sick.

Community interest message - A message about the dangers of COVID-19 to the health of loved ones. The idea to promote is that the more people who get vaccinated against COVID-19, the lower the risk that one's loved ones will get sick. The idea: Society must work together and all get vaccinated.

Economic benefit message - A message about how COVID-19 is wreaking havoc on the economy and the only way to strengthen the economy is to work together to get enough people vaccinated.

Guilt message - This message is about the danger that COVID-19 presents to the health of one's family and community, with the idea that the best way to protect them is by getting vaccinated, and that society must work together to get enough people vaccinated. Then it asks the participant to imagine the guilt they will feel if they don't get vaccinated and spread the disease.

Embarrassment message - This message is about the danger that COVID-19 presents to the health of one's family and community. The idea to promote is that the best way to protect them is by getting vaccinated and by working together to make sure enough people get vaccinated. Then it asks the participant to imagine the embarrassment they will feel if they don't get vaccinated and subsequently spread the disease.

Anger message - This message is about the danger that COVID-19 presents to the health of one's family and community. The sales idea is that the best way to protect them is by getting vaccinated and by working together to make sure that enough people get vaccinated. It then asks the participant to imagine the anger they will feel if they don't get vaccinated and spread the disease.

Trust in science message - A message about how getting vaccinated against COVID-19 is the most effective way of protecting one's community. It promotes the idea that vaccination is backed by science, and that anyone who doesn't get vaccinated doesn't understand how infections are spread or who ignores science.

Not bravery message - A message which describes how firefighters, doctors and front line medical workers are brave, and infers that those who choose not to get vaccinated against COVID-19 are not brave.

The study, which was completed July 8, 2020, also sought to determine:

Participant’s confidence in the safety and effectiveness of the vaccine after hearing the message in question

Participant’s willingness to persuade others to get vaccinated

Their fear of those who have not been vaccinated

The social judgment of those who choose not to vaccinate





Related: Bill Gates, HR6666, Remdesivir, Deaths In Italy + Trump Lays Groundwork To Ban Mandatory Vaccinations Across U.S.


Prosocial Pressure Tactics Work Best

Harvard Business School in collaboration with the Sloan School of Management, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, have also published a working paper comparing self-interested versus prosocial motivations for COVID-19 prevention behaviors.

Considering the messages we’ve been bombarded with over the past few months - calling people who don’t wear masks “grandma killers” and so on - it seems clear that results from these kinds of investigations have been capitalized on.


"Those who can make you believe absurdities can make you commit atrocities."

- Voltaire

In that paper, “Don’t Get It or Don’t Spread It?” the authors review studies in which various types of messages were compared - messages highlighting the threat to self, versus the threat you might pose to others.




Rothschilds Patented COVID-19 Biometric Tests in 2015 and 2017


It’s not disputable, since the information comes from official patent registries in the Netherlands and US. And we have all the documentation.

As we’ve shown in previous exposes, the whole Covidiocracy is a masquerade and a simulation long prepared by The World Bank / IMF / The Rothschilds and their lemmings, with Rockefeller partnership. Our newest discoveries further these previous revelations.

Related Articles:

Dr. Rashid Buttar Investigates Patents for CoronaVirus AND the Vaccine for it

Covid Vaccine Patent Warned of Covid Vaccine Patent Warned of Deliberate Coronavirus Release

FDA Rules Forbid Emergency Vaccines Unless No Viable Treatment (e.g. HCQ) Is Available. Is This the Trump Card Against the Deep State?

Doctors Pen Open Letter To Fauci Regarding The Use Of Hydroxychloroquine for Treating COVID-19

A New Study Emerges About Vitamin C, Viral Infections & COVID-19

The jury is in on Hydroxychloroquine – ‘it saves lives’: Rowan Dean

Ivermectin treatment is a ‘real killer of coronavirus’: Professor

The war on Hydroxychloroquine can be traced back to Gilead, the drug maker looking to profit big from Remdesivir

Vaccine Study Halted Over "Serious Adverse Side Effects" PLUS: Sweden Falls Below U.S. C0VID Death Rate

AstraZeneca Shares Plunge As COVID Vaccine Study Put On Hold Due To "Adverse Reaction"

Fauci: I’m ‘Taking Vitamin D Supplements’ to Help Prevent COVID, ‘A Gram’ of Vitamin C ‘Would Be Fine’

Why Are Moderna Executives Dumping Their Stock?

Suddenly, Bill Gates isn’t so sure the FDA can be trusted with a COVID-19 vaccine

How CDC/WHO will fake the effects of the COVID vaccine to make it look like a success

Exposed: There’s a new federal court to handle all the expected COVID vaccine-injury claims

Young doctor explains why he’s against forced COVID-19 vaccine

COVID-19 testing in Australia - information for health professionals

COVID-19 treatment underway in Florida has near-perfect success rate

The Truth Behind The COVID Pandemic & Trump’s ‘Operation Warp Speed’



Overall, prosocial messages, i.e., messages that stress the importance of complying with prevention behaviors in order to protect others fared the best.

According to the authors:


"These results reveal that prosocial framing was more effective than self-interested framing, suggesting a potential primacy of prosocial motivations in supporting prevention intentions …

First, prosocial framing may have been relatively more effective not because prosocial motivations do more to drive prevention intentions, but rather because people believe that COVID-19 poses a greater threat to society than to themselves.

Indeed, subjects in Studies 1-2 did on average report that coronavirus posed a larger public than personal threat.

However, we find that the advantage of the Public treatment (relative to the Personal treatment) was not significantly moderated by ‘threat difference scores’ (i.e., differences between the reported personal vs. public threat of coronavirus), or significantly smaller among subjects who reported the personal threat of coronavirus to be as large or larger than the public threat …

Thus, we find evidence that the relative effectiveness of the Public treatment was not unique to subjects who saw COVID-19 as more threatening to society than to themselves.

A second possibility is that prosocial framing (which encourages people to avoid spreading coronavirus) was more effective than self-interested framing (which encourages people to avoid getting coronavirus) because people feel relatively more empowered to avoid spreading the virus.”





"I Am The Target": Silenced Chinese Virologist Tells Tucker COVID-19 Intentionally Released, CCP Trying To 'Disappear' Her





Related Articles:

Twitter Bans Account of Chinese Virologist Who Claims the CCP Virus Was Created in Lab

"I Am The Target": Silenced Chinese Virologist Tells Tucker COVID-19 Intentionally Released, CCP Trying To 'Disappear' Her

Chinese Virologist Claims She Will Be Publishing Evidence Proving COVID-19 Is Manmade

'Rogue' Chinese Virologist Claims She Has "Evidence" COVID-19 Was Created In A Lab

Coronavirus was made in a Chinese lab and released ‘intentionally’: Whistleblower virologist

Twitter Suspends Virologist Account For Virus Origin; China Targets Pompeo as the Number One Enemy

BIOWARFARE: Chinese communists “intentionally” unleashed “Frankenstein” COVID-19, says Wuhan scientist

Indian biological weapons expert says covid-19 is “bioterrorism”

Where Did Covid-19 Come From?



Stop Believing in the Lockdown

A powerful essay in the American Institute for Economic Research asks the question: Is the lockdown the best way to minimize casualties in this pandemic? 

Using historical examples beginning with Voltaire’s words, “those who can make you believe absurdities, can make you commit atrocities,” the author reasons that lockdowns are not going to save the world from COVID-19, if for no other reason than whenever lockdowns are eased, infections naturally start to creep back up.

However, the vast majority of these “infections” or “cases” are asymptomatic. A rising “case” load does not mean people are actually getting sick and dying. The misuse of the medical term “case” is an egregious one, as historically, a “case” is defined as someone who has symptoms of a particular disease - someone who is actually sick.

Never in medical history has a “case” meant someone who is perfectly healthy and requires testing to determine whether they are infected with a particular pathogen.

Would you get tested for the common cold or influenza if you had no symptoms?


If the test happened to come back positive, would you with a straight face say you “have” a cold or the flu?

There are other myths, mostly scare tactics, that people are willingly believing that need to be stopped now, too, the author asserts - and it’s time to start questioning what is credulous and what is not. I encourage you to read that essay in its totality.



Related: Michael J. Burry (The Weird Genius In The Movie “The Big Short”): “End The Lockdown” & Bill Gates Calls For A “Digital Certificate” To Identify Who Received COVID-19 Vaccine + AG Barr ‘Very Concerned’ Over Bill Gates’ ‘Digital Vaccine Certificates,’ Calls Lockdown Measures ‘Draconian,’ Wants Gone By May


The Fatal Attraction of Techno-Fascism

Another article well worth reading is Mark Petrakis’ “The Fatal Attraction of Techno-Fascism.” This one also starts off with an excellent quote by Cato the Elder: “Those who are serious in ridiculous matters will be ridiculous in serious matters.”

One of the first points he makes is that fascism is attractive because:


"… it requires so little from us, so little independent thought; just our basic belief and adherence to a limited set of popularly-shared directives and narratives that once fully accepted, relieve us of the need to address stubborn questions or to fret over subtle differences of opinion and feeling.

Propaganda reassures us that we are complete, that we know all there is to know, that we are rational, pragmatic and pure, that the science has been settled and that we are a part of something special.”

Petrakis goes on to discuss why propaganda and disinformation is required in order to maintain control in a fascist regime, and how truth is a liability that must be disallowed and penalized.

In the end, the price we pay for this kind of intellectual laziness is “soul-crushing denial and disconnection.”

No one who has been paying attention this past year in particular can have missed that propaganda is in full swing, 24/7, and that both truthful facts and personal opinions that run counter to the established propaganda narrative are being censored and penalized in equal measure.



Related: COVID-19 Lockdown: A Global Human Experiment & Ten Years Ago The World Health Organisation Faked A Pandemic

When it comes to COVID-19, the propaganda is so pervasive and widespread that it has actually shattered what Petrakis refers to as “the grandest illusion of all” that “must be maintained at all costs,” namely the appearance that the propaganda messages are randomly generated.

“It must always appear that the media’s coverage and the comments of experts are entirely free from any preconceived manipulation,” he says.

Today, there is little doubt that the narrative we see is anything but free from bias. There’s little doubt that what we’re told is “weaponized storytelling,” to quote Petrakis yet again.


"Looking at our world, we can see that the reach and authority of the transnational global capitalists who run the world’s nation-sized casinos has been cemented.

All systems are now in place, up and running LIVE on that criminal syndicate’s vast web of networks. Each one of us has by now been targeted by them for some form of surveillance and financialization …

The ‘A.I. control grids’ are all active and expanding. The technocratic agendas are now fully ready for prime-time.

We have been gradually ‘shepherded’ by propaganda and psychological torture techniques … under the ‘persistent’ control of A.I., which will guide the process of transmuting us into commodities, into plunderable assets, into digitally-regulated and genetically modified ‘livestock.’

Sadly, this is where decades of constant acquiescence to propaganda and institutional hypnosis has brought us …”

Ultimately, the economic system known as technocracy is tailor-made for the transhumanist revolution - which I touch upon in “Will New COVID Vaccine Make You Transhuman?” - where man is merged with technology and AI.

As always, the lure will be greater convenience, self-improvement and “a better world for all.”

What’s never mentioned is the ultimate price. The price for all of it is complete subjugation to faceless leaders who profit from your every move, and therefore will dictate all of them.



Related: COVID-19 And The War On Cash: What Is Behind The Push For A Cashless Society? & Will COVID-19 Break Our Cash Habit?


COVID-19 Rules Mark ‘Hysterical Slide Into Police State’

I’ll end this with some observations by British Supreme Court judge Lord Sumption, who in a March 30, 2020, interview with The Post warned that COVID-19 rules are paving the way for despotism - the exercise of absolute power in a cruel and oppressive manner.


"The real problem is that when human societies lose their freedom, it’s not usually because tyrants have taken it away. It’s usually because people willingly surrender their freedom in return for protection against some external threat.

And the threat is usually a real threat but usually exaggerated.

That’s what I fear we are seeing now. The pressure on politicians has come from the public. They want action. They don’t pause to ask whether the action will work. They don’t ask themselves whether the cost will be worth paying. They want action anyway.

And anyone who has studied history will recognize here the classic symptoms of collective hysteria.

Hysteria is infectious. We are working ourselves up into a lather in which we exaggerate the threat and stop asking ourselves whether the cure may be worse than the disease.”

It is time to ask ourselves some very pressing questions. Is it reasonable to expect government to eliminate ALL infection and ALL death?

They’ve proven they cannot, yet we keep relinquishing more and more freedoms and liberties because they claim doing so will keep everyone safer. It’s an enticing lie, but a lie nonetheless.

Remember, they sold us on the business shutdowns and home quarantining by saying we just need to flatten the curve of infection to avoid hospital overcrowding.



Related: #TheStorm - How To Prepare For A Global Corruption Purge?

Now the curve is in a visible nosedive and hospitals are far from overcrowded with COVID-19 patients, yet lockdowns remain in many areas and some - Australia being a prime example - have reached astonishing new heights. 

Sooner or later everyone must decide which is more important: Personal liberty or false security?

Circling back to where I started, the good news is that many are in fact starting to see the writing on the wall; they’re starting to see we’ve been “had,” and are starting to choose liberty over brutal totalitarianism in the name of public health.


Related Articles:

Over 6000 Scientists, Doctors Sign Anti-lockdown Petition

The Covid-19 Numbers Game: The “Second Wave” is Based on Fake Statistics

"Let Me Explain What Happens Next..." - A Reader Sums It All Up Very Ominously

UK’s Chief Scientific Adviser A Major Shareholder in Vaccine Maker Contracted by Govt


COVID-19 Survival Rates Have Many Scientists/Doctors Questioning Masks & Lockdown


26% would refuse Covid vaccination

Trump Has Developed CCP Virus Antibodies: White House Doctor

Clinical trials show Hydroxychloroquine is 'safe' with no reported toxicity

Potential coronavirus treatments are being 'patronisingly dismissed'

Leighton Smith Podcast Episode 78

The Antidote To COVID-1984 is Magna Carta 2020

Masks Don't Work - Dr. Ted Noel

Maria Te Kura speaks out about her experience in quarantine

Australia: Authorities Give Themselves Power to Remove Children From Parents to Ensure COVID Compliance

Federal Judge: ‘There Is NO Pandemic Exception To The Constitution’ – Then Why Are Americans Going Along With It?

Minnesota doctor blasts 'ridiculous' CDC coronavirus death count guidelines

‘This country is a mess’: Alan Jones

What is the WHO?

How to Deal With Vaccine Deniers

If Bill Gates Was President...

"The Precautionary Principle Paradox"

The Truth About Social Distancing

How Dr. Fraudci Has Run This Same Billion Dollar Scam Decades Ago And Is Getting Away With It Again

You Can Stick Your New World Order Normal Up Your A$$

“We Have a Lot of Evidence that It’s a Fake Story All Over the World” – German Doctors on COVID-19

A Huge Number of Medical Doctors Ask for a Reassessment of the Corona Measures

Open Letter from Medical Doctors and Health Professionals to All Belgian Authorities and All Belgian Media

Ireland: ‘Draconian’ Restrictions Around COVID-19 Condemned by Health Service Executive Doctor

COVID Deception

Top COVID Response Official Says Anti-Trump ‘Resistance Unit’ of Scientists Embedded in CDC

Why Lockdowns Are the Wrong Policy. Sweden’s Covid-19 Strategy

Virtual School Dangers: The Hazards of “Police State Education” During COVID-19

Children’s Health Defense and RFK Jr. release “message of unity” video calling for health freedom advocates to #StandFirm against vaccine mandates

Real Pandemics Don't Require This: Positive Tests ARE NOT "New Cases"

The PCR Tests Have Been Used to Create a 'Casedemic;' (Mirrored from 21st CenturyWireTV)

Will a surge in coronavirus infections lead to a similar surge in deaths? The intriguing evidence from Sweden and US that suggests not necessarily

Prof. Emeritus of Immunology, Beda M. Stadler: The Panic-Inducing "New Infections" Lie

Ep91 Emeritus Professor of Immunology...Reveals Crucial Viral Immunity Reality

Exposing Moderna; the Star of Plandemic: Indoctornation Reveals the Truth

Pathogenic mycoplasma

The London Times Smallpox Vaccine Triggered AIDS Virus

COVID is a data-driven operation, but suppose the data are wrong?

Melbourne Police Surround & Arrest 2 Elderly Women Resting On Park Bench For 'COVID Violation'

In Stunning Reversal, CDC Says It Published New Guidance On Risks Of 'Airborne' COVID-19 "In Error"

"No Medical Justification For Emergency Measures" - Open Letter From 100s Of Doctors, Health Pros Urges End To Lockdowns

Health Ranger releases new video: How to rapidly make herbal medicine and natural antibiotics using an ultrasonic cleaner

US Public Officials Are Total Dumbshits


Open Letter from Medical Doctors and Health Professionals to All Belgian Authorities and All Belgian Media

Coronavirus: Crushing and Silencing Doctors of Conscience

The Pandemic That Never Was

Australian police can kidnap people for medical reasons and remove anything “including underwear” to forcefully administer vaccines

Gates, Kissinger and Our Dystopian Future. The Political Side of Covid

Assaulting Science in the Name of Science: Exploring the Coronavirus Crisis of 2020

Resisting Corona “New Normal” Oppression: Every Civil Rights Movement Begins with a Shunned 5%

Dr Northrup - What We Know About The COVID Vaccine

Latest Report Shows Total COVID Deaths Include Cases Where COVID Is NOT Listed on Death Certificates

Ultimate Proof: Covid-19 Was Planned to Usher in the New World Order


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
The Origins Of Political Correctness
October 9 2020 | From: Academia / Various

Where does all this stuff that you’ve heard about this morning – the victim feminism, the gay rights movement, the invented statistics, the rewritten history, the lies, the demands, all the rest of it – where does it come from?



For the first time in our history, westerners have to be fearful of what they say, of what they write, and of what they think. They have to be afraid of using the wrong word, a word denounced as offensive or insensitive, or racist, sexist, or homophobic

Related: Academic Warns: Young People’s Ignorance Of Socialism Risks “Absolute Catastrophe” & Goodbye To The
Internet: Interference By Governments Is Already Here


We have seen other countries, particularly in this century, where this has been the case. And we have always regarded them with a mixture of pity, and to be truthful, some amusement, because it has struck us as so strange that people would allow a situation to develop where they would be afraid of what words they used.

But we now have this situation in this country. We have it primarily on college campuses, but it is spreading throughout the whole society. Were does it come from? What is it?

We call it “Political Correctness.” The name originated as something of a joke, literally in a comic strip, and we tend still to think of it as only half-serious. In fact, it’s deadly serious.

It is the great disease of our century, the disease that has left tens of millions of people dead in Europe, in Russia, in China, indeed around the world. It is the disease of ideology. PC is not funny. PC is deadly serious.



Related: John Lennon’s Son Slams “Pathetic” Political Correctness

If we look at it analytically, if we look at it historically, we quickly find out exactly what it is. Political Correctness is cultural Marxism. It is Marxism translated from economic into cultural terms.

It is an effort that goes back not to the 1960s and the hippies and the peace movement, but back to World War I. If we compare the basic tenets of Political Correctness with classical Marxism the parallels are very obvious.

First of all, both are totalitarian ideologies.

The totalitarian nature of Political Correctness is revealed nowhere more clearly than on college campuses, many of which at this point are small ivy covered North Koreas, where the student or faculty member who dares to cross any of the lines set up by the gender feminist or the homosexual-rights activists, or the local black or Hispanic group, or any of the other sainted “victims” groups that PC revolves around, quickly find themselves in judicial trouble.

Within the small legal system of the college, they face formal charges – some star-chamber proceeding – and punishment. That is a little look into the future that Political Correctness intends for the nation as a whole.

Indeed, all ideologies are totalitarian because the essence of an ideology (I would note that conservatism correctly understood is not an ideology) is to take some philosophy and say on the basis of this philosophy certain things must be true – such as the whole of the history of our culture is the history of the oppression of women.



Related: Feminism Has Ruined Women and Damaged Men

Since reality contradicts that, reality must be forbidden. It must become forbidden to acknowledge the reality of our history.

People must be forced to live a lie, and since people are naturally reluctant to live a lie, they naturally use their ears and eyes to look out and say, “Wait a minute. This isn’t true. I can see it isn’t true,” the power of the state must be put behind the demand to live a lie.

That is why ideology invariably creates a totalitarian state.

Second, the cultural Marxism of Political Correctness, like economic Marxism, has a single factor explanation of history. Economic Marxism says that all of history is determined by ownership of means of production.

Cultural Marxism, or Political Correctness, says that all history is determined by power, by which groups defined in terms of race, sex, etc., have power over which other groups. Nothing else matters. All literature, indeed, is about that. Everything in the past is about that one thing.

Third, just as in classical economic Marxism certain groups, i.e. workers and peasants, are a priori good, and other groups, i.e., the bourgeoisie and capital owners, are evil. In the cultural Marxism of Political Correctness certain groups are good – feminist women, (only feminist women, non-feminist women are deemed not to exist) blacks, Hispanics, homosexuals.

These groups are determined to be “victims,” and therefore automatically good regardless of what any of them do. Similarly, white males are determined automatically to be evil, thereby becoming the equivalent of the bourgeoisie in economic Marxism.



Related: Political Correctness Is Really Just Herd Psychology Pushed By Insecure People Who Desperately Seek
Social Conformity

Fourth, both economic and cultural Marxism rely on expropriation. When the classical Marxists, the communists, took over a country like Russia, they expropriated the bourgeoisie, they took away their property. Similarly, when the cultural Marxists take over a university campus, they expropriate through things like quotas for admissions.

When a white student with superior qualifications is denied admittance to a college in favor of a black or Hispanic who isn’t as well qualified, the white student is expropriated. And indeed, affirmative action, in our whole society today, is a system of expropriation.

White owned companies don’t get a contract because the contract is reserved for a company owned by, say, Hispanics or women. So expropriation is a principle tool for both forms of Marxism.

And finally, both have a method of analysis that automatically gives the answers they want. For the classical Marxist, it’s Marxist economics. For the cultural Marxist, it’s deconstruction.

Deconstruction essentially takes any text, removes all meaning from it and re-inserts any meaning desired. So we find, for example, that all of Shakespeare is about the suppression of women, or the Bible is really about race and gender.

All of these texts simply become grist for the mill, which proves that “all history is about which groups have power over which other groups.”

So the parallels are very evident between the classical Marxism that we’re familiar with in the old Soviet Union and the cultural Marxism that we see today as Political Correctness.



Related: Vladimir Putin Slams ‘Obsolete Liberalism’

But the parallels are not accidents. The parallels did not come from nothing. The fact of the matter is that Political Correctness has a history, a history that is much longer than many people are aware of outside a small group of academics who have studied this.

And the history goes back, as I said, to World War I, as do so many of the pathologies that are today bringing our society, and indeed our culture, down.

Marxist theory said that when the general European war came (as it did come in Europe in 1914), the working class throughout Europe would rise up and overthrow their governments – the bourgeois governments – because the workers had more in common with each other across the national boundaries than they had in common with the bourgeoisie and the ruling class in their own country. Well, 1914 came and it didn’t happen.

Throughout Europe, workers rallied to their flag and happily marched off to fight each other. The Kaiser shook hands with the leaders of the Marxist Social Democratic Party in Germany and said there are no parties now, there are only Germans. And this happened in every country in Europe. So something was wrong.

Marxists knew by definition it couldn’t be the theory. In 1917, they finally got a Marxist coup in Russia and it looked like the theory was working, but it stalled again.



Related: Propaganda Techniques Of Empire + P.C. Language Control And The Rise Of The Third Reich

It didn’t spread and when attempts were made to spread immediately after the war, with the Spartacist uprising in Berlin, with the Bela Kun government in Hungary, with the Munich Soviet, the workers didn’t support them.

So the Marxists’ had a problem. And two Marxist theorists went to work on it: Antonio Gramsci in Italy and Georg Lukacs in Hungary.

Gramsci said the workers will never see their true class interests, as defined by Marxism, until they are freed from Western culture, and particularly from the Christian religion – that they are blinded by culture and religion to their true class interests.

Lukacs, who was considered the most brilliant Marxist theorist since Marx himself, said in 1919, “Who will save us from Western Civilization?” He also theorized that the great obstacle to the creation of a Marxist paradise was the culture: Western civilization itself.

Lukacs gets a chance to put his ideas into practice, because when the home grown Bolshevik Bela Kun government is established in Hungary in 1919, he becomes deputy commissar for culture, and the first thing he did was introduce sex education into the Hungarian schools.

This ensured that the workers would not support the Bela Kun government, because the Hungarian people looked at this aghast, workers as well as everyone else. But he had already made the connection that today many of us are still surprised by, that we would consider the “latest thing.”



Related: I Am Not Black, You Are Not White

In 1923 in Germany, a think-tank is established that takes on the role of translating Marxism from economic into cultural terms, that creates Political Correctness as we know it today, and essentially it has created the basis for it by the end of the 1930s.

This comes about because the very wealthy young son of a millionaire German trader by the name of Felix Weil has become a Marxist and has lots of money to spend. He is disturbed by the divisions among the Marxists, so he sponsors something called the First Marxist Work Week, where he brings Lukacs and many of the key German thinkers together for a week, working on the differences of Marxism.

And he says, “What we need is a think-tank.” Washington is full of think tanks and we think of them as very modern. In fact they go back quite a ways.

He endows an institute, associated with Frankfurt University, established in 1923, that was originally supposed to be known as the Institute for Marxism.

But the people behind it decided at the beginning that it was not to their advantage to be openly identified as Marxist. The last thing Political Correctness wants is for people to figure out it’s a form of Marxism. So instead they decide to name it the Institute for Social Research.

Weil is very clear about his goals. In 1917, he wrote to Martin Jay the author of a principle book on the Frankfurt School, as the Institute for Social Research soon becomes known informally, and he said, “I wanted the institute to become known, perhaps famous, due to its contributions to Marxism.”



Related: The World Economy Explained With Just Two Cows

Well, he was successful. The first director of the Institute, Carl Grunberg, an Austrian economist, concluded his opening address, according to Martin Jay, “by clearly stating his personal allegiance to Marxism as a scientific methodology.” Marxism, he said, would be the ruling principle at the Institute, and that never changed.

The initial work at the Institute was rather conventional, but in 1930 it acquired a new director named Max Horkheimer, and Horkheimer’s views were very different. He was very much a Marxist renegade. The people who create and form the Frankfurt School are renegade Marxists.

They’re still very much Marxist in their thinking, but they’re effectively run out of the party. Moscow looks at what they are doing and says, “Hey, this isn’t us, and we’re not going to bless this.”

Horkheimer’s initial heresy is that he is very interested in Freud, and the key to making the translation of Marxism from economic into cultural terms is essentially that he combined it with Freudism.

Again, Martin Jay writes:


“If it can be said that in the early years of its history, the Institute concerned itself primarily with an analysis of bourgeois society’s socio-economic sub-structure,” – and I point out that Jay is very sympathetic to the Frankfurt School, I’m not reading from a critic here – “in the years after 1930 its primary interests lay in its cultural superstructure.

Indeed the traditional Marxist formula regarding the relationship between the two was brought into question by Critical Theory.

The stuff we’ve been hearing about – the radical feminism, the women’s studies departments, the gay studies departments, the black studies departments – all these things are branches of Critical Theory.



Related: How The Frankfurt School Changed American / Western Culture

What the Frankfurt School essentially does is draw on both Marx and Freud in the 1930s to create this theory called Critical Theory. The term is ingenious because you’re tempted to ask, “What is the theory?” The theory is to criticize.

The theory is that the way to bring down Western culture and the capitalist order is not to lay down an alternative. They explicitly refuse to do that. They say it can’t be done, that we can’t imagine what a free society would look like (their definition of a free society).

As long as we’re living under repression – the repression of a capitalistic economic order which creates (in their theory) the Freudian condition, the conditions that Freud describes in individuals of repression – we can’t even imagine it.

What Critical Theory is about is simply criticizing. It calls for the most destructive criticism possible, in every possible way, designed to bring the current order down.

And, of course, when we hear from the feminists that the whole of society is just out to get women and so on, that kind of criticism is a derivative of Critical Theory. It is all coming from the 1930s, not the 1960s.

Other key members who join up around this time are Theodore Adorno, and, most importantly, Erich Fromm and Herbert Marcuse.



Related: New Study Shows Vast Majority Of Non-White Americans Reject Political Correctness

Fromm and Marcuse introduce an element which is central to Political Correctness, and that’s the sexual element. And particularly Marcuse, who in his own writings calls for a society of “polymorphous perversity,” that is his definition of the future of the world that they want to create.

Marcuse in particular by the 1930s is writing some very extreme stuff on the need for sexual liberation, but this runs through the whole Institute. So do most of the themes we see in Political Correctness, again in the early 30s. In Fromm’s view, masculinity and femininity were not reflections of ‘essential’ sexual differences, as the Romantics had thought.

They were derived instead from differences in life functions, which were in part socially determined. Sex is a construct; sexual differences are a construct.

Another example is the emphasis we now see on environmentalism.


“Materialism as far back as Hobbes had led to a manipulative dominating attitude toward nature.” That was Horkhemier writing in 1933 in Materialismus und Moral.

“The theme of man’s domination of nature,” according to Jay, ” was to become a central concern of the Frankfurt School in subsequent years.”

“Horkheimer’s antagonism to the fetishization of labor, (here’s were they’re obviously departing from Marxist orthodoxy) expressed another dimension of his materialism, the demand for human, sensual happiness.”

In one of his most trenchant essays, Egoism and the Movement for Emancipation, written in 1936, Horkeimer “discussed the hostility to personal gratification inherent in bourgeois culture.”

And he specifically referred to the Marquis de Sade, favorably, for his “protest…against asceticism in the name of a higher morality.”

How does all of this stuff flood in here? How does it flood into our universities, and indeed into our lives today?

The members of the Frankfurt School are Marxist, they are also, to a man, Jewish. In 1933 the Nazis came to power in Germany, and not surprisingly they shut down the Institute for Social Research. And its members fled.



KGB Defector Yuri Bezmenov's Warning to America

29 years ago, Soviet defector and KGB operative Yuri Bezmenov, specializing in the fields of Marxist-Leninist propaganda and ideological subversion; warned us about the silent war being waged against America as part of a long term plan to take over and destroy the American system and way of life.

Related: Governments: The Enemy Of Freedom & Globalists Interviewed: They Admitted They Controlled The Government

Watch this clip in amazement as you realize he is describing exactly what's happening in America today, where by Obama and his gang of Marxist usurpers [this part is historical, obviously] who now have control of your government are just the culmination of a very long term plan, but are the ones who are about to bring it into fruition.

Bezmenov was born in 1939 in Mytishchi, near Moscow to a high ranking Soviet Army officer. At the age of seventeen, he entered the Institute of Oriental Languages, a part of the Moscow State University which was under the direct control of the KGB and the Communist Central Committee. In addition to languages, he studied history, literature, and music, and became an expert on Indian culture.

During his second year, Bezmenov sought to look like a person from India; his teachers encouraged this because graduates of the school were employed as diplomats, foreign journalists, or spies.

As a Soviet student, he was also required to take compulsory military training in which he was taught how to play "strategic war games" using the maps of foreign countries, as well as how to interrogate prisoners of war
.










They fled to New York City, and the Institute was reestablished there in 1933 with help from Columbia University. And the members of the Institute, gradually through the 1930s, though many of them remained writing in German, shift their focus from Critical Theory about German society, destructive criticism about every aspect of that society, to Critical Theory directed toward American society.

There is another very important transition when the war comes. Some of them go to work for the government, including Herbert Marcuse, who became a key figure in the OSS (the predecessor to the CIA), and some, including Horkheimer and Adorno, move to Hollywood.

These origins of Political Correctness would probably not mean too much to us today except for two subsequent events. The first was the student rebellion in the mid-1960s, which was driven largely by resistance to the draft and the Vietnam War.

But the student rebels needed theory of some sort. They couldn’t just get out there and say, “Hell no we won’t go,” they had to have some theoretical explanation behind it. Very few of them were interested in wading through Das Kapital.

Classical, economic Marxism is not light, and most of the radicals of the 60s were not deep. Fortunately for them, and unfortunately for our country today, and not just in the university, Herbert Marcuse remained in America when the Frankfurt School relocated back to Frankfurt after the war.

And whereas Mr. Adorno in Germany is appalled by the student rebellion when it breaks out there – when the student rebels come into Adorno’s classroom, he calls the police and has them arrested – Herbert Marcuse, who remained here, saw the 60s student rebellion as the great chance.



Related: What Happens When You Rebel Against The Herd

He saw the opportunity to take the work of the Frankfurt School and make it the theory of the New Left in the United States.

One of Marcuse’s books was the key book. It virtually became the bible of the SDS and the student rebels of the 60s. That book was Eros and Civilization. Marcuse argues that under a capitalistic order (he downplays the Marxism very strongly here, it is subtitled, A Philosophical Inquiry into Freud, but the framework is Marxist), repression is the essence of that order and that gives us the person Freud describes – the person with all the hang-ups, the neuroses, because his sexual instincts are repressed.

We can envision a future, if we can only destroy this existing oppressive order, in which we liberate eros, we liberate libido, in which we have a world of “polymorphous perversity,” in which you can “do you own thing.” And by the way, in that world there will no longer be work, only play.

What a wonderful message for the radicals of the mid-60s! They’re students, they’re baby-boomers, and they’ve grown up never having to worry about anything except eventually having to get a job.

And here is a guy writing in a way they can easily follow. He doesn’t require them to read a lot of heavy Marxism and tells them everything they want to hear which is essentially, “Do your own thing,” “If it feels good do it,” and “You never have to go to work.”



Related: Is Psychiatry Bullshit? + Fourteen Lies That Our Psychiatry Professors Taught Us In Medical School

By the way, Marcuse is also the man who creates the phrase, “Make love, not war.”

Coming back to the situation people face on campus, Marcuse defines “liberating tolerance” as intolerance for anything coming from the Right and tolerance for anything coming from the Left. Marcuse joined the Frankfurt School, in 1932 (if I remember right). So, all of this goes back to the 1930s.

In conclusion, America [the West] today is in the throes of the greatest and direst transformation in its history. We are becoming an ideological state, a country with an official state ideology enforced by the power of the state.

In “hate crimes” we now have people serving jail sentences for political thoughts.

And the Congress is now moving to expand that category ever further. Affirmative action is part of it.

The terror against anyone who dissents from Political Correctness on campus is part of it. It’s exactly what we have seen happen in Russia, in Germany, in Italy, in China, and now it’s coming here.

And we don’t recognize it because we call it Political Correctness and laugh it off.

My message today is that it’s not funny, it’s here, it’s growing and it will eventually destroy, as it seeks to destroy, everything that we have ever defined as our freedom and our culture.


Related Articles:

Self-Determination Means Liberty

Finland: Christian MP Under Police Hate Crime Investigation After Posting Bible Verse

Students Prevented From Attending UK School Because They Refuse to Wear “Gender Neutral” Uniforms

No laughing matter: PC policing would make ‘Monty Python’ and other comedies ‘crimes’ today

5-Year-Old Autistic Boy Labeled “Sex Offender” For Hugging Classmate

Milk: The new symbol of racism in Donald Trump's America

Politically Incorrect 80s Flashback

Sweden Wants to Delete Ancient History from School Curriculum in the Name of Diversity and Migrants

Was this zoologist punished for telling school kids politically incorrect facts about polar bears?

Google Whistleblowers: Search Engine Penalizing All Sites That Don’t Conform To Political Correctness & Everything You Need To Know About Net Neutrality

Socialism: Thick Lipstick On A Global Pig

State Control: The Government Of Prime Minister Jacinda Ardern Is Shaping Up To Be One Of The Most
Controlling In New Zealand’sHistory


It’s Not Okay To Be White, Says New Zealand Government & Alert The Media: Racist America Myth Debunked

Rising Up Against The Oligarchs Does Not Equal Socialism


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Gene Roddenberry Based Star Trek On Secret US Navy Space Fleet
October 8 2020 | From: Exopolitics

September 8 marked the 51st anniversary of the creation of the Star Trek science fiction series that began in 1966. There is significant evidence that its creator, Gene Roddenberry, did not simply come up with the idea of Star Trek on his own.



Instead he was encouraged to create the series based on classified information surrounding the development of a secret U.S. Navy space fleet that would build a broad extraterrestrial alliance.

Related: Hidden Origins: Exposing Humanity's Ancient Secrets

This led Roddenberry to come up with the idea of a United Federation of Planets, with its military headquarters in San Francisco.

Roddenberry began developing ideas for a science fiction show after one of his series had bombed in 1964:


“The only reason Roddenberry created Star Trek, at least initially, was to sell another series to a network.  He was, if not desperate, anxious… He had just failed with The Lieutenant, for Norman Felton’s Arena Productions.

… No one was clamoring for another series from Roddenberry, or even his scripts. His agent suggested he come up with a space series…

This may have led to what The Outer Limits historians insist are the accurate - if generally unknown - accounts of Roddenberry hanging out at times on the set of The Outer Limits. When I learned this, it wasn’t hard to imagine that series creator, and executive producer, Leslie Stevens … was someone that Roddenberry may have sought to emulate."

This account is confirmed by Tom Seldon, one of the production assistants of The Outer Limits:


“Star Trek was in fact an outgrowth of The Outer Limits. Gene Roddenberry watched our dailies all the time and took a lot of phone calls from our screening room.

He was spurring his imagination and checking on the incredible quality control we had.

I wondered why he was there but he was there more often than not during the time he was coming up with Star Trek."



Related: Secret Space Program Disclosure: Founders Of Solar Warden SSP With William Tompkins

The following firmly suggests that Roddenberry and Stevens had reached a business arrangement for the planned sci-fi series, Star Trek:


“Bearing in mind that Roddenberry was contracted to a rival studio and a rival network, the odds are essentially slim to none that the two men didn’t have some kind of business arrangement, whether in writing or not."

If Stevens and Roddenberry had indeed developed a business arrangement for the new Star Trek series, this is where Stevens background becomes critical in understanding the nature of their arrangement. Stevens was the son of a U.S. Navy Vice Admiral Leslie Stevens who died in 1956.

Vice Admiral Stevens was a contemporary of Rear Admiral Rico Botta who according to a former aerospace engineer, William Tompkins, oversaw a covert Navy espionage program out of Nazi Germany to learn about Nazi flying saucers during World War II.



Related: Endgame: Disclosure, The Antarctic Atlantis And NEW Ancient Extra-Terrestrial Ruins

The 29 Navy spies in the program had not only learned that the Nazis had developed up to 30 different flying saucer prototypes, but were also being directly assisted by an extraterrestrial civilization comprising Reptilian hominoids in building secret bases in Antarctica.

Both Admirals Botta and Stevens were leading experts in aerospace engineering and headed top Navy aerospace facilities at various points during their careers. In 1946, both were retroactively promoted to the rank of Rear Admiral as of 1943, for their wartime duties.



Related: Gripping New Adventure As Space Program Insider Tours Mars Colony

Botta went on to head the Naval Air Material Center out of Philadelphia Shipyard from 1950 to 1952. It is from this and similar command assignments that plans began for a secret Navy space fleet aimed to counter what the Nazis had developed in Antarctica.

Similarly, Admiral Stevens was known for his accomplishments in aeronautics and is quoted as having “had a hand in the design or conception of all naval aircraft, aircraft carriers and carrier landing apparatus.” Admiral Stevens’ aeronautics expertise meant that he was almost certainly aware of what Botta had learned about Nazi aerospace projects.

It is more than likely that Admirals Botta and Stevens were the first to comprise a covert Navy leadership group that would oversee the development of a U.S. Navy space fleet based on modern aircraft carrier battle groups that would in time join an interplanetary alliance.



Related: Current UFO Disclosures And The Incredible Edible New York Times

This is precisely what Tompkins says he was asked to do at the Douglas Aircraft Company on behalf of the Navy from 1952 to 1963. Tompkins says that he was covertly assisted by Nordic extraterrestrials while he was helping design kilometers-long spacecraft for future U.S. Navy space battle groups. In interviews, Tompkins has revealed that Nordic extraterrestrials were working directly with senior officers within the U.S. Navy.

Admiral Stevens went on to occupy important positions with the national security council system, including the Psychological Strategy Board where he became Director. 

Formally established in 1951 by President Truman, it is one of the interagency boards that was set up to disinform the general public about the reality of flying saucers, while secretly gathering information about what other nations were doing in response to the phenomenon.



Related: Siemens Implicated In Tracking Forced Labour & Slaves In Space

William Tompkins confirmed, in a private phone call on August 24, that Admiral Stevens was aware of what the Navy had learned about Nazi Germany’s flying saucer programs.

He further confirmed that Admiral Stevens played a direct role in setting up a secret U.S. Navy space program, and that his son, Leslie Stevens, IV, was aware of what was happening.

Tompkins claims here are consistent with what he says happened from 1985 to 1999, when he ran an extraterrestrial related “Special Projects” out of the U.S. Navy League center in Medford, Oregon. He said that it was common for Navy officers to have their children briefed about secret space programs and alliances with different extraterrestrial races.

This was done in order to prepare the next generation of navy officers and/or leaders for a world where extraterrestrial life was common knowledge. This is similar to another program happening on the U.S. East Coast as described by Catherine Austin Fitts, a former Assistant Secretary of Housing and Urban Development.

She was asked to participate in strategy sessions that were being conducted by the Arlington Institute, a non-profit organization headed by John Peterson that was assigned a number of US Navy contracts. Fitts says:


John asked me to help him with a high level strategic plan Arlington was planning to undertake for the Undersecretary of the Navy…

I met with a group of high level people in the military in the process - including the Undersecretary.

According to John, the purpose of the plan - discussed in front of several military or retired military officers and former government officials -
was to help the Navy adjust their operations for a world in which it was commonly known that aliens exist and live among us."

Tompkins has supplied a document confirming that he ran a Special Projects Committee with the U.S. Navy League. Additionally, two retired Navy Officers, Art Lumley (Commander), and Larry Boeck (Captain) have confirmed that Tompkins did discuss extraterrestrial projects at Navy League meetings, and was regarded as an expert on these issues.



Minutes of Board Meeting refers to Special Projects Committee

Related: Boeing's "You Just Wait" Ad Reveals 100 Year Partial Disclosure Timeline - Analysis: Disproving Partial
Disclosure, Insider Testimony, And Steering Collective Consciousness Toward The Full Disclosure Timeline


Tompkins’ testimony confirms that it was common practice for Navy officers, briefed about extraterrestrial life, to pass on some of this highly classified information to their children.

Consequently, it is almost certain that Admiral Stevens revealed to his son, Leslie Stevens, some of the classified details about the existence of extraterrestrial life and secret space programs prior to his death.

It is furthermore very possible, that Stevens, Jr., was part of a Navy sanctioned “soft disclosure” process that would use the television/movie industry to reveal elements of the Navy’s planned secret space program.


All this helps considerably in finally understanding the nature of the business relationship between Roddenberry and Leslie Stevens, Jr. Stevens could not himself directly create a science fiction show revealing details of the classified information given to him by his deceased father, but he very likely received tacit permission by Navy officials, to share it with television/movie producers such as Roddenberry who would fictionalize the information.



Consequently, the business relationship between Gene Roddenberry and Leslie Stevens, suggests that Star Trek was initially based on information gained by Admirals Botta and Stevens. A future U.S. Navy space fleet would be developed that would actively cooperate with Nordic extraterrestrials in an alliance that would counter the Nazis and their Reptilian allies.

In the Star Trek series, the Nordics were depicted as Vulcans, the Reptilians as Klingons, while the Nazis were represented as genetically enhanced humans.

Furthermore, it is topical to recognize that Roddenberry chose the beautiful, iconic city of San Francisco as the military headquarters for his fictional Starfleet Command in Star Trek, elevating this U.S. city in the hearts and minds of generations as a symbol of humanity’s bright future achievements.



Related: Solar Warden: The Secret Space Program Built With Alien Technology

It would also directly represent the Navy’s plan for its secret space program becoming a model for integrating other nations in a united partnership.

Two independent sources, former Asian Bureau chief for Forbes Magazine, Benjamin Fulford in 2011, and an anonymous source called the “Hidden Hand” in 2009, have revealed that the Illuminati/Cabal specifically named San Francisco (along with Damascus) as a city that will be made uninhabitable in its Armageddon agenda.



Does San Francisco pose a double threat as both a symbol of hope within the collective psyche, and the truth of a reality it mirrors in the military’s accomplishments? If so, then the Cabal’s goal is not to destroy a city, but to break the collective spirit of a peaceful human vision for a spacefaring future that begins with full disclosure.

The above evidence suggests Star Trek was no mere science fiction series, but was actively encouraged through a business arrangement between Roddenberry and the son of a deceased U.S. Navy admiral, who was directly involved in developing a secret U.S. Navy Space Fleet called Solar Warden.

As we remember the 52nd anniversary of Star Trek, it is worth remembering the roles of U.S. Navy admirals that helped launch the real secret space program upon which Star Trek was modeled.



Further Reading:

Navy Admiral oversaw 29 Spies in Nazi Germany & started US Secret Space Program

US Navy League Conducted Extraterrestrial Special Projects from 1985 to 1999

US Navy plan to prepare for extraterrestrials among us secretly developed in 1998

US Navy Spies Learned of Nazi Alliance with Reptilian Extraterrestrials during WWII

GALACTIC COINTELPRO – Exposing the Covert Counter-Intelligence Program against Extraterrestrial Contactees



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Conspireality: Is It Time For A Serious Conversation?
October 7 2020 | From: ConsciousEvolution / Various

One thing I’m noticing now more than ever before in my experience as a journalist and researcher, and as a human in general, is that people are hungry for information that is deeper than what they are getting through the mainstream media.



It feels as though people are beginning to recognize that there is a degree of corruption involved in our world and that politicians and traditional media outlets have been compromised in the process.

Related: The Business Of Journalists Is To Destroy The Truth & Americans Think The Media Is More Destructive Than Banks & Corporations + The Normals vs. Conspiracy Theorists

How can you weed through the confusion? What media can I trust? What is the truth? These are all big questions many are now having.


In Brief:

The Facts: The mainstream and traditional media seem to be failing to have important conversations that are controversial, while at the same time perhaps there isn't enough rigor and critical thinking in alternative media communities.

Reflect On: Given we are deeply feeling the need to make sense of our world, is it time we begin to look at developing the inner faculties necessary to move beyond ideology, limited thinking patterns and truly begin looking at what evidence around us says?

Further, there is a lack of trust in many professional or societal experts due to a felt sense that they have been compromised as well. In an attempt to get answers to these questions, people have been looking for alternative information or perspectives about many current events in an attempt to make sense of the world.

I’ve worked 11 years in independent media now. I founded Collective Evolution in 2009 for the purposes of having conversations I felt were important but perhaps not widely available.

Initially beginning as a platform for exploring consciousness awakening, CE ventured into current events, as I felt they often reflect the inner aspect of who we are as people – and as a collective.

That said, for most of the time CE has been around, we’ve covered some sort of alternative perspective on current events as part of our job.




Related: American Pravda: How The CIA Invented "Conspiracy Theories"

Our commitment was to do this in a way that was as open, transparent, and unbiased as possible. Improving in our style and quality over the years, we often get feedback from a wide audience feeling that we do a pretty good job of staying neutral and open to various possibilities, while still covering what might be considered controversial subjects.

Things people call ‘conspiracies.’

Calling these sometimes controversial subjects ‘conspiracy theories’ is a bit unfortunate as it’s a loaded term that brings about many connotations and a general lack of clarity.

Does ‘conspiracy theory’ mean there is no evidence? It is not probable? It is not to be believed? Only crazy people who don’t think critically look at them? Was the fact that the NSA spied on US citizens illegally a conspiracy theory before Edward Snowden revealed the truth about that to the world? It was.

The idea that ‘big brother’ is watching was considered a paranoid delusion by many, yet they were in fact watching and recording almost everything people in the US did.

Thus, the title of this piece includes the term ‘conspireality’ as it is my feeling that some things we often call conspiracy theories are in fact true, we just don’t know it yet or haven’t accepted it.



Related: A Country Without An Honest Media Is Lost: The Largest Conspiracy Theory Peddlers Are Mainstream Media And The US State Department

In that same token, there is an observation I’m seeing within the space of ‘conspiracies’ that is truly important to discuss and reflect on.

Note: much of what I want to share will be written here, more will be in the video at the bottom.


The Rise of The Alternative

For decades people have felt that there is more to mainstream media narratives when it comes to current events. The JFK assassination, UFOs, MK Ultra, the real cause of wars, powerful people who control aspects of society, etc.

Typically, much of these conversations remained on the fringe and were had on late night radio shows or unpopular books few knew about.

But the advent of the internet and it’s subsequent popularity birthed an opportunity for these ideas and conversations to spread more easily. As time went on, people began to feel ‘alternative’ history or facts about events that happen in our world are increasingly important.



Related: JFK: Dylan Strikes Again & Diana Mystery Solved: White Fiat Uno Driver Breaks His Silence - Why He Won’t Talk To Police

While it might be common to chalk this up to some form of mental illness or misstep in thought, there is actually a large number of intelligent and well-read people who are actively exploring very credible information that tells a different, and credible, story about widely accepted mainstream narratives.

A recent podcast on The Joe Rogan Experience with guest Tom O’Neil is a perfect example. Tom has spent the last 20 years of his life investigating and writing a book called Chaos: Charles Manson, the CIA, and the Secret History of the Sixties which was published by Little, Brown in the summer of 2019.

As the description of his book reads:


“Twenty years ago, when journalist Tom O’Neill was reporting a magazine piece about the murders, he worried there was nothing new to say.

Then he unearthed shocking evidence of a cover-up behind the “official” story, including police carelessness, legal misconduct, and potential surveillance by intelligence agents.


When a tense interview with Vincent Bugliosi - prosecutor of the Manson Family and author of Helter Skelter - turned a friendly source into a nemesis, O’Neill knew he was onto something. But every discovery brought more questions.

O’Neill’s quest for the truth led him from reclusive celebrities to seasoned spies, from San Francisco’s summer of love to the shadowy sites of the CIA’s mind-control experiments, on a trail rife with shady cover-ups and suspicious coincidences.

The product of two decades of reporting, hundreds of new interviews, and dozens of never-before-seen documents from the LAPD, the FBI, and the CIA, Chaos mounts an argument that could be, according to Los Angeles Deputy District Attorney Steven Kay, strong enough to overturn the verdicts on the Manson murders. This is a book that overturns our understanding of a pivotal time in American history.”


As I listened to the podcast episode, many of the subjects discussed, including the United State’s government mind control program MK Ultra, and the JFK Assassination were explored with undeniable evidence and important lines of questioning.

Contrary to the belief that many of these subjects are mere conspiracy theories brought on by people who only deal in circumstantial evidence and who believe anything that sounds like an entertaining theory, we’re seeing some real truth here.

Truth that would completely change the public’s perspective on government and the intelligence community. The implications are huge when you really start to look at it and what the evidence clearly indicates.

This is not the only event that evidently shows coverups. Recent admissions by the US Navy has clearly indicated that government and intelligence communities have been keeping the public in the dark about UFOs for a long time.

Looking at government documents and whistleblowers that have been available for decades, you can find out very quickly that much more is going on behind the scenes than people realize, and the discussion of UFOs is really nothing to be gawked at as it often is.




Related: The US Space Force Just Swore In Its First “Chief Of Space Operations” + Navy Patents UFO-Like Compact Nuclear Fusion Reactor And Hybrid Space / Sea Crafts

Before public admission of the reality of UFOs, the media and many academics made fun of people who believed in UFOs as if they were crazy. Now that same media is telling you they’re real.

While they aren’t necessarily saying who is manning these UFOs, the conversation is quickly turning towards admitting to so many of the things ‘conspiracy theorists’ have discussed.

One could say that UFOs as a conspiracy theory became reality when the NAVY admitted to the validity of the video evidence that emerged. Do we know exactly what is going on? No, but we know a lot more.

Likewise with the NSA’s ‘big brother spying’ program – it’s no longer a conspiracy theory thanks to Edward Snowden. In that sense, you can see where I’m getting my ‘conspireality’ term from – conspiracies that have become reality.

The question now is, how do we have conversations about remaining ‘conspiracies’ seriously? Where we look at the evidence with an open mind and truly see what it says.

Alternative media has been covering these topics for years prior to mainstream media even opening up to the idea. Alt media has been filling a void in media that aligns with a correct intuition people have that there is more to what we’re being told – and it involves some highly controversial topics.

Hence the rise in alternative media. Popularity grew because it was feeding something deep within people that they felt but could not get from the mainstream.

In return, the mainstream culture seems to have taken issue with the rise of alternative media as it represents a loss of having a monopoly on narratives.



Related: Mainstream Media Is Trying Hard To Convince Us That “Plandemic” Is A “Conspiracy Theory” + The New Normal


Time For A Serious Conversation?

Before I continue I want to be clear that this is a complex and nuanced conversation, and the themes I’m going to discuss don’t apply to all people, but seem to be a big part of ‘alternative’ thinking culture.

As mainstream or traditional media continues to fail to ask the right questions about what is going on in our world (whether it was due to a lack of interest in the part of journalists, direction from media directors, or perhaps a gag order from someone ‘higher up’), it can be said that alternative media may not always carry the necessary standards in reporting and conversation to be taken seriously.

Yet these emerging conversations are incredibly important and needed.

One other aspect of this I want to mention, that can be founding both mainstream/traditional media and some alternative media, is the lack of ‘spiritual’ context within current events.

Meaning, there are deeper questions about who we are, why we’re here and what life is about that many who are ‘waking up’ are asking and feeling – processing even, yet mainstream media doesn’t have the context to understand this nor empathetically report on it.

It can be said that some of alternative media fits in this boat as well.



Related: Google And Soros-Backed ‘Fact-Checkers’ Join Forces To Control News Search Results & USG Conspiracy To Censor Alternative Views As Fake

Lately, I’ve been grappling with this difficult topic, and I sometimes find it a bit tough to even put into words. It is something I’ve loosely discussed for years now, but am now really moving to open up a dialogue about it as I believe we’ve reached an absolutely critical juncture in time where we must begin to explore themes I’m about to present.

Themes that involve anything from free speech to societal decline, division, and our potential to create a world where we can thrive. I believe much of what we’ll discuss here is critical to all that and more.

The topic I’ve struggled with lately is that I feel many people in the ‘alternative’ or ‘conspiracy’ community, defined contextually for this article as those who are often well-intended in seeking alternative narratives the mainstream does not offer, seem to have become very ideological, absolute, and extreme about their positions.

The conversations being had often jump to conclusions even without evidence, and attack anyone who doesn’t agree with them as being ‘sheeple’ or brain dead. It’s creating huge divides, yet very few want to admit it.

Most importantly, it’s making it very hard to have these important conversations about controversial topics that need to be had at this moment. Further, and as I foresaw years ago, it’s also inviting censorship.

Let’s get clear here. You might see a meme that shows a picture with Bill Gates and Jeffrey Epstein, and thus it automatically means we now have proof Gates is a pedophile.



Related: The Silent War On "Q" Continues

‘The Deep State mass arrests are coming any day now.’ Just as they have been for the last 10 years. Yet still, if you don’t understand that these mass arrests are coming, you’re asleep.

The key distinction here is the sense of certainty, the sense that it’s all so obvious, even when it’s not. The use of poor evidence, circumstantial evidence, or none at all, to ‘prove’ what’s going on has overtaken critical thinking.

It almost seems like people have become more interested in the entertainment value of this controversial information as opposed to how true it actually might be or how much evidence there truly is.

Take the X22 report for example. He pulls together a ton of circumstantial evidence, matches it with Q posts and then offers an analysis. Many believe his work clearly shows facts in drawing conclusions, but in reality, it’s mere speculation.

This is perfectly fine, but people are getting lost in seeing this as unequivocal fact, as opposed to mere speculation. X22 has suggested for example that Julian Assange is safe and sound and his arrest is nothing but ‘part of the plan’ by the Q patriots to save America from the Deep State.

In his video, you can follow all of the evidence he proposes, why Assange had a book in his hand, what that book meant, and how it was a code for people to look deeper.

This, while those close to Assange, including independent reporters and family, have been saying he is being tortured and suffering deeply in prison. So on one hand you have ‘truthers’ saying he’s fine, don’t worry, part of the plan.



Related: Julian Assange On The War On Free Speech: “Everyone Else Must Take My Place” & Julian Assange Is Guilty Only Of Revealing The Evil Soul Of US Imperialism

And then you have those who actually know him and have access to him saying the situation is bad and people need to help do something about it. Those same truthers have then said “don’t worry, those reporters and family are part of the plan too… it’s all optics.” You can see the issue here.

What I’m getting at is many popular voices in alternative media approach ‘conspiracy theories’ in a way that turns circumstantial evidence into unquestionable truth. Delivered with a sense of certainty or sweeping generalizations.

They can often lack critical thinking because they match their circumstantial evidence with the overarching story they have chosen to believe as fact. In turn, many viewers of alternative media seem to have begun believing these ideas as pure truth, without applying the same critical thinking rigor to alt narratives as they would have to mainstream narratives.

This by no means is everyone who watches alternative media. In fact, I have often stated and observed that many who do view alternative media do so because they have developed great critical thinking skills and have realized that there is not much value these days out in watching mainstream or traditional media.

That said, there is still a large group of presenters and viewers who make up a culture within the alternative space that does contribute to undermining these conversations.

Take Jeffrey Epstein for example. A huge case that began to connect underage sex/pedophile rings to powerful people in the world. An idea that has been around for a long time thanks to survivors and whistleblowers who have told their story.



Related: Bill Clinton Poses With Epstein’s ‘Pimp’ Ghislaine Maxwell And A Sex Slave On Board Private Jet The ‘Lolita Express’

The mainstream media has never done a good job of covering this, and traditional journalists have often shied away from it. Now though, this conversation is huge and ready to be had – people are listening.

Then comes the part I’m trying to raise awareness about here: some people in the alternative community will undermine these conversations by aggressively positing that every politician pictured with Epstein is automatically a pedophile and involved.

This among other assertions that are easy to debunk of course. This makes it easy for mainstream media or fact-checkers to begin easily debunking ‘conspiracy theories’ related to Jeffrey Epstein as bogus – and in a lot of cases, they are right.

Yet, there is actually a meaningful conversation to be had here, there is truth to explore, but if people are not more careful, these conversations won’t be had because their lack of critical thinking and completely certain positions close the door for other onlookers and make it easy to bury this information as unfounded and delusional conspiracies.

After all, a quick Google search will return plenty of mainstream media positions analyzing the psychological nature of ‘those who believe in conspiracy theories’ as if there is no real truth to any of them, and that people are just ‘out of their minds’ of sorts.

For myself personally in doing this work for the last 11 years, it is extremely common to have our work lumped in all other “baseless conspiracy theories” due to the fact that we’re often covering the same topics that are considered baseless conspiracy theories because they were covered poorly by others or simply because they sound similar.



Related: New Study Reveals Surprising Truths About Conspiracy Theories

We become guilty by association and part of a culture of people who seem to simply believe everything without any real evidence, this, regardless of the fact that we approach these important conversations with evidence and rigor.

Perhaps you’ve had the experience where you suggest in conversation “I don’t feel Jeffrey Epstein killed himself.” And right away a friend says “oh, you sound like a conspiracy theorist.”

One might assume it’s because that friend is not open-minded or was convinced by mainstream media it’s all a conspiracy, when in reality that friend may have witnessed a ton of laughable and paranoid content with weak evidence and harshly stated ‘facts’ that when researched, returned no real results.

Thus the question becomes, is the ‘conspiracy’ community actually digging their own grave and just blaming mainstream media for why people don’t listen?


How Can We Adjust?

11 years ago I had a vision of creating media that approaches understanding our world in a different way. As our About Us page on CE states:


“We live in a time where virtually every aspect of our society is changing or crumbling. Power is shifting and old ways of looking at and understanding our world are no longer working. New voices and ideas are emerging that encourage us to look more deeply at why our world is the way it is, and what about us creates it to be this way.

Collective Evolution is a news-media and education company that creates content to explore how humanity can shift our consciousness and way of being to evolve beyond the personal and global challenges we face.

We help encourage the development of inner faculties to explore more about how we can arrive at truth as opposed to just saying what truth is. Our work encourages a greater connection to self, an increase of self-awareness and being aware of what’s around us. We encourage others to let information be as opposed to it defining who we are and developing ideology. 

What do our current events say about how we operate as people? What do our societal structures and common issues say about our level of thinking (consciousness) and what type of ideas we’re bringing to the table? What if the solution to the many challenges we feel we face today is actually in changing how we think, relate to one another, and even relate to our world?

We feel this is one of the key missing factors in mainstream media, alternative media and traditional societal discussions today, and therefore we create our content to inspire personal transformation and the expansion of collective consciousness through two key avenues: news media and personal transformation content."


We’ve always felt that bringing the inner work, inner transformation aspect into making sense of our world was key as it is empowering and actually allows each person to take responsibility for what they are creating in their life and in the world. By developing inner faculties like critical thinking, presence, self-awareness, and intuition, we can better understand our world and why it is the way it is.

We can also begin to become aware of an expanded state of who we are, which may choose to create society from a completely different mindset than simply believing we are a cog in the wheel with beliefs and ideologies that are outdated and don’t resonate with us.

Thus I’m putting forth a call here, firstly, perhaps it’s time we move on from this whole idea of calling things a “conspiracy theory.” We have learned by now that if we apply critical thinking and proper journalism to many of these controversial ideas, what’s worth exploring further becomes clear quickly.

I discuss these ideas much more deeply in a video I produced on this subject in relation to a few early statements made by David Icke during a London Real interview about COVID-19. David assertively states that “COVID-19 does not exist” and then proceeds to make a strong link between COVID-19 and 5G.

I’m not saying David is a bad researcher or anything of that fashion, on the contrary, I believe some of his work is solid, and asks some great questions.




Related: China’s Massive Amount Of Immunotoxic 5G Networking And The Wuhan Coronavirus: The Emperor’s New Virus

But what I’m saying is, if you look at the aftermath of that conversation, whereby assertions are made that are certainly nothing more than speculation but not presented as such, we can clearly see what shifts need to be made in how these conversations are approached so we can do a better job of having them seriously and uniting people.

5G as a conversation was deeply undermined as mainstream media had an easy time stating there is no evidence linking 5G to COVID, and now those who look into 5G safety might be highly skeptical because the ‘crazy conspiracy’ was that 5G created COVID.

Further, there are serious discussions to be had around the origins of COVID-19 and whether or not the authoritarian measures are truly necessary, yet how can we easily have those conversations when such a large portion of the community is simply saying COVID is a hoax and that it doesn’t exist?

This isn’t to say that these ideas should not be explored, this is the piece many seem to miss. They want it to be a black and white conversation – who are the good guys? Who are the bad guys? Should I do this, or that?

When in reality, this is a conversation about making sense of a situation that is extremely complex, and if we try and put forth one all-encompassing theory that is certain about what’s going on right now, we can’t possibly be accurate in that as we simply don’t know everything.

So why assert it as such?  It is virtually impossible. Yet those who don’t agree with this all-encompassing and obvious agenda... asleep.

This is the issue I want to talk about more in the video below. I also offer what I feel are some solutions and realizations people could reflect on to see how they feel for them.







Related Articles:

How To Get Rid Of Paranoid Conspiracy Theorists

Everywhere In The Western World, Government Is A Conspiracy Against The People & Cartels That Run The World

Obamagate Is Not A Conspiracy Theory & Disinformation From Schiff, Media Damaged America

ClimateChangeGate: The Hidden Agenda Behind The Huge Hoax And Global Criminal Conspiracy & Climate Change Hoax Collapses As New Science Finds Human Activity Has Virtually Zero Impact On Global Temperatures

Medical Destruction: It’s Not Just A Conspiracy Theory

Same Media That Once Deemed Chemtrails A Conspiracy Theory Now Openly Promotes Chemtrailing The Entire Planet To “End Climate Change” & Global Geoengineering (Chemtrails) Experiment Pushed By Bill Gates Also Funded By Nazi-Linked Alfred P. Sloan Foundation, Linked To Eugenics And Depopulation

FBI Document Adds “Fringe” Conspiracy Theories As Next Big Domestic Terror Threat & CIA, Climate And Conspiracy: More Notes From The Edge Of The Narrative Matrix

Microsoft Now Conspiring With Pro-Monsanto Front Group “NewsGuard” To Censor All Anti-GMO News On Mobile Devices



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
The Secret Meeting That Changed Rap Music And Destroyed A Generation & The Troubling Case Of Paz de la Huerta And Her (Now Deleted) Instagram Account
October 6 2020 | From: HipHopIsRead / VigilantCitizen / Various

After more than 20 years, I've finally decided to tell the world what I witnessed in 1991, which I believe was one of the biggest turning point in popular music, and ultimately American [Western] society.



I have struggled for a long time weighing the pros and cons of making this story public as I was reluctant to implicate the individuals who were present that day.

Related: MPAA Executive, Hollywood’s Man in Washington, Arrested for Alleged ‘Rape and Blackmail’

So I've simply decided to leave out names and all the details that may risk my personal well being and that of those who were, like me, dragged into something they weren't ready for.

Between the late 80's and early 90’s, I was what you may call a “decision maker” with one of the more established company in the music industry. I came from Europe in the early 80’s and quickly established myself in the business.

The industry was different back then. Since technology and media weren’t accessible to people like they are today, the industry had more control over the public and had the means to influence them anyway it wanted.

This may explain why in early 1991, I was invited to attend a closed door meeting with a small group of music business insiders to discuss rap music’s new direction.

Little did I know that we would be asked to participate in one of the most unethical and destructive business practice I’ve ever seen. The meeting was held at a private residence on the outskirts of Los Angeles. I remember about 25 to 30 people being there, most of them familiar faces.



Related: Washington DC’s Role Behind The Scenes In Hollywood Goes Deeper Than You Think

Speaking to those I knew, we joked about the theme of the meeting as many of us did not care for rap music and failed to see the purpose of being invited to a private gathering to discuss its future.

Among the attendees was a small group of unfamiliar faces who stayed to themselves and made no attempt to socialize beyond their circle. Based on their behavior and formal appearances, they didn't seem to be in our industry.

Our casual chatter was interrupted when we were asked to sign a confidentiality agreement preventing us from publicly discussing the information presented during the meeting. Needless to say, this intrigued and in some cases disturbed many of us. The agreement was only a page long but very clear on the matter and consequences which stated that violating the terms would result in job termination.

We asked several people what this meeting was about and the reason for such secrecy but couldn't find anyone who had answers for us. A few people refused to sign and walked out. No one stopped them. I was tempted to follow but curiosity got the best of me. A man who was part of the “unfamiliar” group collected the agreements from us.

Quickly after the meeting began, one of my industry colleagues (who shall remain nameless like everyone else) thanked us for attending. He then gave the floor to a man who only introduced himself by first name and gave no further details about his personal background. I think he was the owner of the residence but it was never confirmed.

He briefly praised all of us for the success we had achieved in our industry and congratulated us for being selected as part of this small group of “decision makers”.



Related: The 2019 VMAs: It’s Not About Music, It’s About Pushing Narratives

At this point I begin to feel slightly uncomfortable at the strangeness of this gathering. The subject quickly changed as the speaker went on to tell us that the respective companies we represented had invested in a very profitable industry which could become even more rewarding with our active involvement.

He explained that the companies we work for had invested millions into the building of privately owned prisons and that our positions of influence in the music industry would actually impact the profitability of these investments. I remember many of us in the group immediately looking at each other in confusion. At the time, I didn’t know what a private prison was but I wasn't the only one.

Sure enough, someone asked what these prisons were and what any of this had to do with us. We were told that these prisons were built by privately owned companies who received funding from the government based on the number of inmates.

The more inmates, the more money the government would pay these prisons. It was also made clear to us that since these prisons are privately owned, as they become publicly traded, we’d be able to buy shares. Most of us were taken back by this.



Related: Devil Music: A History Of The Occult In Rock & Roll

Again, a couple of people asked what this had to do with us. At this point, my industry colleague who had first opened the meeting took the floor again and answered our questions. He told us that since our employers had become silent investors in this prison business, it was now in their interest to make sure that these prisons remained filled.

Our job would be to help make this happen by marketing music which promotes criminal behavior, rap being the music of choice.

He assured us that this would be a great situation for us because rap music was becoming an increasingly profitable market for our companies, and as employee, we’d also be able to buy personal stocks in these prisons.

Immediately, silence came over the room. You could have heard a pin drop. I remember looking around to make sure I wasn't dreaming and saw half of the people with dropped jaws.

My daze was interrupted when someone shouted, “Is this a f****** joke?” At this point things became chaotic.

Two of the men who were part of the “unfamiliar” group grabbed the man who shouted out and attempted to remove him from the house. A few of us, myself included, tried to intervene. One of them pulled out a gun and we all backed off.



Related: Demons Behind The Music Industry (Ex Illuminati Explains) & Illuminati - The Music Industry Exposed

They separated us from the crowd and all four of us were escorted outside. My industry colleague who had opened the meeting earlier hurried out to meet us and reminded us that we had signed agreement and would suffer the consequences of speaking about this publicly or even with those who attended the meeting.

I asked him why he was involved with something this corrupt and he replied that it was bigger than the music business and nothing we’d want to challenge without risking consequences.

We all protested and as he walked back into the house I remember word for word the last thing he said, “It’s out of my hands now. Remember you signed an agreement.” He then closed the door behind him.

The men rushed us to our cars and actually watched until we drove off.

A million things were going through my mind as I drove away and I eventually decided to pull over and park on a side street in order to collect my thoughts. I replayed everything in my mind repeatedly and it all seemed very surreal to me.

I was angry with myself for not having taken a more active role in questioning what had been presented to us. I'd like to believe the shock of it all is what suspended my better nature. After what seemed like an eternity, I was able to calm myself enough to make it home.



Related: Luke Perry Dead At 52 After “Serious Stroke” & Star Of Hobbit Films Elijah Wood Says Hollywood Is Masking A Child Sex Epidemic

I didn't talk or call anyone that night. The next day back at the office, I was visibly out of it but blamed it on being under the weather. No one else in my department had been invited to the meeting and I felt a sense of guilt for not being able to share what I had witnessed.

I thought about contacting the 3 others who wear kicked out of the house but I didn't remember their names and thought that tracking them down would probably bring unwanted attention.

I considered speaking out publicly at the risk of losing my job but I realized I’d probably be jeopardizing more than my job and I wasn't willing to risk anything happening to my family. I thought about those men with guns and wondered who they were?

I had been told that this was bigger than the music business and all I could do was let my imagination run free. There were no answers and no one to talk to. I tried to do a little bit of research on private prisons but didn’t uncover anything about the music business’ involvement.

However, the information I did find confirmed how dangerous this prison business really was. Days turned into weeks and weeks into months. Eventually, it was as if the meeting had never taken place. It all seemed surreal.

I became more reclusive and stopped going to any industry events unless professionally obligated to do so. On two occasions, I found myself attending the same function as my former colleague. Both times, our eyes met but nothing more was exchanged.



Related: "Linkin Park's Chester Bennington Was Murdered" - And Soundgarden's Chris Cornell Was Also Likely To Have Been 'Suicided' In Illuminati Ritual Killings

As the months passed, rap music had definitely changed direction. I was never a fan of it but even I could tell the difference. Rap acts that talked about politics or harmless fun were quickly fading away as gangster rap started dominating the airwaves.

Only a few months had passed since the meeting but I suspect that the ideas presented that day had been successfully implemented. It was as if the order has been given to all major label executives.

The music was climbing the charts and most companies when more than happy to capitalize on it. Each one was churning out their very own gangster rap acts on an assembly line.

Everyone bought into it, consumers included. Violence and drug use became a central theme in most rap music. I spoke to a few of my peers in the industry to get their opinions on the new trend but was told repeatedly that it was all about supply and demand.

Sadly many of them even expressed that the music reinforced their prejudice of minorities.

I officially quit the music business in 1993 but my heart had already left months before. I broke ties with the majority of my peers and removed myself from this thing I had once loved.

I took some time off, returned to Europe for a few years, settled out of state, and lived a “quiet” life away from the world of entertainment. As the years passed, I managed to keep my secret, fearful of sharing it with the wrong person but also a little ashamed of not having had the balls to blow the whistle.



Related: Finger In Every Pie: How CIA Produces Our ‘News’ And Entertainment

But as rap got worse, my guilt grew. Fortunately, in the late 90’s, having the internet as a resource which wasn't at my disposal in the early days made it easier for me to investigate what is now labeled the prison industrial complex.

Now that I have a greater understanding of how private prisons operate, things make much more sense than they ever have.

I see how the criminalization of rap music played a big part in promoting racial stereotypes and misguided so many impressionable young minds into adopting these glorified criminal behaviors which often lead to incarceration.

Twenty years of guilt is a heavy load to carry but the least I can do now is to share my story, hoping that fans of rap music realize how they’ve been used for the past 2 decades.

Although I plan on remaining anonymous for obvious reasons, my goal now is to get this information out to as many people as possible.

Please help me spread the word.

Hopefully, others who attended the meeting back in 1991 will be inspired by this and tell their own stories. Most importantly, if only one life has been touched by my story, I pray it makes the weight of my guilt a little more tolerable.



Related Articles:

The Dark Meaning of “all the good girls go to hell” by Billie Eilish

Symbolic Pics of the Month 09/19

The Sinister Messages of “K-12” by Melanie Martinez

Symbolic Pics of the Month 10/19



The Troubling Case Of Paz de la Huerta And Her (Now Deleted) Instagram Account

Paz de la Huerta went from being tagged a “major Hollywood celebrity” to a “major nutjob” in a few short years. And things got worse after she accused Harvey Weinstein of multiple crimes.



However, a close look at her disturbing social media posts reveals another story: She been abused and controlled by the occult elite for decades.

Related: Retired Head Of Los Angeles FBI Tells All: Illuminati, Satanism, Pedophile Rings

Paz de la Huerta is an American actress and model who is mostly known for her role in the HBO series Broadwalk Empire and her countless magazine photoshoots.

Between 2005 and 2010, at the height of her career, de la Huerta worked with A-list celebrities and partied with Hollywood’s most powerful people. However, after a series of bizarre and traumatizing events, de la Huerta’s career came to a screeching halt.

Nowadays, de la Huerta is mostly known for appearing in paparazzi videos of her stumbling around while looking heavily intoxicated at social events. She’s also been a frequent subject of ridicule by celebrity gossip sites who have been documenting her erratic behavior for years.

While she was dismissed as “crazy” by mass media a long time ago, de la Huerta hundreds of posts on social media tell a darker story – one that sums up perfectly disgusting, hidden side of the occult elite and the entertainment industry.

Before looking that that (now deleted) Instagram account, here’s a quick look at her past.


Troubled Past

Paz de la Huerta’s parents are Ricardo Ignacio de la Huerta y Ozores (Spanish nobleman and 17th Duke of Mandas and Villanueva) and Judith Bruce (and authority on birth control in Third World countries and United Nations Consultant).



Related: Paris Jackson Interview: Michael Jackson Was “Absolutely” Murdered

Paz obtained her first role at age 12 in the movie 1998 The Object of My Affection which starred Jennifer Aniston and Paul Rudd. She then steadily climbed the stairs to stardom until things took a horrible turn.

In 2011, de la Huerta was nearly killed by a speeding ambulance truck that was driven by a stunt driver on the set of the movie Nurse 3D. This event was highly suspicious, especially when one watches the video of it.





In this disturbing video, it appears that the ambulance actually steered left at the very last second to violently hit Paz. Furthermore, the ambulance was driven by a stunt driver who is literally trained to perform dangerous car stunts. Was it actually a murder attempt? As we’ll see later, the story surrounding this accident and its aftermaths is extremely bizarre.

No matter what the case may be, the accident nearly killed Paz. She filed a $55 million lawsuit against Liongate film claiming that the accident required her to undergo over 20 surgeries and left her unable to work. The case was dismissed.

In November 2018, de la Huerta filed a $60 million lawsuit against Harvey Weinstein, accusing the director of raping her on two separate occasions in 2010 and then embarking on a campaign of harassment that she contends damaged her career.



Paz de la Huerta with Harvey Weinstein at the Soho Grand Hotel in 2010

Contrarily to other 'Me Too' figureheads such as Rose McGowan, de la Huerta’s accusations generated little support and sympathy from mass media and the entertainment industry. Weinstein’s defense team has called her allegations “preposterous and, unfortunately, the product of an unstable personality with a vivid imagination.”

In May 2019, while de la Huerta was working on her lawsuit against Weinstein, she was hospitalized for “severe emotional distress”.



Related: Rampant Pedophilia With Child Actors The Next Shoe To Drop In Hollywood Sex Scandal & Mainstream Media Just Admitted Hollywood Infested With “Child Sex Trafficking”

Throughout these difficult times, de la Huerta remained active on Instagram … and that account was terrifying. Indeed, most of her posts were actually calls for help as she accused “evil women” of abusing and torturing her while constantly pushing her to suicide.

For reasons unknown, that IG account was completed deleted in the past weeks. Luckily, since I was actually working on an article before the deletion happened, I’ve saved some screenshots and copied the contents of some captions.

Now, more than ever, I believe these need to be shared because they explain the “why” of de la Huerta’s behavior while shedding light on the dark and disturbing side of the entertainment industry.



Related: Monarch Mind Control & The MK-Ultra Program


The Deleted Instagram Account

At first glance, Paz de la Huerta’s Instagram account appeared to consist of hundreds of selfies mixed with some pics from her glory days.

However, when one took the time to read the captions associated with these pics, things got very dark. Nearly every picture was accompanied by a wall of text where Paz described her constant abuse and trauma at the hands of “evil women”.



A typical IG post by Paz combining a “beauty pic” with a troubling caption about evil women trying to destroy her

Although Paz’ captions often sounded like the ramblings of a crazy person, they actually told a coherent and precise story of systematic abuse at the hands of specific people – notably her own mother. In one post she writes:


I’ve always been incredibly generous even to my evil mother who if she wanted me to be healthy and successful she wouldn’t have done the unconscionable thing she did to me in Spain that she had tried to do so many times before but my good karma always saved me if I survive this I’m writing a book about maunchhausen bi proxy.”

On several occasions, Paz accuses her mother of Munchausen syndrome by proxy. Here’s a definition of it:


Munchausen syndrome by proxy (MSBP) is a mental health problem in which a caregiver makes up or causes an illness or injury in a person under his or her care, such as a child, an elderly adult, or a person who has a disability. Because vulnerable people are the victims, MSBP is a form of child abuse or elder abuse.

Note: Since most cases of MSBP are between a caregiver (usually a mother) and a child, the rest of this topic will describe that relationship. But it is important to remember that MSBP can involve any vulnerable person who has a caregiver.

The caregiver with MSBP may:

  • Lie about the child’s symptoms.
  • Change test results to make a child appear to be ill.
  • Physically harm the child to produce symptoms.

Victims are most often small children. They may get painful medical tests they don’t need. They may even become seriously ill or injured or may die because of the actions of the caregiver.

Children who are victims of MSBP can have lifelong physical and emotional problems and may have Munchausen syndrome as adults. This is a disorder in which a person causes or falsely reports his or her own symptoms.

- Michigan Medicine, Munchausen Syndrome by Proxy




Related: The One-Eye Sign: Its Origins And Occult Meaning

Although she was under the strict control of her mother since birth, Paz says that things got worse since the 2011 ambulance accident. In another post she wrote:


Since my truck accident I’ve been surrounded by these evil women trying to convince me I was sick so they could lock me up for the rest of my life out of envy and fear for their reputations but when I met Mika that night it was a break from the psychological torture.”

In another post she wrote:


“I have been crying for months … it’s inhumane what these monsters have done to me. Because of them I didn’t get my justice against Lionsgate. I was going to marry a man and they messed that up to. My boyfriend of 15 years won’t talk to me because he says I’ve been so naive and he’s afraid I will take my life.

I had a career in Paris before they did the unconscionable. One old assistant of mine brave enough to step forward has saved all of their emails of their plans for me these last years since I had my truck accident.

They’ve been trying to have me committed for the rest of my life only because I hold secrets of years of unconscionable abuse .

I was never going to tell until what they did to me in Spain , the only country they could get away with it. All I did was cry after this one abuser said evil things to me and I was speaking to Micheal rebel the famous therapist that told me to run away from them years ago before they kill me.

They are trying to drive me to suicide, they have been doing it for years. They have gas lit me. (…)

I want my famous friends to read this and help me get away from these abusers who have gas lit me held me prisoner in a city. I have few loved ones and are trying to put me in a cage for the rest of my life because I know too much. I will speak to this assistant who was brave enough to step forward.”

As stated above, Paz claimed that she was abducted in Spain in 2018.

She reportedly spent six months “locked in a cage” while undergoing intense trauma at the hands of “evil women”.



A post about Paz being abducted

In another post she wrote:


“I was making money modeling and I was about to sign with the best agency until I stupidly got on that plane to Spain where evil I didn’t even know existed awaited me.

What can I say? Truck accident, rape, near fatal cuncussion, and I’ve never been a blamer and I’ve never even cared to sue because by heart I’m a very positive resilient woman but this is the greatest injustice I’ve ever endured in my life and never have a witnessed just how cruel humanity is.

I did nothing to warrant being locked up in a cage in a foreign country for six months they are still trying to keep me from having the proper medical care my evil mother has even voiced that she doesn’t want me working well than what am I supposed to be an invalid.”

In another post explained that what happened to her could only happen in Spain – perhaps due to her father’s connections.


“The only reason they got away with what they did was because in Spain my medications which they knew I needed one was illegal and I don’t know how they got away with keeping me there for so long it’s illegal to do that to someone Any where else in the world and because a judge put me there they made my evil abuser my custodian which I’ve had legally changed since and she forbade me from speaking to the two men my lawyer and best friend who had the power to get me out of that hell in a day.

I tried to commit suicide nine times when I was there.”

In another post, de la Huerta compares her situation to Rosemary Kennedy who was lobotomized by her own family.


“do you know the story about the Kennedy girl we’ll she was very beautiful and sexy and vivacious the life of the party her mother was so deadly envious of her an ugly uptight prude like one of my main abusers and she basically did to her daughter what these to evil women tried to do to me lobotomize her the poor girl was robbed of her life and spent the rest of her life staring at a wall … extremely sad story and it almost happened to me I’ve never wanted to sue for any of the injustices I’ve endured until now and I have a killer lawyer share you’re stories with me and let’s support one another these evil women belong in jail.”

On several occasions, de la Huerta mentions an assistant who is willing to come forward and testify about the abuse she underwent in the past years.



Related: Was Michael Jackson’s Neverland Ranch A Mind-Control Programming Site?

In one Instagram post, the assistant wrote a long caption summing up the situation (you can tell that the text was written by another person due to the presence of actual sentences and punctuation).


“My name is Kimberly M., I am writing of behalf of Paz as I was friends with her in 2016-17, during that time witnessed some very bizarre treatment of her by her caretakers.

Before Paz left Los Angeles for Paris I became her assistant for a short period of time, in order to try and help her in a situation that seemed desperate. From the outside, it seemed that she was becoming increasingly frustrated with how her caretakers were handling her and was suspicious of their care.

From my point of view, she needed to be around more good role models, friends and people that cared for her in order for her to find her own stability and eventually start acting and modeling again.

When I started the job I thought this would be the intention of her caretakers as well, but soon found out this was not the case. My main interactions come in dealing with who was my boss for the job, Kimberly. The first signs that Kimberly had ill intentions for Paz came from the fact that she was trying very hard to discourage me taking the job of helping Paz.

Telling me I had no idea what I was getting into and repeatedly calling me to tell me negative things about Paz, often keeping me on the phone for hours at night, trying to convince me that Paz was not a good person and couldn’t be helped.

I could not figure out why she was trying to influence me in this way and soon began to ask questions because I was in disbelief. Some of the things I was told include that Paz was untreatable and too far gone for help.

She then told me that no treatment has worked on Paz in years, and that she has become more of a burden to them (Kimberly, Judith) than was worth putting actual effort into.

One day I still was not completely sold that Paz is untreatable, and confronted Kimberly who got very worked up and revealed to me that they think she is so untreatable, that they have given up and have been actively delaying or sabotaging some of the things Paz was asking for.

The most disturbing thing that was revealed was that they were trying to let her fail, so that she would go mad or cause enough altercations with the police/law to be put in an institution for life.

She also told me that because Paz’s godmother (her client) was the only one contributing to her financial stability, and that she had taken it upon herself to relay negative information to the godmother, sending bad reports (knowing that she had not attempted to facilitate a good report) and convincing her that Paz would be so much of a burden financially overtime, that she should accept her as a lost cause, and have her put away for life in order to save herself the money and trouble, even going as far to make her sound like a danger to others.

Never in my life did I think they would actually be able to follow through on such plans as I do not think Paz is insane, but a particular artist who’s been through a lot of trauma and needs adequate time to grow her own stability and find happiness in her own way.

I may not know the extent of what led to what in her situation, but I know what I witnessed was wrong on a moral level and believe that it may have contributed to their attempt to put Paz being put away in Spain.”


As the assistant wrote, Paz was subjected to “a lot of trauma”. And under details on her social media accounts point towards trauma-based mind control.


Trauma Based Mind Control?

To those who know about the dark side of the entertainment industry, Paz de la Huerta shows signs of trauma-based mind control.

Her early beginnings in the entertainment industry, her abuse at the hands of powerful people and her history of bizarre behavior (a typical result following MK breakdown) are all visible symptoms.

As explained in this article, trauma-based mind control (also known as Monarch programming) is about subjecting a slave to trauma so intense that it causes dissociation which leads to the programming of new alter personas.

In several Instagram posts, Paz actually refers to an alter-ego named Malificient.



An Instagram post about her alter-ego

Like many other victims of trauma-based mind control (such as Kim Noble), Paz also has a penchant for creating extremely symbolic paintings.



A painting by Paz de la Huerta that is replete with MK imagery. It depicts a Virgin-Mary-like figure with a blindfolded child who appears to be subjected to all kinds of foul treatments. Strange fact: In one of her posts, Paz wrote that she replaced memories of her mother by the Virgin Mary


In Conclusion

Although she can be easily dismissed as a crazy person who says crazy things (media has been doing it for years), Paz de la Huerta has actually been documenting her story of abuse and control in great detail.

Through her numerous social media posts (the only outlet she had until very recently), de la Huerta provided a first-person account of her systematic destruction at the hands of the people closest to her.

Is she actually crazy or did the abuse make that way? In an infamous interview about Hollywood, Dave Chappelle once said:


“The worst thing to call somebody is crazy. It’s dismissive. I don’t understand this person so they’re crazy.

That’s bullsh*t. These people are not crazy, they’re strong people. Maybe that environment (Hollywood) is a little sick.”

Hollywood is not only “a little sick”. It is very sick. It completely destroys minds, bodies, and souls. It turns strong, intelligent and talented people into spaced-out zombies who appear to be completely out of it.

It takes an incredible amount of strength to come back from mind control at the hands of the occult elite – and many don’t come back from it.

In short, if something suspicious ever happens to Paz de la Huerta, the true cause of it is most likely contained in this article.


Related Articles:

Stranger Things Based on a True Story Montauk Project

The New York Times Makes Another Attempt To Normalize Pedophilia & Hollywood Is A Satanic Cesspool

The Actual Reason Why “Joker” was Bashed by Mass Media

Former Satanic Priest Exposes The Four Main Tenets Of Satanic Ideology & Are You A Satanist? You Could Be
And Not Even Know It + Ask An Ex-Satanist Anything - Katy Perry Super Bowl Ritual


Black Magic: Satanists Rule The World, Not Politicians, Bankers Or Military Heads [Although They Are
Usually All One And The Same] + Another Illuminati Whistleblower Speaks Out



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
How Much Of This Junk Are You Exposed To?
October 5 2020 | From: Inquisitr / Sott / NaturalNews / GreenMedInfo

We all know about toxins and poisons in the environment - the slow kill. Keep the populace sick while the globalist corporatocracy bleeds us dry of money for power whilst they get off on their depopulation Eugenics agenda.



Awareness of 'environmental toxins' that are literally all around us helps you keep some of the crap out of your system...

Related: Lawsuit reveals extent of DuPont's C8 Teflon cover-up



Antibacterial Soap Banned By FDA, Commonly Used Chemicals May Do More Harm Than Good

The U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) has banned antibacterial soap sales in the United States, and the reason why is incredibly disturbing.



Many people have turned to antibacterial soap for years, believing them to be a safe and effective way to remove dirt and germs from the body and hands, and more effective than traditional soap and water. However, when the FDA banned the popular soaps, they informed the public that they might not be so effective after all.

Related: Glyphosate Herbicide And Toxic Heavy Metals Act Like "Binary Weapon" To Destroy Kidneys & Four Popular Companies Who Own The Medical Treatments For The Diseases Their Products Cause

What’s more and infinitely more disturbing, according to the FDA, the chemicals most commonly used in antibacterial soaps may not even be safe.

A total of 19 chemicals often used in antibacterial soaps have been targeted by the FDA, and the agency has given manufacturers only a year to remove them all from the products they are selling (and marketing as safe and effective) to the public.

As The New York Times reports, while nearly 20 chemicals were involved in the decision that led to the antibacterial soap being banned by the FDA, two are the primary culprits. Triclosan and triclocarban are used in both bar and liquid antibacterial soap, and they are almost everywhere.




When the FDA banned antibacterial soap this week based on the risks of using the product often outweighing the benefits, they didn’t ban the questionable chemicals from all products.

Reportedly, at least one toothpaste uses a now-banned chemical, but according to the FDA, in that product it’s risks are less than the benefits it provides to consumers.



While the news that antibacterial soap has been banned by the FDA may be shocking and sudden to some, the truth of the matter is that there have been questions about its safety for years and years.

As Smithsonian Magazine reports, the FDA has been threatening to ban antibacterial soap for years. In the article, published in 2014, cited questions that the FDA had about the safety and effectiveness of antibacterial soap.

Even then, the FDA warned that antibacterial soap would be banned if manufacturers didn’t prove that it was both safe and more effective than using soap and water.



Apparently, the industry was unable to prove that antibacterial soap is safe or provides a public benefit that outweighs the potential risk of exposure of the chemicals used in the product.

At the time of the Smithsonian Magazine article, triclosan (with is banned as part of the FDA’s sweeping decision on antibacterial soap) was used in roughly 30 percent of all bar soap and 75 percent of liquid antibacterial soap. In 2014, the antibacterial soap industry, now banned by the FDA, was worth about $1 billion.




In 2014, the antibacterial soap industry was put on notice by the FDA. They were told to prove the safety of their product by 2016 or see their product banned. Despite the fact that manufacturers had turned antibacterial soap into a $1 billion industry and were given two years, they chose not to put together the required proof that they were selling a product that is safe and effective.

And plenty of people are speculating that the reason that the antibacterial soap industry didn’t prove to the FDA that their product is safe is that they know that it isn’t.





But rather than simply removing it from the market themselves (or demonstrate its safety), the antibacterial soap industry continued to use the questionable chemicals and sell personal hygiene products that may not be safe until the FDA announced that the products were banned.

Even now, antibacterial soap can be legally sold, despite questions about its safety.



In the aftermath of the announcement that the FDA had banned antibacterial soap, public health professionals have overwhelmingly supported the decision, adding that the chemicals in antibacterial soap can alter the hormones of children and even contribute to the problem of antibiotic-resistant superbugs.


“It has boggled my mind why we were clinging to these compounds, and now that they are gone I feel liberated They had absolutely no benefit but we kept them buzzing around us everywhere. They are in breast milk, in urine, in blood, in babies just born, in dust, in water.”

Recent studies into the chemicals found in antibacterial soap products have resulted in some very disturbing discoveries regarding the harm they can do to animals and likely to humans, too.

Among the problems caused by the now-banned products include severe abnormalities having to do with metabolism and reproduction. According to the CDC, the chemicals found in FDA banned antibacterial soap have been found in the bodily waste of 75 percent of U.S. residents.

Related: Why Touching Receipts Can Harm Your Health




Kinder and Lindt Chocolate Bars Revealed to Contain Cancer-Causing Carcinogens

Tests carried out by a German watchdog revealed Kinder chocolate bars and two other brands tested positive for a hazardous cancer-causing substance.

Surprise!

Foodwatch called for Ferrero's Kinder Riegel, Lindt's Fioretto Nougat Minis, and Sun Rice Classic Schokohappen by Rübezahl to be taken off the shelves on Monday after tests found "possible carcinogens."

Related: Lawsuit Could End Water Fluoridation Once And For All By Demonstrating Its Neurotoxicity

The sweet treats had been contaminated with "so-called aromatic mineral oils (MOAH)," says Foodwatch, but the manufacturers are allegedly reluctant to recall their products.


"The manufacturer is guilty of gross negligence. Instead of clearing the dangerous candy from the shelves and alerting consumers, they [postulate]... that everything was undertaken legally," said Foodwatch's John Heeg.

Foodwatch tested more than 20 different kinds of potato chips and chocolate snacks and found saturated mineral oils (MOSH) which it warned can "accumulate in the human body and [cause] long term damage to organs" with children particularly at risk.

"There is no acceptable levels of mineral oils in food for consumption," Heeg told the German edition of The Local, citing the European Food Safety Authority (EFSA) who he says considers MOAHs "likely carcinogenic and mutagenic."

"You can't see it, you can't taste it, but it's in there," warned Hegg. "We recommend not purchasing these products because the levels are simply unacceptable for consumption."

Kinder Riegel, "one of the best-selling chocolate bars in Germany," had the worst MOSH and MOAH values. The chemicals are usually transferred to foods through recycled packaging that previously had been printed with inks which may contain oils.

Foodwatch is calling for strict limits on saturated mineral oils (MOSH) in food and a zero tolerance for aromatic mineral oils (MOAH).




Brain Damaging Heavy Metal Mercury Found in Grocery Products Made With High Fructose Corn Syrup (HFCS)

HFCS is ubiquitous in the modern processed food supply. It's added to pizza sauce, salad dressings, ketchup and "whole wheat" breads. Did you know it's often contaminated with the toxic heavy metal mercury?



The following excerpt is from my new book Food Forensics, available now for preorder on Amazon.com or Barnes & Noble.

Related: Newly Published Retrospective Study Nails Aluminum In Vaccines As Unsafe + Mercury In Vaccines May Be Up To 50 Times More Toxic To The Brain Than Mercury In Fish

Watch the video trailer for Food Forensics at this Youtube link. What follows is extracted from a near-final manuscript of the book:


HFCS and Mercury Contamination

High-fructose corn syrup (HFCS) is a highly processed sweetener made primarily from corn and found in a plethora of food and beverages on grocery store shelves.

The U.S. Department of Agriculture's Economic Research Service estimated in 2011 that the average consumer per capita consumes nearly 42 pounds of high fructose corn syrup per year. Not one, but two studies in 2009 found that HFCS commercially produced in America and American-bought HFCS products were tainted with mercury.

The first study published in the peer-reviewed journal Environmental Health found that, of twenty samples collected and analyzed from three different manufacturers, nine, or 45 percent, came back tainted with mercury.



The second study by watchdog group Institute for Agriculture and Trade Policy (IATP) purchased fifty-five food items from popular brands off grocery store shelves in the fall of 2008 -- items in which HFCS was the first or second principal ingredient -- and detected mercury in nearly a third of them.

The contamination may have been due to the fact that mercury cells are still used in the production of caustic soda, an ingredient used to make HFCS.

The HFCS mercury plot thickens, however. Online news outlet Grist reported that the lead researcher in the Environmental Health study, Renee Dufault, previously worked as an FDA researcher.

Dufault had apparently turned over the information contained in her HFCS mercury study to the agency back in 2005, but the FDA reportedly sat on it and did nothing, so Dufault went public with it after she retired in 2008.



How Big Food Cornered the Market with a Liquid Sweetener

Initial attempts to get corn syrup widely dispersed into the U.S. food supply in the 1970s didn't really take off because sugar was so cheap and abundant at the time. However, this changed, as U.S.- imposed tariffs decreased sugar imports throughout the 1970s and early 1980s, making sugar significantly more expensive in America than in other parts of the world.

The surface explanation for these tariffs was to protect American sugar farmers; behind the scenes, however, Big Agra interests had lobbied for the policy to promote what would become a new source of sugar - derived from corn - which soon emerged as a popular commodity that was sold at a price significantly cheaper than cane sugar or beet sugar.



Archer Daniels Midland opened the first large-scale plant in 1978 (before they acquired the Clinton Corn Processing Company) to produce 90 percent HFCS and 55 percent HFCS. By January 1980, Coca-Cola began allowing high fructose corn syrup to be used as a sweetener at 50 percent levels with regular sugar; Pepsi Cola followed suit by 1983.

By November 1984, both major soft drink brands had approved full sweetening with HFCS, and HFCS quickly captured 42 percent of the sweetener market. The rising dominance of HFCS allowed it to maintain commercial prices similar to sugar until the 1990s.



Government Money Subsidizing Corn Syrup

For the past several decades, the U.S. government has paid subsidies to American farmers to grow tons of corn (much of which -- nearly 90 percent -- is genetically modified) and shifted domestic agricultural policy to maximize corn crops. This made high-fructose corn syrup and other corn-derived processed ingredients much cheaper for industrial food manufacturers to use.

Today, HFCS is nearly ubiquitous on American grocery store shelves. It can be found in a wide range of items, including candy, ice cream, bread, chips, snacks, soups, soft drinks, fruit drinks and other beverages, condiments, jellies, deli meats, and much, much more.



Overall, Americans consume about fifty to sixty pounds of high fructose corn syrup per capita – an insane amount. HFCS has been linked in scientific research to obesity, diabetes, heart disease, fatty liver and other contributors of bad health and early death.

As the biggest dietary source of fructose, HFCS also promotes insulin resistance and increasing uric acid levels, which contribute to metabolic dysfunction and type 2 diabetes. Further, researchers in 2008 found a correlation between high fructose consumption and liver scarring in non-alcoholic fatty liver disease (NAFLD), which is present in nearly a third of American adults.



Corn Refiners Association Attempts to Hoodwink Consumers

On top of lobbying efforts, the Corn Refiners Association, an industry organization of which Archer Daniels Midland a is a key member, launched the website sweetsurprise.com as a media relations ploy to debunk "myths" about HFCS and clarify "The Facts about High Fructose Corn Syrup."

It also ran well-funded TV advertising starting in 2008 sticking up for the industry's favorite sweetener and asserting that "sugar is sugar," which prompted a lawsuit by sugar producers claiming false advertising in 2011. The FDA also demanded the corn industry stop using the term "corn sugar" without approval.



In 2012, the FDA rejected a petition filed by the Corn Refiners Association in 2010 to change the name of high-fructose corn syrup to "corn sugar" for the purposes of food labeling and advertising. The Corn Refiners Association claims that it wanted the name change to "educate consumers," the majority of whom are "confused about HFCS."

To keep reading, get my new book Food Forensics, available now for pre-order everywhere books are sold.





How Sucralose (Splenda) Affects Health [Artificial Sweeteners in General]

The emergence of sucralose came from the fight against obesity, but did we trade one problem for another?

This video was originally published on NutritionFacts.org and republished with permission.

In the United States, sucralose (the sweet tasting chemical in Splenda brand artificial sweeteners) was approved for use by the FDA in 1998. It was deemed safe, but we no have over a decade’s worth of research to prove that sucralose affects health in a very negative and very unique way.

The only effect they thought it would have on health was that it could potentially trigger migraines in a small percentage of people.

This, they decided, was a small enough issue that the FDA allowed the substance into the marketplace, citing obesity as a more pressing issue. They could not have been more wrong.

One of the major complications that can come from obesity is diabetes, where the body no longer responds to insulin properly. Originally meant to combat issues like obesity-caused diabetes, lab tests show that insulin resistance increases by as much as 20% after ingesting the sugar substitute.



The cause can be traced back to gut bacteria and how sucralose and other artificial sweeteners can alter their environments. For example; Aspartame is another type of artificial sweetener which studies have shown is metabolized in the body as formaldehydea known carcinogen.

Furthermore, alterations in gut bacteria are also very likely the culprit behind the rise in inflammatory bowel diseases like Crohn’s disease.

In every part of the world where sucralose has been approved, inflammatory bowel disease has increased. Clearly, there is a causal link between this substance and the health of our gut.

Though the alternative to sugar was created in an effort to combat obesity, with all of the complications and damage it can cause, it’s clear that how sucralose affects health – negatively. This just further proves that we can all do ourselves a service by sticking to natural foods whose benefits don’t have to be decided on by a committee.






Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
How To Become Immune To Mind Control | How TV Affects Your Brain Chemistry For The Worse
October 4 2020 | From: SitsShow

Television has been used as a medium for dispensing news, entertainment and information for over 90 years at this point.



The effects of this nearly pandemic device are little acknowledge by mainstream society, but within a growing population of inquisitive individuals the mind altering attributes of this seemingly benign device are well understood. 

Related: The New Mind Control: “Subliminal Stimulation”; Controlling People Without Their Knowledge

They call it tell-a-vision for a reason, because our minds at a certain level of consciousness, are unable to distinguish between the images on screen and reality itself. Additionally the unconscious mind becomes stimulated via focused attention on the items presented, generating a wealth of internal insights, ideas, and concepts.



Related: Government Accidentally Sends Files On “Remote Mind Control” To Journalist

If these are left unprocessed, if we do not analyze the internal generated products as a result of watching TV, they settle into our being, altering our perception and distorting our values.

And so, TV, like all things can be a powerful tool for expanding consciousness or it can create chaos and strife if the powers of our discernment are never used. 


The All Seeing Attributes of the Unconscious Mind

In the below linked article on A.I. Robots, we discuss mirror neuron's and how they suggest a biological component to empathy; the basis of morality. This part of the brain receives information as if observed events are happening to us directly, in other words we are hard wired for empathy.



Related: Colonizing The Western Mind

The unconscious mind is hardwired to receive all information from within and without, storing it as memories that alter our conscious mind's processes.

In other words there is an aspect of us that is literally all seeing, which provides us a wealth of data that can be consciously analyzed and distilled, eventually allowing us to gain knowledge of all things in our experience; if we but do the inner work of philosophy, contemplation and discernment. 

Here is an excerpt from the article:


“Enter the AI drone or soldier debate. The military industrial complex has long desired a highly obedient yet adaptable soldier, able to execute commands without question and anticipate needs so as to change tactics of battle real time.

Human beings are programable, but human nature allows us to change, providing an unending source of risk and error for military activities.

For example, in the Civil War, 50% of soldiers froze when aiming at a living target, and in some cases instinctually missed. This was despite standard training and practice shooting. What was the problem? - empathy.  

"Lt. Col. Dave Grossman, a psychologist and professor of military science, looked at this evidence and concluded “that there is within most men an intense resistance to killing their fellow man. A resistance so strong that, in many circumstances, soldiers on the battlefield will die before they can overcome it.”


In some ways this isn’t all that surprising. Very few people would seek out an opportunity to kill others. At the same time, you may find it hard to believe that it is sometimes impossible for soldiers to kill others even when their own lives are at risk."
The Psychology of Killing and the Origins of War 

Empathy is 'hardwired' into living organisms, with increasing levels of actualization in higher order life. Modern science has acknowledged this in discovering the so called mirror neurons, which fires when an action is taken by an organism or when it is observed.

This is why when we watch another getting hurt we react as if we have been hurt. This subconscious and unavoidable process is the foundation for empathy processing, which concordantly is the basis for morality."

The brain is profoundly affected by what we experience, even if it comes from TV. As the below article discusses, the brainwave patterns of movie goers actually synchronizes from the hypnotic effects of watching images and sound on film. 

Related: TV Side Effects | 12 Little-Known Ways That Television Stifles Spiritual Awakening [and the Mind]

Does this mean all video, film and movies are bad?



Related: NY Times Reporter Found Murdered After Exposing MKUltra?

In my view, the programing of one's mind using TV is due to lack of conscious processing. Often the worldviews, ideals and opinions offered are not questioned or contemplated, we do not engage in philosophy as a civilization any longer; thats what TV is for!

This also applies to any other source of information, such as school, literature, advertising and even mild conversation.

Anytime an idea enters the mind and it is not contemplated and reconciled with our knowledge base, it settles into the unconscious as is


The Technique For Dispelling Suggestion and Mind Control

The mind has two primary modes of expression, conscious thought and unconscious absorption. The conscious mind is where two or more ideas can be compared, revealing patterns and inconsistencies.

The unconscious mind is a powerful observer, able to receive and store all information streaming in as insight and intuition (random thoughts), and without as sensory data.

Science has proven that even though we may not notice something consciously, the unconscious mind does, settling into the total consciousness; effecting our behavior. 



Related:
Brainwashed: The Goal Of The Media Is To Poison The Minds Of The Masses With Toxic Hatred And Engineered “Thought Loops”

Therefore, the key to undoing any form of mind control (unconsciously accepted suggestions) is through the conscious mind. Essentially a subliminal suggestion is an illusion or magic trick, it only fools us into thinking it's real so long as we never investigate it.

But once we know how the trick is done, we see the whole truth more clearly, and now we are conscious of the subtle suggestion, able to dismiss it with ease.

Ignorance is the foundation upon which all forms of mind control and subtle suggestion work, therefore dispelling it with knowledge - the conscious act of seeking the truth - is the primary tool for gaining freedom.

In my own experience, after researching these topics in earnest over the past five years, it is now clear how many suggestions are spread liberally into almost all media. For example, often in police dramas the cops show up at the door of a suspect or witness needing to conduct a search or look for someone inside.

When answering the door, rarely if ever do the police have a warrant. The person answering the door usually just lets the police in without a word of question; never asking to see a warrant.

This fictional story sends a subtle suggestion to the watcher, that most people don't ask for warrants.



Related: Television Mind Control Exposed

And since the vast majority of people base their behavior on what everyone else does, they are effectively being programed to never ask for a warrant. Even if they do have the notion to ask for one, the social pressure from this suggestion will require a major act of will to overcome. 

But all of this can only work on an unconscious mind; an unawake person. Once the sleeper has awakened, and we begin to consciously investigate the mind control all around us, it becomes very easy to spot subliminal suggestion when encountered.

Just like it can become easy to tell when someone is lying to us after we've passed through the initiative experience of being lied to, in this way, the efforts of our would-be masters to control the masses actually provides us with the information we need to become immune to such forms of control. 



Related: Orwell’s Dystopian CCTV Surveillance State Comes To Life In China – Who’s Next?

The solution to external control, therefore, is to become conscious, awaken and active. To use the power of philosophy - the exploration of meanings, to analyze and discern the suggestions constantly pouring into our minds.

A deception, illusion or fraud, once recognized, is forever dissolved by the now wise and discerning mind.

And these skills of self mastery and sovereignty can now be shared with others. In essence each of us who accepts the mission of facing these forms of control, can now become a force to counter them, an epicenter of awakened and active consciousness. 



Related: Corporate Mass Media Controls Your Mind

In my view, reviewing mainstream TV, especially news, is an essential part of training discernment and strengthening mental discipline. We can literally watch TV looking for suggestions. Try doing this with scenes in your favorite show, attempt to observe the events of the story and what they are implying about the characters in it.

Often there are flagrant examples of suggestion such as symbols or words flashed on the screen at a point in the story that when put together creates a subtle suggestion.


In any popular TV series or film there are many layers of suggestion to discover and gain mastery over by exercising these skills of internal discernment. 

One final point on TV is the actual technology used. In our modern age Cathode Ray Tube televisions have been almost completely phased out. These devices produce an extremely intense electromagnetic field that disrupts the bodies delicate organic field.



Related: Deep State? What About Elite Television News Anchors?

These fields govern a huge amount of processes within our bodies and minds. It has been demonstrated that the minds ability to create a stable image or thought is significantly reduced after exposure to older TV's. But this effect also happens when viewing any imagery for prolonged periods of time, without also exercising the imagination using discernment. 


Imagination Is Essential

It is during philosophy, contemplation, investigation, insight and meditation that these innate imaginative powers are exercised and honed.

The imagination is an essential aspect of our beingness, the foundation of holistic intelligence, balanced emotional states and even psi-abilities.

Any adverse affects of TV on the mind, by way of implantation of thought forms, belief systems and values, can be almost totally reversed by a dedicated and active process of mental activity. 



Related: Study Shows Kids Are Born Creative Geniuses But The Education System Destroys Imagination

We must think about what we're watching, sift through meanings and reveal insights, develop an appreciation for symbolism and the power of consciousness to explore ideas.

In this way TV becomes a powerful tool for expanding consciousness, so long as we learn to use the discerning powers of the mind and healing energy of the heart. 

As I often like to say: "learn to use your mind, or someone else will."



Related Articles:

Network: Howard Beale, The Last Sane Man In The World: Television As A Form Of Knowledge In The New Age

July 20, 1977: CIA Mind Control Project MKUltra Documents Released For The First Time

Divine Feminine in Distress - She is waiting for your Divine Masculine! | All human beings are divided into four general classes by Manly P. Hall

Social Engineering - The War On The Higher Mind Of Humans: Here’s Why You Should Consider Converting Your Music To A=432 Hz

'Killer robots' with AI must be banned, urge Stephen Hawking, Noam Chomsky and thousands of others in open letter

Decoding Fiction - Science of Meaning | As Above So Below (Fractal) Symbolism in Once Upon A Time TV Series


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
5G Cell Phone Radiation: How The Telecom Companies Are Losing The Battle To Impose 5G Against The Will Of The People + French NGOs Demand Stop To ‘Out Of Control’ 5G Network
October 3 2020 | From: GlobalResearach / Connexion / Various

The telecommunications companies and the mainstream media would have you believe that the race to roll out 5G is unstoppable. That you are nothing and no one in the face of a lethal multi-trillion-dollar agenda imposed by some of the most powerful entities on the planet.



They thought that if they called their new, alleged “communications technology”, adapted from the military Active Denial Technology, “5G” or fifth generation, the public would just assume that it was more of the same as 4G, 3G or 2G.

Related: Erin Brockovich Law Firm Joins Citizens’ Lawsuit Against 5G and Wireless Radiation

And if they could characterise the rollout as a race, the public would not have enough time to find out what a killer technology 5G is. How wrong they were!

Not only has the public found out, but now they know how lethal previous generations of wireless technology – to be used concurrently with 5G – are as well.

Below is the evidence from a number of different countries that the pushback is huge and growing.

The telcos have lost the propaganda war, despite their control of the mainstream media, from which not a whisper of the dangers of 5G is heard, and of social media and Youtube, who have been desperately deleting millions of accounts to silence the naysayers.

In an impassioned speech before the United Nations General Assembly on 24 September 2019, UK Prime Minister Boris Johnson stated that digital authoritarianism is not the stuff of dystopian fantasy but of an emerging reality.

He described the Internet of Things, “smart” cities and AI as a giant, dark thundercloud lowering ever more oppressively over the human race, a gathering force reshaping the future of humanity over which the human race has no control and from which, in future, there may be nowhere to hide.





Former President Of Microsoft Canada Frank Clegg: On Safety & 5G/Wireless Technologies





Related: 5G Wireless Technology Is War against Humanity & 5G – The Global Human Experiment Without Consent





He asked if algorithms could be trusted with our lives and hopes and whether machines should be allowed to doom us to a cold and heartless future in an Orwellian world designed for censorship, repression and control.

He recalled the Universal Declaration of Human Rights and endorsed its ideals of upholding freedom of opinion and expression, the privacy of home and correspondence, and the right to seek and impart information and ideas.

He exhorted the academic committees, company boards and industry standards groups who are writing the rulebooks of the future, making ethical judgements, and choosing what will or will not be rendered possible to find the right balance between freedom and control, between innovation and regulation, between private enterprise and government oversight.

He insisted that the ethical judgements inherent in the design of new technology must be made transparent to all and that joint efforts must be made to agree a common set of global principles to shape the norms and standards that will guide the development of emerging technology.

What follows is a citizen journalist’s list of the actions taken to halt 5G and reports and complaints that have discredited this Machiavellian attempt to foist a disastrous technology on the world in 2019.



Related: The 5G Electromagnetic “Mad Zone” Poised To Self-Destruct: The 5G “Dementors” Meet The 4G “Zombie
Apocalypse” & 5G Wireless: A Ridiculous Front For Global Control


It is not an exhaustive list and I extend my apologies to all those whose efforts I may have overlooked here and much gratitude to all who have contributed to making this pushback so successful.

However, we cannot afford to be complacent and, in particular, we must work to stop the use of the Earth orbits and the stratosphere to beam 5G down to Earth, for this puts the ionosphere and the entire planet at risk.

We must also work to ensure that the use of street lights with blue light for this anti-life agenda is rapidly reversed.

The effort to stop 5G is still gathering momentum and we must continue to work together and tirelessly to protect all life on Earth and the planet itself until this demented plan is relegated to the history books as the most Mephistophelian scheme in the history of humankind.

1 US

2018

Scientist Says 1 in 2 children born in 2025 will be autistic – something is clearly causing this health crisis of historic proportions. “If you take the data that the CDC has provided since 1975 and plot it, you can see that it’s an exponential growth curve. You can extend the line. … My feeling is that things are worse than the line. So I think that 1 in 2 in 2025 is not an unreasonable prediction.”
2 USA

24 June 18

Author Naomi Wolf reports EMF reactions, cloud anomalies and their correlation with irritable and stressed behaviour in New York.
3 Taiwan

28 Dec 18

Taiwan’s five wireless carriers say that they will not rush to roll out 5G services in the absence of a profitable business model to sell the revolutionary technology, in spite of all the use cases that have been suggested.
4 Switzerland

2018

The government appoints a group of experts to probe the risks involved with introducing 5G, whose findings should be published by the end of 2019. The Swiss Federation of Doctors also urges caution, maintaining that “as long as there is no scientific proof that raising the radiation limits will not impact health, one must refrain from raising them.”
5 Austria

4 January 19

After 5G is officially switched on in Vienna in November 2018, former UN staff member reports Vienna’s first EMF injuries.
6 Europe

13 January

Journalist group Investigate Europe publishes “The ICNIRP Cartel: Who’s Who in the EMF Research World, an interactive graphic”, exposing conflicts of interest among ICNIRP members.
7 USA

14 January

Congresswomen Eshoo and Speier introduce BillHR530 to block FCC cell tower pre-emption and preserve local government control and invalidate the Federal Communications Commission’s (FCC) 26 September 2018 ruling to accelerate the deployment of 5G small cells throughout the US.
8 USA

14 January

Russia Today (RT) Americaairs the first of 7 reports on the dangers of 5G: 5G Wireless: A Dangerous ‘Experiment on Humanity’. “Is there a catch?”, asks the presenter. “Just a small one”, comes the reply, “It just might kill you”. The segment is viewed 1.8 million times.
9 European Commission

14 January

The Scientific Committee on Health, Environmental and Emerging Risks (SCHEER) rates the potential effects on wildlife of increases in electromagnetic radiation from 5G a maximum 3 in terms of scale, urgency and interactions with other ecosystems and species, stating that “The lack of clear evidence to inform the development of exposure guidelines to 5G technology leaves open the possibility of unintended biological consequences”.
10 Italy

16 January

The Lazio regional administrative court decrees that the ministries of environment, health and education have six months to launch information campaigns on the risks associated with the use of mobile phones.
11 USA

25 January

The Illinois Supreme Court rules that a woman can sue Six Flags Great America for fingerprinting her child without telling her how the data would be used in violation of the state’s biometric law. “This is no mere ‘technicality,'” Chief Justice Lloyd Karmeier writes in the opinion. “The injury is real and significant.”
12 Italy

30 January

An Italian Court in the city of Monza rules the acoustic neuroma brain tumour of an airport employee to be an occupational disease caused by exposure to the radiation from a cell phone he used for over 10 years for his work.
13 USA

6 February

US Senator Blumenthal definitively establishes that no safety studies have been done on 5G.
14 USA

February

At least 21 US cities/regions pass ordinances restricting “small cell” installation, and many are charging “recertification fees” to make it unprofitable for the wireless industry.
15 USA

9 February

Sierra Club California Conservation Committee adopts resolution to ask the National Sierra Club to take an oppose position to the deployment of 5G and small cell technology without local input and environmental review. The Sierra Club was founded in 1892 and is the oldest and largest grassroots environmental organization in the US.
16 Switzerland

18 February

Study: Radiation From Smartphones May Impair Memory In Teens. A research team at the Swiss Tropical and Public Health Institute says that radio frequency electromagnetic fields (RF-EMF) may negatively affect an adolescent’s brain from cellphone exposure, causing potentially harmful effects on his or her memory performance. The authors say having the device close to one’s head lead to the greatest amount of radiation exposure.
17 UN

22 February

The Planetary Association for Clean Energy (PACE) submits a statement to the UN revealing that allowable international “radiation limits will have to be increased by 30 to 40%” in order to make 5G deployment technologically feasible and calls 5G “an experiment on humanity that constitutes cruel, inhuman and degrading treatment” in violation of more than 15 international treaties and agreements.
18 ICNIRP

3 March

Eric Van Rongen, Chair of ICNIRP [self-proclaimed international commission on non-ionizing radiation protection, but actually just a German NGO], the organisation whose non-transparent pronouncements on the international limits at which phones can emit radiofrequency are strangely adopted by UN bodies, calls 5G “a public health experiment”, stating that “It will be necessary to gain more information about the exposure and any health problems that might come from an effect of that exposure”.
19 UK

3 March

The Daily Telegraph asks, Do smartphones cause cancer? World Health Organisation to assess brain tumour link.
20 USA

7 March

A class action lawsuit is filed against the FCC by 62 entities and municipalities across the USA. aimed at first slowing down and then vacating the FCC “order and declaratory ruling purporting to streamline the deployment of wireless facilities by pre-empting local government authority”.
21 Netherlands

9 March

Utrecht City Council decides unanimously to postpone decision-making on 4G and 5G infrastructure on new lamp posts until the risks to health and privacy are better understood.
22 France

10 March

Popular French astrophysicist and philosopher Aurélien Barrau causes a storm In France when he announces on Twitter “5G kills … We have already killed 70% of the living (with almost no global warming). Do we want to choose life or the speed of the telephone network?”
23 Guernsey

11 March

Call to halt 5G technology in Guernsey due to health fears, ITV News.
24 UK

17 March

Insurers announce premature death trend. British insurer Legal & General CEO says: “There’s been a long discussion about whether this is a blip or a trend, and sadly it’s looking like a trend.”
25 Germany

20 March

Without invoking the precautionary principle, the Federal Office for Radiation Protection (BfS) admits that the effects of the higher frequencies of 5G are not yet well researched and advises that 5G should be developed cautiously. It states that consideration needs to be given to whether people will be exposed to much higher radiation.
26 UK

23 March

Sacha Stone publishes documentary 5G Apocalypse: The Extinction Event. (565,354 views as at 3 October 2019).
27 USA

24 March

Portland, Oregon city officials state clear opposition to the installation of 5G networks around the city, supported by the mayor and two commissioners.
28 Italy

28 March

Florence applies the precautionary principle, refusing permissions for 5G and referring to “the ambiguity and the uncertainty of supranational bodies and private bodies (like ICNIRP)”, which “have very different positions from each other, despite the huge evidence of published studies”.
29 Italy

28 March

One Roman district votes against 5G trials, with others expected to follow. Other motions to Stop 5G are expected in the four regional councils, one provincial council and other municipal councils of Italy.
30 Russia

28 March

The Russian Ministry of Defense refuses to transfer frequencies for 5G, which effectively delays any 5G rollout there for several years.
31 USA

28 March

New Jersey Congressman Andy Kim sends a letter, noting that, “Current regulations governing radiofrequency (RF) safety were put in place in 1996 and have not yet been reassessed for newer generation technologies.”
32 Belgium

31 March

Belgian Environment Minister announces that Brussels is halting the 5G rollout, saying, “The people of Brussels are not guinea pigs whose health I can sell at a profit.” It turns out that there is now no methodology to effectively measure the radiation of MIMO antennas, which have the characteristic of varying field in time, space and intensity, unlike antennas used for 2G, 3G and 4G, which emit radiation of constant intensity and space. Celine Fremault therefore asserted that, as this technical obstacle was not resolved, she would not go further in the legislative process.
33 USA

April

The Blue Cross Blue Shield health insurance association reports that millennials – the first generation to grow up using cell phones – are experiencing an unprecedented decline in their health when they reach their late 20s.
34 EU

April

An EU report admits that 5G is a massive experiment, lamenting that “it is not possible to accurately simulate or measure 5G emissions in the real world” and stating that “complex interference effects … may result, especially in dense urban areas.”
35 Germany

4 April

54,600 Germans sign a petition to force the German Bundestag to debate 5G.
36 Netherlands

4 April

Members of Parliament in the Netherlands insist that radiation research must be carried out before any approval of the 5G network.
37 USA

4 April

The California Supreme Court publishes an opinion supporting municipal authority to make regulations on so-called ‘small cell’ PROW (public right of way) towers and uses of the public’s right-of-way. This opinion affirms the 2016 appellate court ruling.
38 USA

5 April

The California Supreme Court Justices unanimously uphold a 2011 San Francisco ordinance requiring telecommunications companies to get permits before placing antennas on city infrastructure.
39 Switzerland

9 April

The Canton of Vaud adopts a resolution calling for a moratorium on 5G antennas until the publication of a report on 5G by the Swiss Federal Office for the Environment.
40 Switzerland

10 April

Geneva adopts a motion for a moratorium on 5G, calling on the Council of State to request WHO to monitor independent scientific studies to determine the harmful effects of 5G.
41 France

11 April

French lawmaker Jean-Paul Lecoq raises the wide range of risks posed by the 5G deployment in the National Assembly.
42 USA

15 April

Oregon Representative Peter A. DeFazio, House Transportation and Infrastructure Committee Chairman, writes a letter to FCC Chairman Ajit Pai and acting FDA Commissioner Sharpless regarding the status of the government’s research into the potential health effects of RF radiation and its relation to the FCC’s guidelines for safe human RF exposure levels.
43 USA

16 April

New York Congressman Thomas Suozzi sends a letter to the FCC seeking answers about the technology. “Small cell towers are being installed in residential neighborhoods in close proximity to houses throughout my district. ,,, My constituents are worried that should this technology be proven hazardous in the future, the health of their families and value of their properties would be at serious risk.”
44 Switzerland

17 April

The Federal Office for the Environment (FOEN) sends a 7-page information letter to all cantonal governments for the purpose of “calming the situation”. It claims that the new 5G adaptive (directional) antennas would mean much lower exposures for the population: “The beam cone is now aligned directly to the user and in all other radiation directions the radiation is lower [sic].”
45 Switzerland

17 April

The Swiss government announces the introduction of a monitoring system to assuage concerns about the potential health impact of fifth-generation (5G) mobile frequency emissions and smooth the cutting-edge technology’s rollout. The move comes as some Swiss cantons baulk at authorizing new antennas needed to support 5G services after a spectrum auction in February that raised 380 million Swiss francs ($377 million).
46 USA

26 April

The US National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) and NASA clash with the Federal Communications Commission (FCC), which oversees US wireless networks, saying that next-generation mobile technology could interfere with crucial satellite-based Earth observations.
47 France

26 April

French farmers sue the state over mystery cow deaths they blame on electromagnetic fields. A group of French cattle farmers is suing the state over the mysterious death of hundreds of cows, which they believe are the victims of harmful electromagnetic fields. Several studies have shown that livestock, particularly cattle, are affected by even low-level electromagnetic fields
48 Swiss Re

May

Insurance company Swiss Re”s report on New Emerging Risk Insights states that “Existing concerns regarding potential negative health effects from electromagnetic fields (EMF) are only likely to increase. An uptick in liability claims could be a potential long-term consequence. … interruption and subversion of the 5G platform could trigger catastrophic, cumulative damage.”
49 Denmark

4 May

A legal opinion by a Danish law firm states that rolling out 5G is illegal under EU and international law: It is the conclusion of this legal opinion that establishing and activating a 5G-network, as it is currently described, would be in contravention of current human and environmental laws enshrined in the European Convention on Human Rights, the UN Convention on the Rights of the Child, EU regulations, and the Bern- and Bonn-conventions. … This also applies when the radiation remains within the limits recommended by ICNIRP and currently used in Denmark as well as broadly within the EU.
50 Denmark

4 May

Danish group Landsindsamlingen mod5G announces it is suing the Danish state for having planned the implementation of the new 5G mobile network throughout Denmark by the year 2020 without conducting any kind of health test in relation to the long-term exposure of people or consideration of the harmful effects on the unborn, children and nature.
51 International

4 May

Meteorologists warn that the introduction of 5G mobile phone networks could seriously affect weather forecasters’ ability to predict major storms by disrupting the delicate satellite instruments they use to monitor changes in the atmosphere. The result will be impaired forecasts, poorer warnings about major storms, and loss of life, they say.
52 France

15 May

French health authority ANSES warns in a 400-page report that LED lights in your house can cause irreversible damage to the eyes and lead to a vision-robbing condition.
53 Italy

20 May

Montecitori Palace, Rome, Italy Stop 5G: a parliamentary motion commits the Government to the moratorium. Ortica Web.
54 USA

22 May

The US National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) and US National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA) criticize FCC plans for opening a 24 GHz spectrum band to 5G telecommunications providers, stating that US weather forecasting capabilities would be set back decades. The matter is on the agenda for international treaty negotiations at the International Telecommunication Union’s World Radio Conference (WRC) in the fall of 2019, but with respect to 24 GHz, the Department of State has already submitted the FCC’s out-of-band emission limits as the US position during preliminary negotiations.
55 USA

29 May

The US state of Louisiana unanimously votes to stop 5G, calling for study of effects on health and environment before 5G is launched (Resolution 145).
56 France

31 May

An LED lamp post is destroyed in France.
57 USA

June 2019

Ongoing lawsuits against the US Federal Communications Commission (FCC) over the constitutional overreach in the rollout of 5G:
  • National League of Cities (19,000 cities & towns)
  • US Conference of Mayors (1,192 cities)
  • National Association of Counties (3,069 counties)
  • National Association of Regional Councils (500 councils and metropolitan & regional planning organizations)
  • National Association of Towns and Townships (10,000 towns)
  • National Association of Telecommunications Officers & Advisers (local government officials)
  • Colorado Communications Utility Alliance
  • League of Arizona Cities and Towns
  • League of California Cities
  • League of Oregon Cities
  • Michigan Coalition to Protect Public Rights of Way
  • Michigan Municipal League
  • Michigan Townships Association
  • Texas Coalition of Cities for Utility Issues
  • 7 Counties
  • 45 Cities
58 Europe

June

EMFOff publishes an exposé of corruption at the World Health Organization: The WHO Cover-Up That is Costing Us the Earth. Video and PDF document.
59 Canada

June

In Toronto, the Canadian Civil Liberties Association files a court application to stop (Alphabet/Google subsidiary) Sidewalk Labs’ “smart city” project as “unconstitutional” because it would allow “historically unprecedented, non-consensual, inappropriate mass-capture surveillance and commoditization of personal data.”
60 Australia

June

Step-by-Step Action Plan: We say No to 5G in Australia: devised by barrister Raymond Broomhall, who has stopped 25K antenna projects across Australia.
61 Ireland

June

Councillor Clare Colloran Molloy, with support from other councillors,  raises concerns to Clare County Council about dangers of 5G.
62 Switzerland

4 June

The Canton of Fribourg introduces a licensing requirement for 5G antennas in order to give those affected a chance to object.
63 Russia

6 June

A man living in the Tver region saws down a cell tower because he believes the radiation from it is destroying the vegetable, berry and fruit crops growing on his land located nearby.
64 Switzerland

10 June

A telephone antenna is destroyed by an explosion in Vaud, Switzerland.
65 UK

11 June

Glastonbury Town Council opposes the introduction of 5G technology in Glastonbury until further information has been obtained on the health effects on residents, adopting the following motion: “This council has a social responsibility to protect the public and environment from exposure to harm, albeit unpredictable in the current state of scientific knowledge, and therefore opposes the roll-out of 5G in the Parish of Glastonbury – based on the precautionary principle – until further information is revealed from a newly convened 5G advisory committee (working group).”
66 UK

11 June

Shadow Minister (Environment, Food and Rural Affairs) David Drew asks the Secretary of State for Digital, Culture, Media and Sport, what discussions he has had with the providers of 5G on whether they have made any provision for personal liability on health and safety grounds and whether any provision has been made for white zones. He also asks the Secretary of State for Health and Social Care, what investigations the Government has commissioned on the health and safety implications of the 5G rollout.
67 USA

12 June

5G installer discusses the consequences of 5G. Current radiofrequency emitted by cell towers uses relatively low power (1.5-2.8 MHz), which at short range superheats the water molecules in your brain, eyes and testicles. It dissipates over distance as it has a long wave trough. 5G will be up close, in offices, outside homes, everywhere, including in the back of self-driving cars. It broadcasts in GHz not MHz — 30 GHz is 15,000 times more powerful than current previous levels.
68 Ireland

18 June

A motion calling on Clare County Council to oppose the rollout of 5G on health grounds is backed by the elected representatives.
69 USA

18 June

Pennsylvania lawmakers cancel a vote on proposed legislation to facilitate infrastructure next-generation 5G wireless services. It is the third defeat for the Verizon- and AT&T-backed legislation.
70 US

20 June

The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention report that US suicide rates are at the highest level since World War II. Life expectancy, perhaps the broadest measure of a nation’s health, has fallen for three straight years, the first three-year drop since 1915 to 1918.
71 UK

25 June

UK parliamentary committee discusses concerns about the health effects of electromagnetic fields and 5G, especially with regard to electrohypersensitivity Tonia Antoniazzi, MP, asks why the inaccurate and discredited 2012 report of AGNIR is still on the Public Health England website.Transcript. Video (from 16. 35).
72 France

25 June

“Bees are producing nothing!”: French beekeepers announce a catastrophic year for French honey.
73 USA

27 June

The state of New Hampshire asks a series of questions about 5G in Bill HB 522.
74 USA

27 June

US Senator Dianne Feinstein introduces SB 2012, ‘‘Restoring Local Control Over Public Infrastructure Act of 2019’’, to repeal FCC rules that limit state and local government control over telecom infrastructure. The bill is supported by the US Conference of Mayors, National Association of Telecommunications Officers and Advisors, American Public Power Association, Communications Workers of America, National Association of Counties, League of California Cities and American Public Works Association.
75 France

27 June

After victories for “electrohypersenstive” (EHS) people in Toulouse (March) and Bordeaux (May), the Tribunal de grande instance of FOIX issues a decision protecting EHS people who cannot tolerate dirty electricity diffused by “smart” meters.
76 Glastonbury, UK

29 June

Glastonbury festival-goers are used as guinea pigs in a 5G trial and document multiple injuries online.
77 Europe

29 June

The European Stop 5G Alliance comprising representatives from 19 European countries is officially founded at an international conference in Mendrisio, Switzerland.
78 France

July

French baby-clothing firm Petit Bateau decides not to wait for the “conclusive” data and launches clothing line to protect babies from electromagnetic radiation.
79 Ireland

July

Councillor Orla Leyden proposes a motion with Roscommon County Council to oppose 5G and this is passed.
80 USA

1 July

The Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals affirms the City of Berkeley’s right to require cell phone retailers in the city to notify prospective customers about cell phone manufacturers’ safety guidelines to ensure consumer safety, adopted in May 2015.
81 Russia

1 July

In the Urals, police detain a woman who tried to burn down a communications tower because of concerns about health. The woman believed that her malaise and insomnia related to the fact that this tower was located directly near her home.
82 USA

3 July

Prof. Em. Martin L. Pall states that 5G effects will take months, not years, and he expects a breakdown in mental function, sterility, damaged heart function and societal collapse.
83 Italy

4 July

60 regions, autonomous provinces and municipalities question 5G, a moratorium is established in Italy and 14 municipalities approve Stop 5G city council resolutions or motions. The Mayor of Marsaglia issues Italy’s first Stop 5G ordinance: It “has been shown in four studies (Rea 1991, Havas 2006, 2010, McCarty et al. 2011) that it is possible to identify people with electromagnetic hypersensitivity and demonstrate that they can be tested using objective, measurable responses, demonstrating that these subjects truly are hypersensitive when compared with normal controls; that other studies show that there are true and proper physiological changes in subjects with electrosensitivity and that two studies (De Luca, Raskovic, Pacifico, Thai, Korkina 2011 and Irigaray, Caccamo, Belpomme 2018) demonstrated that electrosensitive people have high levels of oxidative stress and a prevalence of certain genetic polymorphisms, which may suggest a genetic predisposition; that the European Parliament in its 2009 Resolution and the Assembly of the Council of Europe with Resolution No. 1815 of 2011 called on member states to recognize electrosensitivity as a disability, in order to give equal opportunities to those affected”. The Mayor of San Gregorio Matese bans the installation of 5G antennas on the municipal territory.
84 Russia

4 July

Ban on cell phones in schools expected in September 2019.
85 Ireland

4 July

Councillor Justin Warnock calls on Leitrim Council to halt the roll-out of 5G on health grounds.
86 Switzerland

2 July

Renowned Swiss law firm provides legal opinion stating that the Swiss Federal government’s modification of its ordinance to privilege directional antennas is not legally admissible because it would undermine health protection.
87 Switzerland

July

As a result of the above legal opinion, the Swiss Canton of Zug suspends ongoing licensing procedures.
88 USA

8 July

California Assembly Bill 272 asks all school districts, county offices of education, and charter schools to come up with smartphone policies to limit or prohibit student use at school.
89 Australia

8 July 2019

Australian telcos brace for a possible public backlash against the rollout of 5G mobile networks. Some local councils have received expressions of concern about 5G even before the network has been rolled out in their areas.
90 Russia

9 July

President Putin emphasizes the environmental risks of new technologies, saying “Hopes that the new technologies themselves will save the planet from the growing anthropogenic influence turned out to be illusions. Nature and climate degradation continues.”
91 EU

14 July

Galileo, the EU global navigation satellite system, is non-operational for at least four days as of 11 July following a mysterious outage. The Galileo satellite system was launched in 2016 and was funded by the EU as an alternative to the US Air Force’s Global Positioning System (GPS) and the Russian  global navigation satellite system GLONASS.
92 International

16 July

The telcos belatedly realise that the public has found out about the dangers of 5G and launches a propaganda war of fake news, starting with The New York Times. It blames all the bad news on 5G on the Russians, and this meme is taken up and repeated obediently by major media outlets around the world, including the BBC, Le Monde, The Guardian, The Infographics Show, Yahoo Australia and Wired Online.
93 France

18 July

French NGO Alert Phonegate launches class action lawsuit against telco Nokia for selling “smart” phones that were shown by the French National Frequency Agency (ANFR) to exceed the European specific absorption rate (SAR) limit. This deception is facilitated by the entry into force of the new European Directive (2014/53/EU), which has relaxed controls by allowing manufacturers to self-certify their products.
94 Ireland

22 July

Roscommon County Council opposes the testing of 5G and the rollout of 5G in County Roscommon.
95 Switzerland

26 July

The Green party in Lausanne (Vaud) insists on the precautionary principle, saying that 5G antennas are being installed while the consequences of these new technologies are not known. Green representatives call for a moratorium in Vaud and commit to opposing all new antennas until they receive clear and satisfactory answers  relating to the impact of 5G.
96 USA

28 July

Bees dropping out of the sky near two 5G cell towers, California.
97 Austria

8 August

The Austrian parliament commissions a study on the health effects of 5G networks in response to concern from the public.
98 Switzerland

5 August

Swiss mainstream magazine L’Illustré reports on the injuries of Geneva’s first 5G victims: “With 5G, we feel like guinea pigs“.
99 USA

9 August

The US Court of Appeals for the D.C. Circuit finds that the FCC did not adequately address the potential harms of deregulation or the benefits of environmental and historic-preservation reviews.
100 USA

9 August

The Oregon state legislative assembly declares a health emergency in Senate Bill 283 and directs the state health authority to review studies of the health effects of exposure to RF-radiation in schools and to recommend how to reduce children’s exposure in schools and to report back not later than 2 January 2021.
101 USA

9 August

The Natural Resources Defense Council, joined by various American Indian tribes, as well as the National Association of Tribal Historic Preservation Officers and the National Trust for Historic Preservation, win a victory when the federal appeals court in D.C. ruled that the FCC illegally eliminated historic-preservation and environmental review—and important opportunities for public participation—for 5G wireless infrastructure projects. Emphasizing the importance of such review, the court held that that the FCC’s attempted explanations for the elimination “did not meet the standard of reasoned decision-making.”
102 United Nations

19 August

The UN Human Rights Council invites inputs on the possible impacts, opportunities and challenges of new and emerging digital technologies with regard to the promotion and protection of human rights, with a view to preparing a report and holding a panel discussion at its 44th session.
103 USA

21 August

The Chicago Tribune finds that popular cell phones tested for radiofrequency radiation measure over the legal safety limit, in some cases more than double what Apple reported to federal regulators from its own testing. The FCC is investigating.
104 USA

23 August

Cardiology Magazine reports on smart phones and obesity. A poster abstract, presented at the Latin America Conference 2019, found that university students who used their smartphones five or more hours a day had a 43 percent increased risk of obesity.
105 Russia

26 August

Oleg Gregoriev, Chairman of the Russian National Committee on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection, states that “5G may be like a slow Hiroshima”.
106 USA

26 Aug-1 Sept

The 5G Crisis Awareness and Accountability Summit attracts 200,000+ viewers from around the world, who send over 200,000 liability letters to their government representatives.
107 USA

30 August

Tesla solar panels are catching fire. Amazon and Walmart have both been burned. Walmart is suing. Installations at all 29 Walmart stores showed signs of gross negligence and many were unsafe.
108 Australia

Sept

Australian barrister Ray Broomhall reveals that children are being exposed to magnetic fields from cell phones that breach WHO’s recommended 0.3μT safety limit by a factor of 20,000. (Slide show.)
109 Russia

1 Sept

The Russian Defence Ministry refuses to hand over 3.4–3.8 GHz for 5G because these frequencies are used for satellite communications, instead suggesting that 4.4–4,99 GHz be used, which are popular only in China and Japan.
110 Kuwait

1 Sept

The Kuwait Times publishes an article on the threats to health from 5G technology, recommending that cell towers be distanced from homes, daycare centers, schools, and places frequented by pregnant women, men who wish to father healthy children, and the young”.
111 Ireland

2 Sept

Leitrim Councillors vote to oppose 5G rollout across the county.
112 USA

3 Sept

T-Mobile cancels 5G installation nationwide. Anonymous employee blames 15 states’ lawsuits against the Sprint merger.
113 Canada

3 Sept

On learning that Montreal would serve as a “living laboratory” designed to test 5G technology (50-60K antennas planned for Montreal), Guy Boulianne calls it a criminal act and calls for a people’s movement to oppose the deployment of 5G in Montreal and elsewhere. François Croteau, Director of the “Smart” city project, said that this “urban laboratory” would “enable the different branches of public health, federal and provincial, to come in and do analyses to see the potential impacts on public health”, adding that the studies conducted to date on the subject had been “contradictory”.
114 Canada

3 Sept

The NGO Action Judiciaire contre la 5G (Legal Action Against 5G) intends to use all the legal means at its disposal to demand from all the authorities concerned an urgent halt to the deployment of the 5G wireless network, including from satellites in space: the Nuremberg Code, the Rome Statute of the International Criminal Court, the Crimes Against Humanity and War Crimes Act, human rights, the Universal Declaration of Human Rights, the Canadian Charter of Rights and Freedoms and the Charte des droits et libertés de la personne (Charter of Rights and Freedoms of the Person).
115 Ireland

7 Sept

Sligo County Council votes to delay the testing and rollout of 5G in the county.
116 USA

11 Sept

Cellphone Users Sue Apple and Samsung Over Radiation Exposure. Andrus Anderson in San Francisco is representing 16 plaintiffs against Apple and Samsung in a controversy some in the medical and scientific community are allegedly calling “Phone Gate.”
117 International

12 Sept

Based on data from a 2017 survey of a 6th floor apartment in Östermalm in Stockholm with a GSM/3G/4G LTE base station just 12 metres away, it is extrapolated that 666,000 such base stations would be needed before ICNIRP’s ludicrously high so-called safety guidelines were breached.
118 International

13 Sept

Edward Snowdon describes his role in the creation of the totalitarian surveillance state, enabling the new wave of authoritarianism by the political and commercial classes that are realizing they can use technology to influence the world on a massive scale, bringing societies’ systems under attack.
119 Switzerland

13 Sept

5G opponents block applications on 320 out of 326 antennas. 5G opponents have raised objections to almost all of the applications for planning permission for antennas.
120 UK

16 Sept

Smart meter rollout delayed by four years. The government’s deadline to have smart meters in 30 million homes by the end of 2020 has been pushed back to 2024.
121 Australia

17 Sept

TPG (Total Peripherals Group) abandons mobile network due to health fears. Chief operating executive Craig Levy says TPG had become nervous about community concerns over its small-cell 4G network rollout, which he considers “rational”.
122 International

18 Sept

Hits on a single popular music video burn as much energy as 40,000 US homes use in a year. “Despacito” set an Internet record in April 2018 when it became the first video to hit five billion views on YouTube.
123 United Nations

24 Sept

UK Prime Minister Boris Johnson describes the Internet of Things, “smart” cities and AI as a giant, dark thundercloud lowering oppressively over the human race, threatening a cold and heartless future in an Orwellian world designed for censorship, repression and control. He appeals for joint efforts on agreeing a common set of global principles to shape norms and standards to guide the development of emerging technology.
124 Cyprus

26 Sept

The Parliamentary Committees on Health and Environment in Cyprus hold discussions on the negative aspects of 5G. Proposals are put forward to freeze 5G deployment and keep Cyprus radiation-free as a detoxing zone attractive for tourism.
125 Italy

26 Sept

Italian parliament to vote on 7 October for a moratorium to stop the 5G rollout throughout Italy. The text proposes that the government should suspend any form of technological experimentation of 5G in Italian cities, pending the production of sufficient scientific evidence to judge its harmlessness.
127 US

Sept-Oct

Journal Municipal Lawyer publishes article entitled Putting the Cart Before the Horse – The FCC’s ‘5G First, Safety Second’ Policy, which states that the FCC should have completed the review of its RF standards before opening the floodgates for the deployment of hundreds of thousands of small cell transmitters for 5G. The rules adopted by the FCC in 1996 were designed to protect only against the thermal effects of RF exposure.
128 International

Sept

The authors of 5G Wireless Communication and Health Effects—A Pragmatic Review Based on Available Studies Regarding 6 to 100 GHz, funded by Deutsche Telekom, state that “The available studies do not provide adequate and sufficient information for a meaningful safety assessment, or for the question about non-thermal effects and conclude that, “In summary, the majority of studies with MMW exposures show biological responses”.
129 USA

25 Sept

Lawsuit filed over cell phone radiation. A new lawsuit claims that cell phone companies may try to hide how much radiation their devices emit. West Des Moines Iowa Attorney Bart Goplerud files lawsuit claiming that Apple and Samsung misrepresent safety risks.
130 Czech Republic

26 Sept

In the Czech parliament, Ing. Pavel Jelínk addresses the Minister of Health regarding the dangers of 5G technologies for the health of citizens.
131 Germany

October

Manager magazine reports that protests by hundreds of protest groups aiming to stop 5G are hindering the multibillion 5G rollout. Mast-Hass: Wie Proteste das Multimilliardenprojekt bremsen.
132 European Parliament

1 October

MEPs Philippe Lamberts, Michèle Rivasi and Klaus Buchner invite Dr. Marc Arazi of Phonegate, Prof. Em. Martin Pall and European Stop 5G Alliance promoter Maurizio Martucci to a press conference to discuss the health risks of 5G and the precautionary principle.
133 South Africa

1 October

The Supreme Court of Appeal affirms Cape Town’s constitutional mandate to regulate and control the use of land within its municipal borders. The judgement sets an important precedent that all telecommunications service providers, inclusive of state-owned Telkom, must obtain the City’s approval prior to installing cell phone masts in Cape Town.
134 International

1 October

The first IoT privacy study examines the data-sharing activities of 81 different “smart” devices commonly found in people’s homes, finding that 72 of the 81 IoT devices shared data with third parties completely unrelated to the original manufacturer (and not just in the U.S. or UK).
135 France

2 October

A group of French NGOs calls for a moratorium on the rollout of 5G, saying it could “push the planet and our society into a world with out-of-control consequences”.
136 Ireland

2 October

Councillor calls for more debate on use of 5G technologies. Cllr Kevin Murphy raised the motion at a meeting of West Cork local authority last week and said the issue of 5G might not be something that will affect people now, but will do so in the future. Fears over claims that 5G mobile technology may be linked to cancer.
137 UK

2 October

Stop 5G campaigner John Kitson addresses UKIP party conference.
138 USA

3 October

Erin Brockovich firm joins citizens 5G lawsuit brought by People’s Initiative Foundation against the FCC and the 1996 Telecom Act.
139 UK

6 October

Town of Totnes, Devon bans installation of 5G. Totnes mayor Jacqi Hodgson, a Green Party county councillor, said: “Our concern is that there will be a much higher blanket of radiation all around us.”
140 Russia

7 October

New Russian List of EMF Hazard and Prohibition Signs for Wireless Users and General Public. The Russian National Committee on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection is calling for the release of new EMF hazard warning signs for wireless users of mobile phones and other EMF sources. (Examples of stickers for wireless devices, including for pregnant women.)
141 USA

10 October

Liability claims from fires force Pacific Gas & Electric to turn off power to 700K customers. Five out of the 10 most destructive wildfires in California history were at least in part the fault of equipment belonging to PG&E, the utility company that delivers power to 16 million people in the top half of the state. In part because of liability claims from victims of past fires, $8.4 billion worth, PG&E is in the midst of bankruptcy.
142 UK

10 October

British household-products maker Dyson says it can’t produce an electric vehicle that’s commercially viable. Even the most established automakers have had trouble making money from electric vehicles. Research suggests automakers’ heavy investments in electrification could lead to a $60 billion drop in pre-tax profits through 2023.
143 USA

10 October

Internet service providers in the United States have spent more than $1.2 billion on lobbying since 1998, and 2018 was the biggest year so far, with a total spend of more than $80 million.
144 UK

11 October

Kingsbridge Town Council passes 5G resolution in response to requests for them to stand together with councils from Totnes, Glastonbury, and Frome and adopt a moratorium on 5G infrastructure.
145 France

11 October

French National Frequencies Agency (ANFR) announces the withdrawal from the market and the recall of the ECHO Horizon Lite phone following measures to control the specific absorption rate (SAR) “trunk” which revealed that the authorized regulatory limit had been exceeded. This is the 18th smartphone model to be identified in France by ANFR for exceeding the SAR “trunk” or “head”.
146 UK

11 October

EM Radiation Research Trust puts UK government on notice regarding 5G amidst profound worldwide health concerns, calling for an outright ban for risky untested 5G technology in response to the UK Government’s consultation calling for proposed reforms to the permitted development rights for the deployment of 5G to extend mobile coverage. Click here to download letter of notice.
147 USA

11 October

Telecoms want to hide detailed 5G installation maps from the public and the Feds. AT&T misled consumers about 5G availability by renaming a large portion of its 4G network “5G E”. Reporting detailed 5G maps would show just how sparse the networks are, even in cities where it’s been rolled out. Outside densely populated areas, Verizon says that 5G will be more like “good 4G.”
148 Italy

12 October

European Stop 5G Alliance announces an international conference to be held on 5 November at the Chamber of Deputies in Rome in support of the call for a national moratorium on 5G and the implementation of the precautionary principle.
149 USA

13 October

Massachusetts utility regulators investigate why one of their utility companies is not keeping its promises on solar power, electric vehicles, and cybersecurity despite significant customer rate increases.
150 UK

13 October

Council bosses argue against Government’s 5G mast-planning proposals. Blackburn with Darwen Council officials have voiced concern that local planning authorities are seeing their powers reduced.
151 Hawaii

14 October

5G drone project over Hawaii halted. Research Corporation of the University of Hawaii (RCUH) withdraws its Use Determination Application from the Lana’i Planning Commission.
152 USA

16 October

Microsoft Says 30% of IoT projects fail in proof-of-concept stage. Security experts warn IoT’s vulnerability and 74% failure rate can cause catastrophic events.
153 Netherlands

17 October

Multi-billion-dollar liability action launched against 5G telecom companies. The Nationale Bond tegen Overheidszaken (NBO; National Union Against State Affairs) has launched a liability suit with 4,000 claimants to date. A charge is payable of €1,000 per day on which 5G is active, together with a charge of €2,000 when a 5G antenna is located within a radius of 250 metres of a claimant’s home. Each claimant may be legally entitled to an annual fee of up to €730,000 if the 5G network is activated. The action is based on earlier NBO litigation successes against the health insurance companies. The liability action is operating from 27 September to 31 October 2019.

Note to Readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.


Related Videos:

Lawyer, Sue Grey Talks To Tim Lynch about 5G & More Clare Swinney to Whangarei Council on 5G: Govt Exposure Standard Obsolete

5G - Lack of risk assessment, Prof. Martin Pall

5G Health Effects Discussed at National Institutes of Heath Electromagnetic Radiation Conference

Bigger Than Snowden. Neuro Weapons. Directed Energy Weapons. Mind Control. Targeted Individuals. 5G

5G: An Existential threat to our Health, Privacy and Freedom

Neurosurgeon Dr Charlie Teo - Cell Phone Radiation, Wifi, Depopulation

FCC Commissioner Carr Questioned on 5G (Again)

Radiation Sickness Nukes 250,000 Cell Tower Workers According to Insurance Study

Bees dying under 5G poles




French NGOs Demand Stop To ‘Out Of Control’ 5G Network

A group of French NGOs is calling for a moratorium on the rolling out of new super-fast mobile phone cellular network 5G  in France, saying it could cause “out of control” consequences for society.

NGOs including Agir Pour l'Environnement and Priartém-Electrosensibles de France have come out against the new technology, saying that its use will lead to physical and mental health problems, environmental issues, and could even negatively impact social freedom.

Related: Thousands Protest In Switzerland As The Population Is Now Exposed To 5G Wireless Radiation

It has been suggested that the 5G network, which is set to allow very large amounts of data to be sent and accessed using mobile devices, will be “revolutionary”.

In future, its super-fast abilities mean it could be linked to new technology such as self-driving cars, surgery done remotely, and a wider Internet of Things (in which homes are connected to the Internet, for example, to control automatic lights, heating, smart fridges, smart TVs etc).

In France, 5G was officially announced on July 15 this year, with businesses in large towns and cities set to receive the coverage by the end of 2020, and two-thirds of individuals expected to be covered by 2026.

But in a statement, the NGOs said that introducing the technology could “push the planet and our society into a world with out-of-control consequences”.

It said:


"Digital wireless communication technology has already had impacts that are not virtual: risks for our physical and mental health, hyperconnection with the world of work, and among young people; impact on the soil, landscapes and ecosystems, a growing energy bill, wasting of resources, risks from big data on our freedoms, lobbying weight on science and public politics…”

The statement said that 5G would “irrefutably aggravate these facts”.



Related: An Emergency Appeal to the World’s Governments by Scientists, Doctors, Environmental Organizations and Others

The group is now calling for a halt to 5G development and rollout in France, at least until a public debate can be held on its use.

It said:


"Developing a system that will cause lasting changes to the electromagnetic environment of our planet, to interactions between people and machines, and the wider workings of our society cannot be possible without deep consideration and debate from citizens.”

The possible impact of 5G on certain health conditions has been acknowledged by health authorities including French health and environmental agency (Agence Nationale de Sécurité Sanitaire de l'Alimentation, de l'Environnement et du Travail) Anses.

In 2016, it found that the radio frequencies of technology such as 5G could cause problems - for certain people - with memory, attention, and coordination. At the time, Anses recommended that young people limit their exposure to portable devices, tablets, and internet-connected toys.

In 2018, the agency also recognised that some people were reporting health problems linked to electromagnetic fields and waves, although it did add that this did not prove that there was a real link.




Electrosmog

The effect of electromagnetic radiation on the human body depends on the type of rays and how long a person is exposed to them. The higher the frequency, the shorter the wavelength and the greater the energy levels.





Related:
The Urgency To Educate On The Dangers Of 5G Technology, Especially With Mothers & “With 5G, We Are
Guinea Pigs” - Media Reports 5G Injuries From Swiss Experiments In Geneva






And this year, a group of 170 scientists raised concerns about the possible effects of 5G - and the higher frequencies it requires to work, which may be up to ten times’ higher than those used now - to the European Union.

Yet, there are already international guidelines in place over the use of maximum frequencies and their impact on health, with the limit currently at 300 GHz, which is much higher than those set to be used for 5G.

In France, tests on 5G have already been rolled out in towns and cities including Bordeaux, Grenoble, Lille, Lyon, Marseille, Nantes, and Toulouse

Operators have said they are aiming to offer 75% 5G coverage across the country by 2022, and across 100% by 2030 - although it is likely to make phone contracts more expensive, with tariffs expected to rise by €10-€20 per month for 5G-connected devices.


Related Articles:

Ajit Pai loses another court case as judges overturn 5G deregulation

Devonshire, UK Halts The Installation of 5G Over Serious Health Concerns

An industry view of 5G, please note no mention of health & safety: What is 5G? The definitive guide to next-generation wireless technology

England Town Bans 5G Rollout Amidst Growing Health Concerns

Thousands of Swiss protest 5G wireless over health fears

Is 5G Harmful for Humans and the Environment?

Thousands of new satellites to carpet bomb the planet with 5G radiation… and there’s nowhere you can hide

5G technology could come with health risks, critics say

TPG says community health fears stopped its 5G rollout in Australia – as experts blame disinformation campaigns on social media

Swiss protests against 5G tech: health dangers

Sailor Suicides in Context of Electromagnetic (Fatal) Soup – 5G Connection

5G Technology Is The "Stupidest Idea In The History Of The World" Says Washington State Science Professor & Lloyds Of London And Other Insurers Refuse To Cover Health Claims Caused By 5G Wireless Technologies

5G: The Dominoes Are Starting To Fall

Japan abandoned the development of 5G networks for the health of citizens


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
The Rise And Fall Of CNN: The Most Busted Name In News
October 2 2020 | From: NoMoreFakeNews / Various

As revelations about CNN emerge from Project Veritas (see also ExposeCNN.com for updates), here is a backgrounder I wrote and published several years ago.



It brings back fond memories, and offers the beleaguered children at CNN solutions to their never-ending problems...

Related: All-Out NYT War on Truth-Telling


"CNN is still licking their wounds after a rather disastrous couple of weeks, where a shoddy Russia-Trump story led to three staffers resigning, a Project Veritas investigation exposed that the network’s producers peddled the Russia story for ratings, and what came off as a wholly inappropriate veiled threat against an anonymous Reddit user who created a Trump WWE video, which the president tweeted before the Fourth of July Holiday.

The video shows Trump beating up WWE’s Vince McMahon, whose face has been superimposed with the CNN logo.

The media went apoplectic as an attack against the press; it wasn’t. This spurred the network’s reporters to find the user and pretty much threaten to dox him if he continues to post things CNN doesn’t like.”


Townhall, Matt Vespa, 7/7/17

If you create a giant, you gain extraordinary visibility, and if the giant develops an unsightly and grotesque case of fungal disease, that’s a problem.

CNN was born in 1980. At the time, it was the first television network offering 24/7 news, and it was the first network offering nothing but news in the US.



Related: CNN Exposed As Propaganda Ministry For The DNC And Military/Security Complex

In 1991, CNN’s coverage of the Gulf War reached a billion viewers worldwide. Today, CNN International reaches 200 countries. That’s a giant.

But from the beginning, back in 1980, there was a major question: how was CNN going to fill up all that time every day with news? Face it, television networks, without bells and whistles, could boil down their coverage of a day’s events in four minutes. That’s because their analysis is so thin. It’s all surface.

When you assiduously avoid looking into WHO REALLY RUNS THINGS, the well runs dry quickly.


When you avoid detailing the role of mega-banks and mega-corporations and groups like the Trilateral Commission and CFR and Bilderberg, and when you never define Globalism and reveal its true agenda; when you discover nothing of value about the CIA; when you never broach the subject of American Empire; when you refuse to examine the horrendous effects of the medical system; when you fail to expose the ongoing collaboration between establishment Democrats and Republicans, and the influence of lobbyists (e.g., Israeli fronts); when you intentionally remain blind to the destruction of the American Republic and the Constitution; when you ultimately side with National Security and the Surveillance State; when you manage to sidestep actual ongoing environmental pollution flowing poisonously from a number of sources; when you refuse to reveal the full effects of open borders; when you never connect the dots and instead rely on limited hangouts…




Fake News 101: ABC Airs 2017 Gun Range Footage Claiming It’s Turkey Bombing Kurdish Civilians in Syria

ABC was caught lying to its viewers over the weekend by airing footage claiming to show the “Turkish military bombing Kurd civilians,” when it was actually a clip of the 2017 Knob Creek machine gun night shoot held in West Point, Kentucky.





Related: Truth About Syria.”How Could Corporate Journalists Get Away with Their Lies…”



What are you left with? What do you do, for 24 hours of every single day?

Mainly, you wait for “big events,” and then you launch wall to wall coverage for as long as your viewers can stand it. The Gulf War; the first black president; the worst president and the worst human being in history (Trump).

You develop bloated panel shows, during which pundits babble across each other like meth addicts in a rubber room.

You call “the news” The Situation Room, as if you’re breaking vital stories every 30 seconds.

You plow the same ground over and over, until not even weeds can grow in the soil. You fill your basket with the eggs of the “progressive agenda.” You go all in.

You fake stories.

You do a bizarre version of affirmative action with your on-air talent, as if this will result in “fairer” coverage. And day by day, the public realizes you’re crazy.

You can’t hide, because you aren’t just laying on three fake newscasts a day; you’re ON all the time.



Related: ‘Cultural Schizophrenia’: Media Shift To Feelings Over Facts Tearing US [West] Apart & You Are Being
Bombarded By Fake News, Fake News “Filters,” Fake People, Fake Food, And Fake Medicine

You’re hoping against hope for a new terror attack or a natural disaster, so you can flood the airwaves with live reports, but in the meantime, you’ll stick with 24/7 Trump, because he’s “the most interesting man in the world.”

He’s creating your ratings, such as they are. You’re the tabloid at the checkout counter in the supermarket, and he’s always on the cover. You love him. You need him.

It doesn’t matter whether he’s done what you say he’s done. That’s never been the issue. Without his presence, you’d be raking leaves outside a nursing home. You’re the self-appointed Pope, and he’s Satan, and that means dollars.

As a bonus, you’re doing what you’re supposed to be doing, on behalf of Globalism and the “interdependent world.” The risk of Trump speaking words of Nationalism against Globalism (whether or not he meant them) is too great to go unchallenged.

The international system (aka technocracy) that has been under construction since the dawn of the 20th century must not be derailed.

So whether it’s the way Trump sips water from a bottle, or scratches his nose, or treats one of your so-called reporters, you’re the National Enquirer blowing it up into a scandal of the moment. You’re leaking leaks from pipes that don’t even exist. Maybe he has a love child; look into that. Maybe he has another wife he never divorced. Maybe he’s an alien from Venus.



Related: Former CNN Host Piers Morgan Blasts The Crazy Left: “Liberals Have Become Unbearable” Which Is Why Trump Populism “Is Rising” + Subliminal Messages In Advertising: How They Affect Your Mind

Keep those ad revenues flowing, no matter what. Face it, you’ve got nothing else going for you. Connect Trump to the latest news from Tibet if you have to. Or Madagascar. Or Tierra del Fuego. He caused the cold snap across America, because he didn’t sign the Paris Climate Accords.

You’re CNN, “the most trusted name in news.” Ride that horse all the way to the end of the road.

If you end up shithole broke, somebody will bail you out. Warts and all, you’re too big to fail. Not just because of your work against Trump, but because The News, as the public knows it, must survive.

Otherwise, the people will find out what’s really going on in this world and who runs things. And that must never happen.

That’s the prime situation in The Situation Room. Who could have guessed, say, 15 years ago, that the following exchange would occur on CNN, in March of 2014? As reported by New York Magazine, CNN host Don Lemon, discussing the disappearance of Malaysia Airlines Flight 370, said:


"People are saying to me, why aren’t you talking about the possibility - and I’m just putting it out there - that something odd happened to this plane, something beyond our understanding?

What if it was something fully that we don’t really understand? A lot of people have been asking about that, about black holes and on, and on, and on, and all of these conspiracy theories…

That’s what people are saying. I know it’s preposterous - but is it preposterous, you think, Mary?”

To which, Mary Schiavo, ex-Department of Transportation inspector general, replied:

“Well, it is. A small black hole would suck in our entire universe so we know it’s not that.”

Maybe it WAS a black hole, and we all disappeared, and resurfaced in an alternate universe, where we got the CNN we know today. Let’s look at Jeff Zucker, CNN’s boss.



Related: Veritas Strikes Again: Exposes CNN's 'Anti-Trump Crusade', Zucker's 'Personal Vendetta' Against Trump

In April 2017, Zucker baldly told the New York Times, “The idea that politics is sport is undeniable, and we understood that and approached it that way.” The “it” was certainly the 2016 presidential campaign.

Zucker always has understood political news in this corrupt fashion - and in the process, he helped elect a US president and a California governor. Zucker was the man who launched The Apprentice, starring Donald Trump, at NBC, in 2004.

In other words, Zucker happened to play a major role in electing Donald Trump. There is no getting around it.

Washington Post, October 2, 2016: “Looking for someone specific to hold responsible for the improbable rise of Donald Trump? Although there are many options, you could do worse than to take a hard look at Jeff Zucker, president of CNN Worldwide.”

“It was Zucker, after all, who as the new head of NBC Entertainment gave Trump his start in reality TV with ‘The Apprentice’ and then milked the real estate developer’s uncanny knack for success for all it was worth in ratings and profits.”

“And it succeeded wildly - boosting the network’s ratings, as well as Zucker’s [and Trump’s] meteoric career. In turn, under Zucker, the show gave rise to ‘Celebrity Apprentice,’ another Trump extravaganza. And, in turn, Zucker became the head of NBC overall. The show [The Apprentice] was built as a virtually nonstop advertisement for the Trump empire and lifestyle…”

“The executive [Jeff Zucker] rode the Trump steed hard. When the reality-TV star was preparing to marry Melania Knauss in 2005, Zucker wanted to broadcast the wedding live. (Trump, uncharacteristically, declined.)”

“But make no mistake: There would be no Trump-the-politician without Trump-the-TV-star. One begot the other.”



Related: Last Week’s Fake News Epidemic Led by CNN, Politico, New York Times

Politics is Television and Television is Politics.

If you’re looking for a person who embodies that fake version of reality most purely, you need look no further than Jeff Zucker.

Despite his network’s present hatred of Trump, Zucker would give Trump his own show right now if he wanted one. For ratings and ad revenues.

Consider another event, one which I’ve analyzed in great detail. It took place on NBC in 2003, when Zucker was the head of the network’s entertainment division. The Tonight Show, with Jeno Leno, was a prime piece of that division then. What Leno pulled off in 2003 had to have the OK from Zucker, because it was a highly unusual move, a distinctly unethical move.

An actor wanted to launch a political career and become a governor. The whole news division of a major network surrendered itself, for one ratings-busting night, to a talk show.

This is how Arnold Schwarzenegger won the California governor’s race. It all came down to his famous appearance on The Tonight Show with Jay Leno, where he announced that he was going to run.



Related: Deep State? What About Elite Television News Anchors?

The Arnold interview was a global event. It was pre-hyped to the sky, and after three red hot six-minute segments, with a studio audience screaming in approval, the election was virtually over.

Politics is Television. Television is Politics.

Here are a few of CNN’s “black-hole” gaffes, just refresh your memory:

Because Trump was attacking CNN and other media as fake, CNN claimed THAT was making life more physically dangerous for journalists in war zones and at home.

Wow. I guess the takeaway is: don’t criticize mainstream news, keep your mouth shut and stay hypnotized…

Independent journalist, James O’Keefe, released two undercover sting videos which revealed CNN medical producer, John Bonifield, remarking that the whole Trump-Russia scandal is “mostly bullshit right now, like, we don’t have any giant proof”; and Van Jones, CNN political commentator, stating that “the Russia thing is just a big nothing burger.”

Of course, CNN relentlessly pursues the Trump-Russia story as if God and a choir of angels have certified it as the truest, most important event of our time.

June 2017: CNN dumped Reza Aslan, the host of their network documentary series called Believer. Why? Because Aslan tweeted, “This piece of shit [Donald Trump] is not just an embarrassment to America and a stain on the presidency. He’s an embarrassment to humankind.”



Related: If You Question The Establishment You Are Guilty Of Espionage, Says Corporate Media - Because Russia + The “Fake News” Furor And The Threat Of Internet Censorship

October 2016: CNN contributor Donna Brazile was dumped, because she passed along questions that would be asked in an upcoming presidential debate, sponsored by CNN. Brazile passed those questions to the Hillary Clinton camp.

CNN reporter-dunce Chris Cuomo, during the 2016 election campaign, preposterously told the viewing audience that accessing Wikileaks’ treasure trove of John Podesta emails was a crime - for any member of the public.

Only “the media” were permitted to perform that delicate operation and then decide what to report. Put a picture of Cuomo on your wall and pray to it every night.

On June 13, 2015, CNN host Fredricka Whitfield talked about the attack on the Dallas police headquarters. She said the shooter, James Boulware, was “courageous and brave, if not crazy.” Who’s crazy, Fredricka?

The 2016 Milwaukee riots. CNN aired a woman named Sherelle Smith telling the rioters, “Don’t bring that violence here.” She was calling for peace.

Well, not exactly. The network failed to broadcast the rest of Smith’s advice: “Burning down shit ain’t going to help nobody! Y’all burning down shit we need in our community. Take that shit to the suburbs! Burn that shit down!”

CNN: the most trusted name in news.



Related: Pulitzer Prize-Winning CNN Journalist Busted For Fabricating Fake News, Resigns From CNN + Google Gestapo Goes Full Nazi Against Independent Media - Hiding “Controversial Content” And “Redirecting” Searches

In Conclusion: The pack of losers at CNN are always trying to save their operation. They obviously need to hire Jerry Springer as news director. The network is already a reality show; they just don’t know how to put one on. They require help.

Publishing fake news and airing talk-show hosts who spout venom doesn’t make it. It doesn’t go far enough. On camera, they need women breaking into the studio claiming their babies were fathered by CNN journalists; they need burly security guards tackling the intruders and bringing them to the floor. They need live audiences who hoot and holler and boo and applaud.

CNN is a reality show. But it doesn’t go far enough. If the network’s boss Jeff Zucker applied his talents, he could stage flame-outs and scandals that would rock the house.

Go big. Go wild. Hire a few dyed in the wool terrorists and put them on in prime time and let them talk. Bring Glenn Beck back, build him a studio that looks like a chapel with stain glass windows, and let him tell the audience what God wants him to do.

Lure Scott Pelley and Megyn Kelly to CNN and team them together in a show called The Sadism Hour. Set up Michael Moore in a Burger King for 24 hours straight every weekend and have him talk non-stop (while he eats and slurps) about why he hates Donald Trump. How about an investment show hosted by George Soros called How to Kill the West?


Related Articles:

CNN Floor Manager: Network “Sold Themselves To The Devil”

Trump Campaign To Sue CNN For "Substantial Payment" After Project Veritas Undercover Exposé

ABC News Issues Correction, Deletes Gun Range Video Claimed to Be Syrian Conflict Footage

Undercover Video Reveals Tension Between CNN Staff, Leadership Over Nonstop Trump Focus

CNN Insider Blows Whistle on Network President Jeff Zucker’s Personal Vendetta Against POTUS

Ben Swann Breaks Down ABC News Fake Video of Syria Massacre

Journalists Are Prostitutes

New York Post: Fox News ‘Misrepresented’ Impeachment Poll

American Intelligence Media: Do Newspapers Run Intelligence?

Fake News = Fake Memories = Fake Everything Including Fake Politicians Winning Fake Elections

Internet Encyclopedia Helps Brainwash Millions of Minds

Controlled Explanations Rule the Western World

My memories from the fake news business

How Media Watchdogs Became Industry Lapdogs

“The Trumpsman” meme being attacked by hysterical fake news


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Renowned Doctor Slams Medical Education & Says We Have “An Epidemic Of Misinformed Doctors”
October 1 2020 | From: CollectiveEvolution / TheLancet

Dr. Asseem Malhotra is known as one of the most influential cardiologists in Britain and a world-leading expert in the prevention, diagnosis and treatment of heart disease. 



Currently, he is leading a huge campaign against excess sugar consumption. What also makes him unique is something he recently admitted took him decades to figure out: that our entire medical system, one of the main ‘protectors’ of the human race, is completely corrupt.

Related: After Working ‘Every Single Day For 30 Years’ This Couple Gets Screwed By American Healthcare System At The End

He now believes that medical education is a state of “complete system failure,” causing “an epidemic of misinformed doctors.” 

He also stated that honest doctors can no longer practice honest medicine, and that there is also a growing epidemic of patients who are being harmed.

There is no denying that to some extent, medicine and doctors have done a lot of good and saved a lot of lives. However, an over-reliance on doctors for our health and well-being has spawned a serious problem, one that should be in the spotlight and immediately fixed.


The Need To Think For Ourselves

We all have to realize that society has been manufactured in a way where we simply give up our own mind to someone else, who has been given theirs by someone else. We lack the ability to think for ourselves because, from birth, we are programmed to think a certain way by somebody else.

This is something important for us to change, and by ‘us’ I not only mean patients; it should be a priority for all who practice medicine. And there are signs that it has started changing.



Related: The Corruption Of Evidence Based Medicine - Killing For Profit

Why? Because there is a shift in consciousness taking place.

People within all societal systems (health, financial, education, government, etc.) are waking up, and starting to investigate what they have been taught.

Rather than simply believing the promotional literature, more are pursuing self-education (which Dr. Malhotra stressed was the only real form of education).

Malhotra pointed out seven ‘sins’ that contribute to the lack of knowledge that not just doctors but everyone has, including patients, regarding modern day ‘medicine.’ 

He made these comments at a recent European Parliament meeting:



Related: Fluoridation Is Mass Medication, New Zealand Supreme Court Rules


Other Prominent Doctors Speak Out

He’s not the only one to speak up about this issue. In fact, it seems that those who represent doctors have been speaking out about this for a long time. 

Dr. Marcia Angell, a physician and longtime Editor-in-Chief of the New England Medical Journal (NEMJ), considered one of the most prestigious peer-reviewed medical journals in the world, has said that;


"It is simply no longer possible to believe much of the clinical research that is published, or to rely on the judgment of trusted physicians or authoritative medical guidelines. I take no pleasure in this conclusion, which I reached slowly and reluctantly over my two decades as an editor of The New England Journal of Medicine.”

- Source

Then there is Dr. Richard Horton, the current Editor-in-Chief of another prestigious peer-reviewed medical journal, The Lancet, who says,“The case against science is straightforward: much of the scientific literature, perhaps half, may simply be untrue.”


What is Medicine’s 5 Sigma? [Full Article]

“A lot of what is published is incorrect.” I’m not allowed to say who made this remark because we were asked
to observe Chatham House rules.

We were also asked not to take photographs of slides. Those who worked for government agencies pleaded that their comments especially remain unquoted, since the forthcoming UK election meant they were living in “purdah” - a chilling state where severe restrictions on freedom of speech are placed on anyone on the government’s payroll.

Why the paranoid concern for secrecy and non-attribution?



Related: Is Psychiatry Bullshit? Some Psychiatrists View The Chemical-Imbalance Theory As A Well-Meaning Lie + Psychotropic Drugs, Are They Safe? Fourteen Lies That Our Psychiatry Professors Taught Us In Medical School

Because this symposium - on the reproducibility and reliability of biomedical research, held at the Wellcome Trust in London last week - touched on one of the most sensitive issues in science today: the idea that something has gone fundamentally wrong with one of our greatest human creations.

The case against science is straightforward: much of the scientific literature, perhaps half, may simply be untrue.

Afflicted by studies with small sample sizes, tiny effects, invalid exploratory analyses, and flagrant confl icts of interest, together with an obsession for pursuing fashionable trends of dubious importance, science has taken a turn towards darkness.

As one participant put it, “poor methods get results”. The Academy of Medical Sciences, Medical Research Council, and Biotechnology and Biological Sciences Research Council have now put their reputational weight behind an investigation into these questionable research practices.

The apparent endemicity of bad research behaviour is alarming. In their quest for telling a compelling story, scientists too often sculpt data to fit their preferred theory of the world. Or they retrofit hypotheses to fit their data.



Related: The Flawed Germ Theory; Unfortunately The Basis Of Modern Medicine

Journal editors deserve their fair share of criticism too. We aid and abet the worst behaviours. Our acquiescence to the impact factor fuels an unhealthy competition to win a place in a select few journals. Our love of “significance” pollutes the literature with many a statistical fairy-tale. We reject important confirmations.

Journals are not the only miscreants. Universities are in a perpetual struggle for money and talent, endpoints that foster reductive metrics, such as high-impact publication.

National assessment procedures, such as the Research Excellence Framework, incentivise bad practices. And individual scientists, including their most senior leaders, do little to alter a research culture that occasionally veers close to misconduct.


Can Bad Scientific Practices be Fixed?

Part of the problem is that no-one is incentivised to be right. Instead, scientists are incentivised to be productive and innovative. Would a Hippocratic Oath for science help?

Certainly don’t add more layers of research red-tape. Instead of changing incentives, perhaps one could remove incentives altogether. Or insist on replicability statements in grant applications and research papers.

Or emphasise collaboration, not competition. Or insist on preregistration of protocols. Or reward better pre and post publication peer review.



Related: Why Does Modern Medicine Have A Big Problem With Natural Health?

Or improve research training and mentorship. Or implement the recommendations from our Series on increasing research value, published last year.

One of the most convincing proposals came from outside the biomedical community. Tony Weidberg is a Professor of Particle Physics at Oxford. Following several high-profi le errors, the particle physics community now invests great eff ort into intensive checking and re-checking of data prior to publication.

By filtering results through independent working groups, physicists are encouraged to criticise. Good criticism is rewarded. The goal is a reliable result, and the incentives for scientists are aligned around this goal. Weidberg worried we set the bar for results in biomedicine far too low.

In particle physics, signifi cance is set at 5 sigma - a p value of 3 × 10 to the power of 7 or 1 in 3·5 million (if the result is not true, this is the probability that the data would have been as extreme as they are).



Related: Here’s How Industry-Funded “Research” Is Making Us Sick And Fat + Like Tobacco And Big Pharma, The Sugar Industry Has Manipulated Research For 50 Years

The conclusion of the symposium was that something must be done. Indeed, all seemed to agree that it was within our power to do that something.

But as to precisely what to do or how to do it, there were no firm answers. Those who have the power to act seem to think somebody else should act fi rst. And every positive action (eg, funding well-powered replications) has a counterargument (science will become less creative).

The good news is that science is beginning to take some of its worst failings very seriously. The bad news is that nobody is ready to take the first step to clean up the system.


Related Articles:

Top 10 Food And Medicine Myths You Probably Fell For At Some Point + How The Mind Treats “Impossible Things That Couldn’t Be Happening”

Modern Life Is Killing Our Children: UK Cancer Rate In Young People Up 40% In 16 Years + 12 Things A Cancer Doctor Should Never Say

The Tide Is Turning: Big Pharma Billionaire Arrested, Charged With Conspiracy And Bribery Of Doctors

Peer Reviewed 'Science' Losing Credibility Due To Fraudulent Research & Manufacturing Consent In Science: The Diabolical Twist


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Electronic Torture + 21st-Century Bio-Hacking And Bio-Robotizing
September 30 2019 | From: ElectronicTorture / Various

Electromagnetic torture, Microwave torture, Electronic murder, Electromagnetic murder, Microwave murder, Organized murder, Cooked alive, Electronic mind control, Electronic mind reading, Brain zapping, People zapper.



What is electronic harassment / electronic torture / electronic murder? In short - "soft kill" techniques to interfere with and kill, by the Cabal and their minions - those who get in their way.

Related: Scalar Weapons - Read It And Weep

Electronic harassment / electronic torture / electronic murder is about harrasment, torture and murder using electronic weapons based on radio waves.These weapons have been very refined and can cause effects comparable to many illnesses and/or injuries.

These weapons are not science-fiction but used today illegally by your national secret services on mostly random innocent victims not knowing what is being done to them.



Mark Rich, known for his website www.TheHiddenEvil.com has put up a new site with much more background information www.NewWorldWar.org.

Must read for targets and people who are seeking the truth: SurveillanceIssues

If you want to read about symptoms, then check the article below Electronic harassment and electronic torture list.


If you do not know much about electronic harassment, electronic torture, electronic murder then you may want to start reading:

The people cookers - cooking people like a microwave oven cooks meat

T
ortured - wwwguantanamocom

Electronic weapons already control our lives!

Secret service: fear for the truth to be revealed - electronic weapons arrangers and operators burn people

Torture and murder without evidence - educate yourself

Electronic torture / electronic weapons: people burners and people cookers (speed cookers)



What is Electronic Mind Control / Electronic Mind Reading / Brain Zapping / Synthetic Telepathy / Remote Neural Monitoring?

Electronic mind control is about forcing thoughts into your brain using invisible radio waves (this can be done long range). Your attackers can make you think about a certain person at a certain moment, force a song into your brain (so you will start humming / singing it).

Your attackers can also make you stand up and walk to your kitchen. If you do not know about this then you will be just following the thoughts that were planted into your brain. In other words: you are robotized.



Electronic mind reading is about reading your thoughts using invisible radio waves (this can be done from long ranges). Already it has become 'easy' to decode received brain signals into words spoken to oneself without talking.

At the moment they also make progress with decoding images from what you look at (as seen by you through your eyes).

This is not science-fiction but done today illegally by your national secret services on mostly random innocent victims not knowing what is being done to them.


If you want to read more:

Warning: you no longer can trust your own thoughts

Secret service: mind rape targets to steal, torture, murder, create enemies (and call them terrorists) or here

Secret service: Electronic Mind Control, Electronic weapons used on people surrounding the target WITHOUT them knowing this or here

Brain zapping by Jason Jeffrey or here

Synthetic Telepathy and Psycho-Electronic Weapon Attacks on hundreds of thousands by a combined 100,000 FBI and NSA psychopath spies in the US, or google

Remote Neural Monitoring




Recent documents about mind reading:

Mind Reading: Technology Turns Thought Into Action - Jon Hamilton (May 12, 2011)

Mind-Reading Experiment Reconstructs Movies in Our Mind - Associated Press (Published September 22, 2011)

We're closer to mind-reading than you may think - Emi Kolawole (October 31, 2011)

Can A Satellite Read Your Thoughts? - Physics Revealed



Stalking, Electronic Torture, Shooting with Directed Energy Weapons From the Sky

A video and two victims reporting the horrible details. Like many other victims they can only conclude that the attacks also are coming from military aircraft.



Related: Team investigates Active Denial System for security applications

From: Comment accompanying video:

Microwave weaponry systems like the Active Denial System are used in tandem to deliver physical attacks designed to stress targets, torture them physically, and turn their homes into places of extreme distress. Hoping to drive the target from their home or workplaces.

The pain is unbelievable. It involves tones, harmonics, hissing, stabs, blows, voice to skull transmissions, induced dreams (nightmares), burning sensations in the body and head, internal burning sensations inside of the body and head, crawling sensations on the body (phantom touch), electronic rape, induced and unwanted urination or orgasms, holographic inserts, and many other horrible tortures. My thoughts seem to be scanned every second. -

From: webpage about next victims of electronic "mind control" torture:

(Carolyn Palit) I thought I was dying. I thought that I would spontaneously combust into flames. Either it came from a base in the hills, or Commander Solo*, or it came from the heavens. It attacked me for two years. -

From: webpage Carolyn Palit talking to Jesus Mendoza

Some of his attacks are coming from the direction of the houses of the defendants that he has named in a law suit against these kinds of attacks. But . . . mostly . . . the attacks come from . . . "straight up."


More Information about Electronic Weapons Attacks, Including Mind Control and Mind Reading

On the STOPEG.com website www.stopeg.com there is an CBS News video of the Active Denial System (ADS), a microwave laser weapon. Although the DoD wants us to believe this is a safe weapon (that is why they showed it to us), experts agree it is not!



This video shows a big installation, but there are many kinds of laser weapons. Some are very big and mounted in trucks, ships, aircraft, or even in satellites. But there are also much smaller, portable versions, that can be very effective.

Of course military and secret services have equipment based on the most advanced technology available. Their equipment is not available to the public. But now advanced commercial devices are being shown on the internet giving an idea of how easy it must be for the attackers to cook, burn (torture) a person.

One is a portable (hand-held) laser, the S3 Spyder III Arctic laser. Although it may appear not very sophisticated, imagine someone pointing this at your back when you are in a restaurant or at the movies. To look at people through wall take a look at the XAVER 400 Compact, Tactical Through-Wall Imaging System.


Bio-Hacking and Bio-Robotizing

Rohinie Bisesar, the strikingly beautiful and accomplished financial services analyst and York University MBA with no previous criminal record was charged with first-degree murder in the sudden stabbing death of a young woman.

While Rohinie Bisesar is considered by mind-control activists in Canada to be a possible victim of neuro-experimentation, the new frontier of absolute human control being covertly explored by military / Intelligence agencies (as per the accounts of victims, scientists, and whistleblowers), for a long while it was not clear to activists whether her defense attorney, David Connally, had indeed conveyed to Ms. Bisesar that there are others in Canada familiar with the symptoms of neuro-experimentation, sympathetic of her situation, and interested in helping her.

Read More: 21st-Century Bio-Hacking and Bio-Robotizing in the Case of Rohinie Bisesar: Breakthrough as Defense Attorney Confirms Her Receipt of Letter from Human Rights Activists



Many targets wonder how they can be attacked so easily when they move to a different location, e.g. a family member, friend, or go to a hotel. The attackers stuff their portable laser weapons and through-wall imaging devices into their suitcases, book rooms close to yours, and often will attack you from two different angles to confuse you.

In case you prevent them to attack the body area the want to attack, e.g. by putting your back against an outside wall of the hotel, they call in military aircraft that will blast you with very high power microwave (HPM) bursts, cooking your inside. (this happened several times to me, last time on July 6, 2011, while staying in a hotel in Westkapelle, Netherlands, the aircraft arriving around 1 am about 15 minutes after they concluded they could not perform the attacks on my back).

Many people have a problem thinking that others can read their mind, their thoughts. Again, the advanced technology used by military and secret services is not available to the public, but today more and more commercial devices are becoming available.

One company delivering a mind reading headset is Emotive, for USD 299,-. With this device you can control your games, your tv set, etc. with you mind! They also have an API (programming interface) to create your own mind reading application.

Even rudimentary electro-pulse mind reading technologies are publicly reported in the media

I cannot emphasize enough that not all but many attacks are from the sky. When driving your car they may burn your back (from the sky or from some equipment in your own car) when another car is driving behind you and make it go away when the car goes away.

If they do this every time then you probably will think it has to do with the car behind you. When driving your car, walking outside, riding your bike, they may burn your head and make many people you look at scratch their head.

Sometimes people are part of the sick network but many others may just have been beamed the same way you are, having no clue about what is going on (your attackers want you to attack other people, they don't care about anything because they are psychopaths, murderers. child abusers).

Another warning is for a much more confusing type of attack: electronic mind control.



In this case your attackers will plant thoughts into the brain of people surrounding you. Of course these thoughts relate to your life in one way or the other.

They may even plant your (!) thoughts into the heads of people surrounding you. If you do not know about this then you may start to think that these people can read your mind, which can be very depressing. I wrote several article about electronic mind control, if you are a target and do not know about this capabilities you may want to read this.

Links, portable laser weapon, portable through-wall vision, mind reading headset, voice-to-skull:

The S3 Spyder III Arctic

XAVER 400 Compact, Tactical Through-Wall Imaging System

Emotive, mind reading headset and API

The SwiMP3 waterproof MP3 player, underwater sound without ear buds, using bone conduction


Hearing Voices

If you are hearing voices you may be a mental case but it is also possible that you are a target of (highly illegal) mind control activities by some sick bastards.



In your country secret services including military are developing weapons that make you hear voices and covertly testing these weapons on random human beings or groups of people.

Some terms used to describe this phenomenon:

Voice-to-skull

Microwave hearing

Silent sound

Perhaps the most easy (and cheap) way to attack a person this way is by the Audio Spotlight.




This device makes you hear words etc. spoken by a someone, but the persons around you do ot hear this.

Check the links below for more information:

Microwave auditory effect (Wikipedia)

Hearing Microwaves: The Microwave Auditory Phenomenon by James C. Lin

Microwave hearing by Mark Rich

Sound from ultrasound (Wikipedia)

Audio Spotlight (Holosonics company website)



Youtube video on AudioSpotlight, Subvocal Speech and Microwave hearing:





Electronic Harassment and Electronic Torture List

[Published: February 26, 2009. Updated: February 28, 2009, April 11, 2009, June 10, 2009, June 13, 2009, June 25, 2009, September 6, 2009, December 24, 2009]

Almost anybody can become a (temporary) target of these horrible electronic weapons. Please read what can be done so you are prepared. This is not science fiction but happening right now in our 'democratic' society.

Below is a list of all possible attacks by electronic weapons that I know of by experience. I know more attacks exists. Female targets write about sexual attacks, others mention continuous ringing in the ears, etc. I may add these later. I decided to keep this list personal, i.e. in this blog I write down only what has/is being done to me, not what is being done to others.


Electronic Weapons

These attacks are done by the following kind of electronic weapons:

Directed Energy Weapons (laser weapons), like ELF (very low frequency), ultrasonic, lasers, (high power) microwave weapons

Through-wall vision

(Sub-vocal) Mind-reading

Microwave hearing/Silent Sound (letting you hear sounds/things in other ways then hearing by the ear)

For another introduction you may want to read:

The people cookers - Cooking people like a microwave oven cooks meat.

Or, read the summary of my previous blogs:

Secret service: fear for the truth to be revealed!(24) - Gang stalkers and people cookers are murderers, the crimes they commit belong to the worst crimes in history - part 2


A List Including all Horrible Details

On the internet already a lot of symptoms and attacks by these weapons can be found. Most of these lists do not detail these attacks and that is exactly what I am trying to do here. In my opinion it is not enough to read that such a weapon gives you a burning feeling, instead the horrible details must be exposed!

Description of a (continuous) high intensity microwave weapon attack:

This weapon makes your skin really burn like a very heavy sunburn and cooks your inside, you really feel being cooked alive, you are heated like meat in a microwave oven, with intensities that exceed those of a microwave oven.

Gal is coming out of your throat and fluids inside your body evaporate making you instantly burp. In case of high intensity there is also a burning sensation on the other side of the body, where the beam, of approximately 10-30 cm diameter leaves the body.



If they cook you long enough cooked body cells explode inside you, when aimed at your upper body, lung cells explode / are destroyed and reducing lung capacity immediately noticed when walking stairs or running.

The burning sensation and the cooked-inside feeling will go away after 5-30 minutes or 1-2 days depending on the duration and intensity, it may take a day or more to recover from high power microwave bursts with durations of 5-60 seconds (but can you recover from these amounts of irradiation?).

A cup of milk is heated and starts evaporating after 5-10 seconds. The electronic weapons aimed at you can make you burp or fart within 1-3 seconds, hence the intensity of electromagnetic irradiation is not only used to torture a person but murder as well.



Covert and Intended-to-Notice (or Noticed) Electronic Harassment / Torture

Electronic harassment is called covert if the target does not know about these weapons and methods. If you do not know about these weapons you may think you have all the bad luck in the world, you will wonder what strange things are happening to you, to your body, and accept you do not control your life anymore.

If intended-to-notice (or noticed), electronic harassment is torture in its most horrible form. What would you do if your body is made to react every time to events occurring in your life, e.g. by making you burp or fart, your legs are cooked every night, your ankle is cooked during daytime when working behind your computer, your knee is beamed to cause maximum pain, etc.


Some examples
:


To delay you:

They make you go the toilet to urinate when you want to leave your house

They cook your legs before running

They burn and cook your body high power to prevent you doing you work

Note that this delaying is often done together with gang stalking methods like cars blocking your road, phone calls when you are to leave your home, etc.


To make things worse:


They make you sneeze extra times when you have a cold

They cook your throat become sore when you have a cold

They attack your eyes until red with blood

The cook your legs after running

They cook or burn where you have pain already


To torture you:


They cook and burn your body everywhere

They cook your family, your children, friends, …

Note that this torture is often done together with gang stalking methods like synchronizing saw machines, honking horns of cars, screaming birds (pigeons, crows), etc.


The Maximum Pain Business, Beyond Imagination Horror and Cruelty Without Evidence

Special methods have been developed to make you think you have a heart problem, erection problem, toothache, etc.

For the ones exposing these horrendous crimes they developed methods to inflict maximum pain, e.g. by cooking such a person alive with a high power microwave weapon, or burning the skin of the target or making the target burp or fart every few minutes to events occurring in the life of the target (including e.g. opening a website on a computer, saving a file, cars passing by the window, etc. ).



Related: Who Really Owns and Controls the Military-Industrial Complex and What Are They Doing? – An Extensive Research Report

Some authors refer to the development and use of these weapons as the pain business. I would like to make a correction, please call it the maximum pain business.

After accepting that there are really such sick and disgusting creatures actually developing and applying these methods and torture, you also have to accept that it is not about just pressing a button, but also about the way how this torture is applied.

Zapping your eyes red to make you look bad, cooking biceps to prevent you from swimming, cooking your throat to prevent you from singing, inducing heart problems and toothaches to prevent you working or sports. More horror, these methods and procedures could not have been highly developed without being tested on humans, on real persons.

And again more horror, these methods are often used with gang stalking (organized stalking) methods.



Like they cook your ankle with insane intensities making your foot very painful, and when you go outside all kinds of people with leg problems are crossing your path, people limping, in a wheelchair, sometimes even someone without a leg.

Or, they start sawing wood somewhere and when the saw enters the wood cook your body with high intensity microwave.
This torture is applied 24/7, not once every hour but more like once every minute/every 5 minutes. Horrible torture that can be called torturing a person to death.


Special Case: The Heart Attack

Damaging your body can be done in several ways. One vital organ is the heart. They can attack the heart very effective with:

Microwave weapons, cooking the heart area slowly

High Power Microwave (HPM) weapons, cooking the heart area in a second

Ultrasonic weapons, pressurizing the heart area

Heart frequency manipulation weapons

These weapons can damage your heart in a split second, you may not survive such a attack, but can also be used to slowly damage your heart. Slowly cook your heart area so will get a strange feeling and in fact your heart is really damaged.



This makes the Heart Attack Gun that the CIA was forced to admit having look positively archaic: During Senate testimony in 1975 into illegal activities by the CIA, it was revealed that the agency had developed a dart gun capable of causing a heart attack

Then there is also the frequency manipulation attack, your heart may feel pulsing, blobbing like crazy.

Cook heart area from the front, often together with a cook beam from left behind. Slow damage, horrible feeling

Flash your heart with very high power microwave. Instant damage.

Pressurize your chest, even takes your breath away if applied with enough power

Pulsate your body/heart area with low frequencies

These effects will give you a very realistic heart attack or heart problem feeling feeling. Your heart may start pounding very loud, may feel very painful, the heart area may feel strange, cooked.

If applied with enough power, this really damages your heart and heart area. Your heart is cooked like meat in a microwave oven.

Can you recover from these attacks? In general they will not murder you or leave evidence, your heart may feel very painful for several days after they stop their attacks.

It can take weeks until all pain in the area has disappeared. I am not sure about permanent damage caused by these attacks.

Can you die from such an attack? Yes, if the intensity of the beam is high enough your heart can be damaged or temporarily disturbed in such a way that you will die.

How can you recognize a ‘normal’ heart problem from a ‘induced’ heart problem? You yourself are the best judge of what you feel. If you believe something really is wrong with your heart then visit a doctor. If you are certain your heart is attacked then avoid visiting a doctor as this will confirm a heart problem in case you collapse or die, case closed.

Impossible to Protect Yourself

The human body appears to be extremely vulnerable to electromagnetic irradiation of all kind of frequencies. The human body also is a electromagnetic transmitter and sensitive (radio) equipment can pick up and decode the signals that are generated e.g. when speaking, thinking.

In contrast to a knife or a bullet, electromagnetic signals are not blocked by walls, compare your cell phone.



Related: Patent for nervous system manipulation by electromagnetic fields from monitors and TVs

Limited protection is possible using sheet metal, metal plates, water, vacuum, but if you really are a target the attackers increase intensities (if necessary to insane levels), change frequency, attack from different angles etc.

Also remember that these weapons can hit a person without hitting the person sitting next to this person. They can be aimed and the diameter of the beam can be made small enough to hit only the target.


Anybody Can be a Target

Electronic weapons make it very easy to eliminate persons, to get persons (temporarily) out of the way, to murder persons, etc. all without evidence, and most of the time even the target does not know he is zapped, cooked, burned with electronic weapons. The ones owning and controlling this technology now can get everything they want in a very easy way.

They can get their football player into the national team by temporarily cut out the competitor for the same position in the team.

This could be done with other means as well but it is very easy with electronic weapons. Just cook a person’s ankle and foot during the night and the damage is done. To influence a tennis match you could cook a player by heating the body with microwaves (compare microwave oven).



He will just feel overheated and sick and loose the game.

These are just two examples to demonstrate what can be done. You can imagine almost anybody can become a target. Some people because they are more visible then others, because they have something the sick network wants, because they know something the sick network does not want to be exposed, because they are too intelligent for the sick network, ust for personal reasons because may be they made a remark about someone, etc.





The Phoenix Program Continues Today


The Phoenix Program was a program designed, coordinated, and executed by the United States Central Intelligence Agency (CIA), United States special operations forces, US Army intelligence collection units from MACV, special forces operatives from the Australian Army Training Team Vietnam (AATTV), and the Republic of Vietnam's (South Vietnam) security apparatus during the Vietnam War.

The Program was designed to identify and "neutralize" (via infiltration, capture, counter-terrorism, interrogation, and assassination) the infrastructure of the National Liberation Front of South Vietnam (NLF or Viet Cong).

The CIA described it as "a set of programs that sought to attack and destroy the political infrastructure of the Viet Cong". The major two components of the program were Provincial Reconnaissance Units (PRUs) and regional interrogation centers. PRUs would kill or capture suspected NLF members, as well as civilians who were thought to have information on NLF activities.

Many of these people were then taken to interrogation centers where many were allegedly tortured in an attempt to gain intelligence on VC activities in the area. The information extracted at the centers was then given to military commanders, who would use it to task the PRU with further capture and assassination missions.

The program was in operation between 1965 and 1972, and similar efforts existed both before and after that period. By 1972, Phoenix operatives had neutralized 81,740 suspected NLF operatives, informants and supporters, of whom between 26,000 and 41,000 were killed.






Electronic Weapons Can Kill a Person

Besides using electronic weapons to monitor, drive into suicide, cause temporary injuries, they can also be used to kill a person.

Killing is possible by sending wrong signals to the heart making it pulse in abnormal ways, or by increasing intensity and cooking the heart area, damaging the heart slowly. Very high power laser weapons or HPM (= High Power Microwave) weapons can damage your heart in a second.



Although little is known at this time about the effects of long term irradiation, it is not difficult to imagine that this will cause all kinds of diseases as electromagnetic irradiation destroys your DNA (cell with damaged DNA are called cancer). Again all these horrible things can be done, and are done today, without evidence.


How do You Know You are a Target of Electronic Harassment?

It is often very difficult to distinghuish between normal body behaviour and induced body behaviour if there no signs of burning or cooking. For example, would you know the difference between normal diareah and induced diareah?

Yes, you are able to decide what is not normal by comparing your diareah with previous experiences.



It may start and disappear very sudden, may cause other effects like water bubbles leaving your anus, etc. Also, the diareah may be linked to a certain event, like picking up your child, appearance in court, etc.

Always ask yourself what it is you are feeling, did you feel this before? Does it go away when you turn your body 180 degrees? Does it go away when you walk in the streets or drive your car? You are the best judge of what you are feeling.


Your Car May be Tagged

When you are a target you will experience harassment everywhere every time. If you have a car they will tag your car (these are words I learned from a ’so-called target’).



This means they will equip your car with electronic weapons not only to monitor you but also to cook and/or burn your body while driving.

They may also harass the target covert and use the following beams:

Sleep beam, to make the driver very sleepy

Eye beam, slowly cooking they eyes, so tears come out and visibility reduces

Just to confirm, all this is done to cause the (mental or physical) death of the target.


Harassment from (Neighbour) Houses, Cars, Handbags, Airplanes, Satellites

Most of the electronic harassment comes from close neighbor houses. When you walk in the the streets you are probably attacked by electronic weapons (directed energy weapons) from houses (they may be remote controlled or controlled by operator at these locations.



Related: Electromagnetic Radiation And Other Weapons Of Mass Mutation

If there are no locations for their equipment, they use these weapons from their cars. You may also be hit from airplanes. This is not difficult to believe if you accept a reach several hundreds of meters. Some targets write about satellites being the source of their electronic harassment. In general I do not believe this is true.


Example of Current State-of-Technology:

You can be hit by very accurate equipment. For example, when you are running on the streets or in the woods you may be ’shot’ with a very high power microwave weapon in your calf from an airplane. The intensity can be such that this causes instant injury.

Your calf is cooked within a split second and your muscles almost instantly tear apart. Making running / walking almost impossible.

Electronic harassment can also be done from small devices carried in e.g. shopping bags in shops or on the street.

You need only a small battery to give the target a single burst that makes him burp or fart. This is enough to depress the target: nowhere safe from this horrible harassment.

Satellites probably play a big role in exchanging information about a target, e.g. you can have a subvocal speech decoding PC in the house next to target, but it is more easy (and safe) to transfer the undecoded information to a central computer system, and return the decoded words. But it may be done on site, PC’s have enough power today to do this decoding themselves.


You May be Attacked by Persons (Family, Friends, co-Workers) Who are Covertly Attacked by Electronic Harassment

The aim of the attackers is to drive the target insane. To speed up things they aim their electronic weapons covertly at family, friends, co-workers, etc. to make them react in several ways to what the target is doing or saying.


Some (easy) methods used to covertly attack other persons:

Scratch beam, to make a person scratch his head

Sneeze beam, to make a person sneeze

Cough beam, to make a person cough

Urge to urinate beam, to make a person go to the toilet

Examples:

They beam persons around the target on the head so everywhere around the target people are scratching their heads

They beam the target’s head very hard and then beam the head of a friend so that this friend will start scratching his head immediately very visible for the target to see

When the target and partner are in the same, then every time the target opens a website on his PC (not visible for the partner), they beam the throat of the partner causing the partner to cough almost immediately

When the target is beamed in the stomach during work, they make a co-worker sneeze at the same time

When the target is beamed in the stomach, they beam her child in the stomach as well, making the child cry and saying it has stomach pain (this is confirmed by multiple victims)

Once again illegal and (beyond imagination) horrible crimes by our national secret services.


Elite and Secret Services Control our Politicians

It is not amazing that these weapons exist, I studied computer science myself, if you have enough money it is not that special. It is also not amazing that there are actually sick and disgusting creatures walking around free applying this kind of electronic harassment to cause the physical or mental death of a person.



What is amazing is that a lot of high ranked politicians and other influential persons are fully aware of the existence and use of these weapons but do not speak out. What does this say about these persons? I believe you can say that the idea we live in a democracy has disappeared completely.


Elite and Secret Services are Trapped by Their Crimes in Vicious Circles of More Violence Against the People of the World

The ones facilitating, outsourcing and performing this cruel electronic harassment and torture is not just a group of people, these attacks are very well designed and applied by people trained to cause maximum pain but leave no evidence.

The ones I am referring to are our secret services, including military. They are tightening their grip on society, not because they have to protect us against the terrorists in the world, but because they are getting more and more afraid what will happen when the truth about them is exposed.



They are trapped in some sort of vicious circle. To maintain themselves they must commit more and more horrible crimes. And to avoid their crimes are exposed they have to perform new horrible crimes, etc. etc.

So here we have the elite, creating wars to maintain themselves, and their armies, the secret services both trapped in their own lies and deceit. And the horror for us, the people of the world is that we will be taken from (created) threat to (created) war because that is the only way out for the (criminal) elite and (criminal) secret services.


People Cookers and Secret Services

I introduced the word people cookers in 2007 for the creatures facilitating, outsourcing, performing electronic harassment and electronic torture. Main reason is of course that people cooking comes closest to what they are doing.

Most of the harassment and torture is done by microwave irration which causes heating of the skin and your inside just like a microwave oven cooks meat.



Related: Weaponized Cell Towers Are Directly Related To Why Chemtrails Are Sprayed

There are no words to justify these illegal and horrendous crimes. The ones involved are disgusting creatures, an author called them ‘the failed human beings’ and that is just what they are. They were born human, choose the wrong path in life and degenerated into pieces of shit.

I believe people cooking and gang stalking (organized stalking) are the perfect example of how sick our national secret services have become. They now commit the perfect murder, in their language meaning murder without evidence. And they now steal, torture and murder just because it has become so easy to steal, torture and murder.


Electronic Harassment and Electronic Torture List - December 24, 2009

Below is the list of all (most) effects I experienced from these horrible electronic weapons. Few times I may not correctly describe the source of the effects. It is sometimes difficult to point to microwave or ultrasound.

Both can be very damaging. High Power Microwave cooks your body cells while high power ultrasound simply destroys your body cells. But in the end the result is the same, a damaged body.

MIND-READING
Subvocal speech Special equipment is used to detect muscle contractions like the ones a person uses when speaking out loud. When spoken to itself these muscle movements can be detected by advanced equipment and translated into words and sentences. As most people talk to themselves when ‘thinking’ this resembles mind reading.

How it is applied
They read your subvocal speech and react to it

Feeling
Unbelievable at first, then you get depressed because the last thing you thought was private appears not to be private anymore. Then you accept that you probably are even more popular and watched then the big stars in the world and sometimes use it to deceive the bastards. Horrible torture

Why it is applied
To drive you insane

Seeing through your eyes Although some targets claim that they can see what you see. I have not (yet) experienced this. But they do everything to suggest that they can do this. E.g. on the highway you are bursted with the burp beam every time a favorite model car passes in the opposite direction. They are looking at you from some camera build inside your car or from another car. They are looking at your eyes to see what you are looking at. I experienced a few times I was bursted BEFORE I saw the favorite car. A lot of research in this area is going on, I will keep you updated.
HEARING VOICES
Voice-to-skull Special advanced equipment is used to beam voices, or in fact any sound, into your head.

How it is applied
They make you hear voices that you should not hear. For example, they let you hear voices from people far away very clear as if they are standing next to you. This an amazing experience. There are a lot of reports of people who claim they are attacked by voices

Why it is applied
To drive you insane

HEAD
Top of your head beam The top of your head is very sensitive. They will burn the top with some laser or microwave weapon

How it is applied
They put the beam on your head and wait for you to move

Feeling
Can be very painfull if applied with enough intensity. You cannot do much with this beam on your head. Horrible torture

After effects
If applied with high intensity it may take several days for the painful feeling to disappear

Why it is applied
Prevent you from working, doing your thing

Should you worry
Yes, long term irradition may cause brain damage, tumors

Scratch beam They just beam your head somewhere. The normal reaction is your will start scratching your head.

How it is applied
Mostly applied when other people can see you. If they do this everytime with the same people they may wonder whats wrong with you. They also apply this and have random people scratch their heads and then burn you

Feeling
Not very painfull, mostly a short pulse, although they may keep the beam on your head and remove it after you start scratchin your head

Why it is applied
Drive you out of your mind, drive you into attacking other people

Headache beam This beam gives you a headache. It is some kind of high intensity low frequency beam. The headache appears suddenly and also disapears suddenly

Feeling
Can be very painful

Sickness/Alcohol beam The feeling is that you feel a little bit dizzy, see thing a little foggy.

How it is applied
They may apply this when you drink your first glass of beer, wine, etc. or when you have a cold, or are sensitive to hay fever

Cooking They put the microwave beamer on your head and your head is heated. They may do this after you drink a glas of wine, but also after you turn on the central heating of your appartment. You will feel hot, sick, slow.
Ear short burst Your ear is bursted, the idea is to hit your eardrum. With your eardrum cooked/damaged you have a strange feeling.
Ear continous beam Your ear is beamed for very long time just to present you pain, they want you to move.

Feeling
It appears your eardrum and surrounding area is very sensitive. This is very painful.

Eye blur Your eye is bursted and you have instant blurred vision. Often your eye will start tearing

How it is applied
Some kind of miocrowave burst, see also Phasr and other similar military weapons used to blind the enemy

Feeling
Not really painfull but you cannot do much as you are used to two eyes.

Why it is applied
Prevent you from working

Should you worry
Yes, this is very damaging for your eyes

Eye sting Your eye is bursted with some kind of laser beam

Feeling
Like they drive a needle into your eye. Very painful

Why it is applied
Stress discomfort

Just below eye, tremble They beam at they area below your eye and the flesh below it starts trembling. They can do this in shops and through wall
Burn (beard) hair They burn away hair at certain locations, e.g. your moustache hair just below your nose holes to create the illusion of a leaking nose

How it is applied
This is just a laser hair removal procedure, like performed in many beauty parlors

Sneeze burst You are bursted and must sneeze. This is a tinglin sensation that can make you sneeze in an instant

How it is applied
You can turn your head in the other direction or hold your hand before your nose to make sure the attack is caused by electronic weapons

Why it is applied
To make your body react to something

Runny nose You have a runny nose but do not have a cold. You may start thinking you have some kind of strange cold but you have not. Once you are out of the beam, the runny nose disappears.

How it is applied
I am not sure if this is done only by electronic weapon or by a combination of some drug and electronic weapon

Cough burst Your throat is bursted with a high intensity burst and you start coughing instantly. This coughing does not look like normal coughing. You will have a sore throat immediately afterwards.
Dry cough Like something fluid/moisture sticks in your lungs, or sometimes your throat. When you breath you hear/feel a rasping sound. You must cough very hard to throw it out.
Toothache Using a low frequency beam they induce a toothache, this really is a horrrible feeling. It is like a true toothache but now when you move out of the beam it disappears.

Why it is applied
Prevent you from doing anything, just plain torture

Sore throat Your throat is sowly cooked and you will almost immediately notice less volume and after some time pain while speaking

How it is applied
They can do this in just one or two hours by aiming a high power beam at your throat.

Why it is applied
Prevent you from speaking loud, prevent you to sing

Blackout beam This is very high intensity burst on your head. There is no pain but it feels like the result having been hit on the head very hard. You feel a bit dizzy and your ears are ringing
UPPER BODY
On top of shoulder A very painfull beam on the top of your shoulder

Why it is applied
Just torture

Cook chest/lungs I call this beam: through-body-beam. You are really cooked by this beam. If applied with enough intensity you will feel a burning sensation on the back (where it enters), then feel the beam cook your insde, then you start burping, then you feel a burning sensation on the other part of your body where the beam leaves your body

How it is applied
This beam can be applied everywhere, form the house next to yours, from cars. When they beam you outside the intensity often is higher as they want to make sure are hit properly

Feeling
You feel like being microwaved. Very painfull, horrible torture

Cooking They put the microwave beamer on your body for a long time and you have the feeling you are cooked alive which in effect is a very accurate description of what is being done

Feeling
You feel like being cooked alive, horrible torture

Burp beam This is a low power sophisticated version of the chest/lungs cook beam. It is difficult to locate the source direction.

How it is applied
It takes approx. 2-3 seconds to make you burp, make your body react to events. They also may apply low intensity, so you get an irresistable urge to burp but cannot

Feeling
Horrible torture

Why it is applied
To make you suffer. This applied sometimes once every five minutes, but sometimes also several times a minute to let your body react to events like cars passing your window, etc. Horrible torture.

Heart attack incl. extra beam from left behind This is a low frequency high power beam aimed at your heart, mostly from a position somewhere in front of you. To maximze the effect they simultaneously beam you from the left behind position with a microwave cook beam.

How it is applied
As they may apply the from behaind beam for a long period your flesh around the heart area may get cooked and the whole area may feel painfiul and stiff

Feeling
This really gives you the feeling of having a heart problem, and in fact you have! The difference is that this one is applied by murderers. Horrible torture

After effects
It may take several days before you recover (if they stop the beam)

Should you worry
Yes, your heart is vital

Heart attack high power burst This is a very high power burst of very short duration, 1 second or less, that will give you immediately an extremely painful heart (area). This beam is really amazing: I believe it can kill you in an instant

How it is applied
They can do this through wall anytime

Feeling
Horrible torture

After effects
It may take several days before your body recovers and it all feels normal again

Should you worry
Yes, your heart is vital

Heart attack blobbing feeling, heart pulsing strangely, randomly This may be done seperate from other heart attacks. Your heart may start feel pulsing funny, the feeling is very massive, it also feels like bubling, like the heart lost control of normal operation and just pulses somewhat

How it is applied
Not only frightening but also very painful

Pressure beam They put a pressure beam on your chest this will take your breath away and you may think your are having a heart problem. This can have various intensities
Back burning They burn the skin of your back. This can be low intensity or high intensity. The feeling is you have a sun burn, in case of high intensities it will also color your back a little red.

How it is applied
This almost instant skin cooking. Refer to ADS (Active Denial System) for details

Why it is applied
Present pain. To move you out of the way, to make you leave the swimming pool, etc.

Electric shower This is an overwhelming effect. This is like a shower but not with water but with electronic pulses.
Heating The temperature of your body is increased giving you the feeling you have a flu or some kind of illness.
Spleen beam Beaming in your side gives you the idea you have spleen pain

How it is applied
They often do this during high intensity sport activities. The idea is to make you belive you have real spleen pain and will stop your exercise

ARMS
Biceps They cook your biceps to reduce their power , make them feel painful when you load them during e.g. swimming. This may be done to prevent you from doing your sports.
muscle weakening in hand They beam your hands. The result is that you can not hold a pen between thumb and finger like you used to, also you can not put you fingers against each other (like making a cup with your hand). They may do this to prevent you from working or doing your sports e.g. swimming.
LOWER BODY
Stomach cooking They put a beam on your stomach and the stomach begins to bubble like something is cooking inside.

How it is applied
They often do this at night.

Should you worry
Yes, long term irradition may cause stomach cancer, tumors

Kidney damage With some kind of ultrasound beam they attack your kidneys. The feeling is like you have been kicked over and over in your sides. This is like the feeling that is described by patients that have their kidney stones crushed by ultrasound.
Intestines cooking, urge to defecate They cook your intestines and you feel you have to fart but cannot.
Fart beam They cook your intestines and it will start bubbling. After some time you will have to fart
blind gut attack they cook the area around your tail bone. After a short period, depending on the intensity this may take 60 seconds or more, you will feel horrible cramps.

Feeling
This pain makes you crawl on the floor. Horrible torture

After effects
It takes at least one hour before the horrible cramps get a litle less painful.

How to detect
With normal cramps you will have other parts of your body react as well, like heavy sweating. In this case there is just intense pain.

Diarreah They cook your intestines and you have a very strong feeling to go to the toilet. By continously beaming you have very heavy diarreah

Why it is applied
Keep you out of important events, e.g. A lawsuit where you havve to defend yourself

Erection termination This beam makes your erection go away, if you are a man of course. This can be done in 20-30 seconds. Depending on the direction of the beam your intestines may start bubbling though not very loud
Urge to urinate They beam your lower body so you will feel the urge to urinate. It is difficult to ignore and there will come a moment you will have to do this when the beam continues.
UPPER LEGS
Block burst The feeling is that your movement is blocked. You must take care not to fall or make a strange move
KNEE
Short beams This will cause pain to your knee
High intensity beaming The put the beamer on your knee and make sure it stays there for hours. The location may vary ut just above the knee cap can cause a lot of pain. This will result in very much pain and a very sensitive knee.

How it is applied
After a few days your knee hurts a lot when walking. They may apply this also when biking to make you think something is wrong with your knee

Feeling
Very painful, horrible torture

LOWER LEGS
Calf cooking They apply low intensity, low power beam to your legs, e.g. When you are in bed. Your muscles, legs feel stif the next morning. They may start cooking the calfs after you finished running, and after some time before you want to go running to prevent you from running

How it is applied
What happens when you increase load on cooked muscles? They tear apart

Feeling
Very painful, horrible torture

Why it is applied
Prevent you from running, other sports

Calf bursting This beam is in fact a very high power burst and can cook your calf from hundreds of meters in a split second. If you are running your cooked muscles will tear apart and you have instant injury. See also Heart attack high power burst. You may notice the following feeling: a needle going in and out of your calf within a second

Feeling
Very painful, horrible torture

Why it is applied
Prevent you from runningm, other sports

Shin cooking They cook the skin of your shin with very high intensities. When you are running, the shin injury is a well-known. They may start cooking the skin of of your shin after you finished running, and after some time (days) before you want to go running to prevent you from running

Feeling
Very painful, horrible torture

Why it is applied
Prevent you from running, other sports

Heel muscle The cook your heel muscle. This muscle does not contain much nerves so it is difficult to detect before the damage has been done. Then you will think back and remember there was something wrong the previous day or days.

Feeling
Walking can be painful.

Why it is applied
Prevent you from running, other sports

Ankle They cook your ankles, just to cause you pain. You feel the beam and it is difficult to keep your leg in the same position because of the pain. This is often a applied for a long period of time, several hours.

Feeling
Very painful

After effects
May take several days to disappear when applied with high intensities

Foot They beam very hard in the center of your foot

Feeling
Very painful, horrible torture

Foot insane They burst the center of your foot with max power very short burst beam, only once while walking even in a crowded place. This causes insane pain and you may fall immediately, because the foot is not functioning anymore.

Feeling
Extremely painful, horrible torture

Toes They pick a single toe and beam it for several days in a row

Feeling
Painful

Toes insane They burst your toes with with max power very short burst beam, and do this several times. This causes insane pain.

How it is applied
They may do this while riding your bike, horrible torture

Foot block Ultrasonic beam to block the movement of a foot. If you are not prepared for this block you may fall.
BODY
Shaking Your whole body starts shaking like being in a aircraft in bad weather. The frequency is around 5 Hz. The intensity may amaze you.
Scratching They apply a scratch beam to any part of your body. This beam is very hard to resist. Before you know it you may start scratching yourself like crazy

Feeling
Horrible torture

LEG
Tremble apart Some high power acoustic beamer is aimed at your leg and after some time your leg feels non-cooperative, not part of your body anymore
MOOD
Sleepy feeling They beam you with a frequency that makes you really feel sleepy. You will start yawning and cannot keep your eyes open. This efect starts very suddenly and often ends very abrupt.

How it is applied
They may also do this by devices built into your car

Nausea Not a very pleasant feeling but not veru disturbing or damaging
See the world turning You feel dizzy and see the world turing like when you are very very tired. This effect is not really very real. The moment you are out-of-the-beam you are not turning anymore. Still it is amazing that this can be done.
fatigue attacks  
Force awake With this well-known beam they will keep you awake, prevent you from sleeping. This way they wear you out, may be the next day you have an important meeting or must finish important work.
Sweating, nauseous, vomit feeling You start sweating suddenly, you feel dizzy, you think you may have to vomit. When applied with enough intensity you will start to vomit, you will need at least 30 minutes to recover a little bit from this attack, but it will take hours before your body is acting a bit like before the attack.

How it is applied
They may do this when you are with a friend. Google: navy vomit beam

Feeling
Horrible torture

SLEEP
Induce dreams You have strange dreams about things but the dreams are not like dreams you had before. The dreams may refer to very recent events in your life, like a person you met, a movie yu saw, it is another form of reacting to events in your life

How it is applied
Some people in your environment might tell you they have wild dreams that night trying to get you talking about your experience


Additional Links

Secret service: fear for the truth to be revealed - Gang stalkers and people cookers are murderers

Secret service: fear for the truth to be revealed - A new category murderers: people cookers

The Hidden Evil

Microwave Mind Control

Peoplecooker.com

Secret service: fear for the truth to be revealed - start independent investigations

The normal people at war with the mentally ill (the murderers and psychopaths)

Secret service: fear for the truth to be revealed - normal people are murdered to keep the system running

Secret service: fear for the truth to be revealed - use of electronic weapons to infer psychiatric problems, schizophrenia

Bioeffects of Selected Non-Lethal Weapons

Electronic Torture


To all Politicians of the world

The only way to save the world is to stop your national secret services. Breaking laws and violating human rights in horrible ways has become a way of life. They are responsible for most problems in your neighborhood, in your city, in your country, in the world. Make them responsible for what they are doing.

Let them account for in detail, force them to open up their organizations for thorough investigations. Stop their funding if they do not co-operate. Replace directors and staff immediately by normal people for starters.

Please help to spread the message or donate:

STOPEG foundation - STOP Electronic weapons and Gang stalking


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

How To Become A Freethinker: A Practical Guide + 7 Lessons You Should Learn Early In Life
September 29 2020 | From: TheUnboundedSpirit / AustralianNationalReview

We humans like to think that we are freethinkers, but how many of us truly are?



How many people actually think for themselves, without falling victims to beliefs or ideologies?

Related: The Three Trigger Terms Being Used To Stop Critical Thinking

How many are not heavily influenced by the biased information that the media is presenting them with? How many are choosing to have certain opinions just because an authority figure told them to or because tradition holds them to be true?

The reality is that most people don’t know how to think critically, and blindly accept the beliefs that were handed to them by society. But unless one learns to think for oneself, how can one grow into a more conscious, wise person? It’s impossible.

So how can one learn to think for himself or herself? Well, here’s a small yet concise practical guide on how to become a freethinker that will help you to break free from the prison of belief and arrive at your own conclusions in your quest for truth.


How to Become a Freethinker?


Doubt your beliefs.

The first and most important step to become a freethinking individual is to doubt the beliefs that have been forced upon you by others. Whatever your beliefs are - whether religious, political, philosophical and so on - be sure to question them, scrutinize them, and discard any of them when you find no solid evidence supporting them.



Question authority. 
Most people choose to obey and follow what authority tells them is true and right. They don’t think for themselves- they let others do the thinking for them instead. A freethinker never accepts anything on authority. He/she asks questions and is open to accept any answers that point to the truth, even if they go against the opinions and beliefs of authority.

Observe your behavior. Although we tend to think that we have free will, most of our actions are actually carried out on an unconscious level. In a sense, we are victims to our habits.

To become a freethinker, you need to become more aware of your thoughts, actions, and overall behavior. Once you do so, you’ll be able to better understand yourself and make more conscious choices in life, without behaving in certain ways just because you feel compelled to.

Stop conforming. Another important step to become a freethinker is to detach yourself from group thinking. People choose to conform in all sorts of ways just in order to feel accepted and liked by others. To achieve that, many people unquestionably accept what others tell them out of the fear of being left out.





By escaping the herd mentality you’ll be able to think more clearly, without feeling the pressure to comply with others.

Use critical thinking. Learning how to use critical thinking is of utmost importance to freethinking. If you can’t analyze and critically assess the information that you come across, you’ll be an easy target for manipulation and thought control.

Critical thinking will assist you in your search to discover the truth, by helping you to avoid being influenced by biased opinions and false information.


Voice your mind. A freethinker is a rebel. It’s a person who is not afraid to speak his/her mind, no matter how opposing his/her ideas are to the establishment. Whatever you consider as true, right and of importance to be communicated to others, do openly talk about it, even if you are the only person who has the guts to do so.



Research.
 A freethinker cares about truth like nothing else. In the journey to finding truth, there are guides that can help one approach it easier and quicker. If you’re searching for truth, it would be beneficial if you gathered knowledge from as many sources as you can, whether that is books, documentaries, podcasts, and so on. Do whatever helps to expand your consciousness.

Keep an open mind. Last but not least, a freethinker is a person with an open mind. That means, a person who is open to learning new things and ready to change his mind when presented with evidence that contradicts his opinions and beliefs. A freethinker doesn’t accept anything blindly but at the same time doesn’t shrink from considering emerging perspectives and ideas that may challenge his/her worldview.




7 Lessons You Should Learn Early In Life

Most people experience a crisis at some point in their lives. It’s different for every individual and it is even harder to predict what that crisis may be.



However, at times like these we often regret not learning some key lessons in our earlier years.

Related: Critical Thinking Has Never Been More Important

Here are 7 such things that we should realise while we are still young.

Live In The Present

We often spend hours pondering about our past experiences and what the future holds for us. However, it’s important to realise that we can be happy only if we live in the present.

If we get too bothered with our past or too worried about the future, we miss living in the moment. The present belongs to us and we need to make the most of it.

Don’t live your life based on other people’s expectations

Our friends and family expect a lot from us. We shouldn’t always give priority to their expectations, especially when it contradicts our personal dreams and goals.

All your life there will be people who will tell you what you should and shouldn’t do. It is important for you to introspect and comprehend what is best for you.

Don’t make your problems bigger than they really are

Hurdles are inevitable. However, it is human tendency to magnify the scale of our problems by simply over-thinking.

Stop thinking too much because that’s not the solution to your obstacle. On the contrary,  over-thinking actually makes it harder to resolve issues.

Get out of your comfort zone

Most of us are intimidated by something or the other. To reach our highest potential, it is important to deal with these fears and nip them in the bud.

If you tackle your fears with a straight head, you may realise that they perhaps weren’t so scary in the first place.

Don’t Race

Young people want to achieve everything and often they want to do it before everyone else. We must realise that one of the most essential aspects of life is tenacity. We should have patience and faith, and only then can we become truly successful.

Don’t assume what others think of you

Realistically, the harsh truth is, you matter much less to other people than you think. You are not the centre of the universe and not everyone has an opinion about you or your opinions.

Stop fretting over your impression on others and live your life to the fullest.

Be Appreciative

Appreciate your life experiences and most importantly, appreciate yourself, your friends and your family. Give a 100 per cent to those who deserve it because it will make you happier in the long-run.


Related Articles:

The Business Of Journalists Is To Destroy The Truth & Americans Think The Media Is More Destructive Than Banks & Corporations + The Normals vs. Conspiracy Theorists


The Bullshit Philosophy Of Positive Thinking

Three Reasons Why Positive Thinking Is Making You More Miserable, And How To Have True Happiness In Life

A Zen Master Explains Why “Positive Thinking” Is Terrible Advice



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

'Trump Was Right': Evidence Of The Corrupt FBI (Cabal) Mission To Take Trump Down
September 28 2020 | From: TheFederalist / Various

Collusion: Newly disclosed internal FBI notes and text messages detail the extent of the FBI's desire to take down Trump and his associates at any cost.



Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) agents tasked by fired former Director James Comey to take down Donald Trump during and after the 2016 election were so concerned about the agency’s potentially illegal behavior that they purchased liability insurance to protect themselves less than two weeks before Trump was inaugurated president, previously hidden FBI text messages show.

Related: Bombshell Report from US Senate on Hunter Biden Corruption during the Obama Regime

The explosive new communications and internal FBI notes were disclosed in federal court filings today from Sidney Powell, the attorney who heads Michael Flynn’s legal defense team.

“[W]e all went and purchased professional liability insurance,” one agent texted on January 10, 2017, the same day CNN leaked details that then-President-elect Trump had been briefed by Comey about the bogus Christopher Steele dossier.

That briefing of Trump was used as a pretext to legitimize the debunked dossier, which was funded by the Democratic National Committee and the Clinton campaign and compiled by a foreign intelligence officer who was working for a sanctioned Russian oligarch.


“Holy crap,”
an agent responded. “All the analysts too?”

“Yep,” the first agent said. “All the folks at the Agency as well.”

“[C]an I ask who are the most likely litigators?” an agent responded. “[A]s far as potentially suing y’all[?]”

“[H]aha, who knows….I think [t]he concern when we got it was that there was a big leak at DOJ and the NYT among others was going to do a piece,” the first agent said.

While the names of the agents responsible for the texts are redacted, the legal filing from Powell, quoting communications from the Department of Justice (DOJ), states that the latest document production included handwritten notes and texts from Peter Strzok, Andrew McCabe, Lisa Page, and FBI analysts who worked on the FBI’s investigation of Flynn.



Related: Subpoenas Authorized For Comey, Brennan, Clapper, Halper And Other 'Spygate' Figures & Phones Wiped Clean: What's Behind Robert Mueller's Russia Probe Team's 'Mass Password Amnesia'?

Agents also said they were worried about how a new attorney general might view the actions taken against Trump during the investigation.

Shortly after then-Sen. Jeff Sessions (R-Ala.) was confirmed to be Trump’s new attorney general, congressional Democrats, media, and Obama holdovers within DOJ immediately moved to force Sessions to recuse himself from overseeing the department’s investigations against Trump.


“[T]he new AG might have some questions… then yada yada yada… we all get screwed,”
one agent wrote.

The FBI agents also discussed how the investigation’s leadership was consumed with conspiracy theories rather than evidence.


“I’m tellying [sic] man, if this thing ever gets FOIA’d, there are going to be some tough questions asked,”
one agent wrote.

“[A]nd a great deal of those will be related to Brian having a scope way outside the boundaries of logic[.]”

“[REDACTED] is one of the worst offenders of the rabbit holes and conspiracy theories,” an agent texted.

“This guy traveled with that guy, who put down 3rd guy as his visa sponsor. 3rd guy lives near a navy base, therefore…[.]”



Related: Hunter Biden, Joe Biden built an international crime syndicate with ties to human trafficking organizations, prostitution, money laundering, bribery and extortion

Several texts show that the order to close the criminal investigation against Flynn came as early as November 8, 2016, the same day as the 2016 presidential election. It was later re-opened in early January of 2017.


“We have some loose ends to tie up, and we all need to meet to discuss what to do with each case (he said shut down Razor),”
one agent texted, referring to Crossfire Razor, the FBI’s internal code name for the investigation of Flynn.

“[S]o glad they’re closing Razor,” an agent responded.

The new disclosures made by DOJ also show that the FBI used so-called national security letters (NSLs) to spy on Flynn’s finances.

Unlike traditional subpoenas, which require judicial review and approval before authorities can seize an innocent person’s property and information, NSLs are never independently reviewed by courts.



Related: First Criminal Charge By Durham Casts Shadow Over Mueller Probe & ‘Russiagate’ Hoax Unravels, But Their Anti-Russia Sanctions Don’t

One of the agents noted in a text message that the NSLs were just being used as a pretext by FBI leadership to buy time to find dirt on Flynn after the first investigation of him yielded no derogatory information.


[T]he decision to NSL finances for Razor bought him time,” one agent said nearly two weeks after the initial order to shut down the anti-Flynn case. It is not known to whom the agent was referring in that text.

“What do we expect to get from an NSL[?]” an agent texted on Dec. 5, 2016. “We put out traces, tripwires to community and nothing.”

“[B]ingo,” another FBI agent responded. “[S]o what’s an NSL going to do – no content.”

“Hahah this is a nightmare,” an agent said.

“If we’re working to close down the cases, I’m not sure what NSL results would do to help,” one agent wrote.

“[E]xactly that makes no sense,” an agent wrote back.





Related: CIA Fabricated Russiagate ‘Evidence’, Says Former NSA Tech Chief

The explosive new text messages also show agents believed the investigation was being run by FBI officials who were in the tank for Hillary Clinton.

“[D]oing all this election research – I think some of these guys want a [C]linton presidency,” one agent wrote on Aug. 11, shortly after the FBI opened the Crossfire Hurricane investigation against Trump.

In one series of texts sent the same day as the infamous January 5 Oval Office meeting between Obama, Biden, Comey, Sally Yates, and Susan Rice, one agent admits that “Trump was right” when he tweeted that the FBI was delaying his briefings as incoming president so they could cook up evidence against him.

As The Federalist first reported last May, that Jan. 5 meeting was the key to understanding the entire anti-Trump operation run out of Obama’s FBI.

“The ‘Intelligence’ briefing on so-called ‘Russian hacking’ was delayed until Friday, perhaps more time needed to build a case,” Trump tweeted on January 3. “Very strange!”


“So razor is going to stay open???” an agent wrote on January 5.

“[Y]ep,” another FBI agent responded. “[C]rimes report being drafted.”

“F,” the first agent wrote back.

“[W]hat’s the word on how [Obama’s] briefing went?” one agent asked, referring to the January 5 meeting.

“Dont know but people here are scrambling for info to support certain things and its a mad house,” an FBI agent responded.

“[J]esus,” an agent wrote back. “[T]rump was right. [S]till not put together….why do we do this to ourselves. [W]hat is wrong with these people[?]?"



Related: Narrative Is Crumbling

A week later, the FBI agents also wrote that they suspected that the illegal leak of top secret information about Flynn’s phone calls with Russian ambassador to the U.S. Sergei Kislyak to the news media came directly from the White House.

“FYI – someone leaked the Flynn calls with Kislyak to the WSJ,” the agent wrote.

“I’m sorry to hear that,” another FBI agent responded sarcastically. “I’ll resume my duties as Chief Morale Officer and rectify that.”

“Published this morning by Ignatius,” an agent said, referencing the January 12 column from Washington Post writer David Ignatius that included leaked top-secret information about Flynn’s calls with Kislyak.

“It’s got to be someone on staff,” an agent wrote. “[Presidential Daily Briefing] staff. Or WH seniors.”



Related: The Railroading Of Michael Flynn – How It Happened And Why It Matters + Top GOP Lawmaker Says There Will Be ‘Criminal Referrals’ Against Mueller Team

To date, not a single person has been charged with illegally leaking that information to the Washington Post as a way of damaging Flynn and the incoming Trump administration.

Following a review of the federal government’s investigation by U.S. Attorney Jeff Jensen, which was ordered by Attorney General William Barr, the government moved to dismiss all charges against Flynn that had been previously brought by former Special Counsel Robert Mueller.

Documents unearthed during Jensen’s review showed that before the FBI was tasked by the Obama White House in early 2017 with re-targeting Flynn, the agency closed a previous investigation against him because there was no proof of any criminal wrongdoing.

Jensen’s review also uncovered evidence that the FBI’s interview of Flynn, which later led to charges that he lied to FBI investigators, had no legal basis and that the FBI agents who interviewed Flynn did not believe that he had lied.

Contrary to claims by Mueller’s office that Flynn had lied about discussing financial sanctions against Russia during post-election phone calls with Russian Ambassador to the U.S. Sergei Kislyak, declassified transcripts of those conversations confirmed that Flynn spoke to Kislyak only about expulsions of Russian diplomats and that the two men never discussed financial sanctions against Russia that had previously been levied by the Obama administration.



Related: #TheStorm - How To Prepare For A Global Corruption Purge?

Jensen’s review of Flynn’s case file also revealed handwritten notes from the FBI’s top counterintelligence official that admitted a primary goal of the FBI’s anti-Flynn operation was “to get him to lie so we can prosecute him or get him fired.”

Despite the overwhelming evidence that Flynn did not lie to agents, the FBI had no legal basis to interview him, that the FBI later hid exculpatory documents from Flynn’s defense team, Flynn did not discuss financial sanctions during his phone calls with Kislyak, and the FBI agents who interviewed Flynn did not believe he lied, federal trial Judge Emmet G. Sullivan has refused to dismiss the case against Flynn.

Instead, Sullivan personally appointed a left-wing shadow prosecutor, whose partners represent former DOJ official Yates, to smear Flynn and attempt to continue the baseless criminal case against him.

At one point last April, Sullivan even tried to order the DOJ to stop producing and publicly filing exculpatory evidence for Flynn or evidence of FBI misbehavior during its investigation of Flynn.

Sullivan, who called Flynn a traitor during court proceedings and suggested that Flynn - a decorated Army combat veteran - be charged with treason, has refused to recuse himself from the case despite his obvious personal animosity toward Flynn.


Related Articles:

Judiciary Committee Releases Declassified Documents That Substantially Undercut Steele Dossier, Page FISA Warrants & Attorney General Says New Strzok Notes Described Obama White House Meeting

Hunter Biden Raised 'Counterintelligence And Extortion' Concerns, May Have Participated In Sex Trafficking: Senate Report

FBI Agent Who Discovered Hillary's Emails On Weiner Laptop Claims He Was Told To Erase Computer

Obamagate Is Not A Conspiracy Theory & Disinformation From Schiff, Media Damaged America

Video Surfaces Of Biden Calling Troops "Stupid Bastards" When They Won't Clap

Senate Report Exposes Dealings Between Biden’s Son and Businessmen Connected to Chinese Regime

Trump slams BLM as being part of 'mob rule' that is destroying 'black lives' as he unveils his $500B 'Platinum Plan' for African Americans that will also designate the KKK a 'terrorist organization'

Donald Trump Will Declare Ku Klux Klan & Antifa as Terrorist Groups

Trump $500B Black America plan designates KKK, Antifa as 'terrorist organizations'

Trump Plans to Designate Antifa, KKK as ‘Terrorist Organizations’

Trump to designate KKK, Antifa as terrorist groups in black empowerment plan


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Federal Reserve Cartel: The Eight Families + 7 Not-So-Secret Homes Of Super Secret Societies
September 27 2020 | From: GlobalResearch / AtlasObscura

The Four Horsemen of Banking (Bank of America, JP Morgan Chase, Citigroup and Wells Fargo) own the Four Horsemen of Oil (Exxon Mobil, Royal Dutch/Shell, BP and Chevron Texaco); in tandem with Deutsche Bank, BNP, Barclays and other European old money behemoths. But their monopoly over the global economy does not end at the edge of the oil patch.



According to company 10K filings to the SEC, the Four Horsemen of Banking are among the top ten stock holders of virtually every Fortune 500 corporation.

Related: Central Banking and The Federal Reserve System

So who then are the stockholders in these money center banks?

This information is guarded much more closely. My queries to bank regulatory agencies regarding stock ownership in the top 25 US bank holding companies were given Freedom of Information Act status, before being denied on “national security” grounds. This is rather ironic, since many of the bank’s stockholders reside in Europe.

One important repository for the wealth of the global oligarchy that owns these bank holding companies is US Trust Corporation – founded in 1853 and now owned by Bank of America.

A recent US Trust Corporate Director and Honorary Trustee was Walter Rothschild. Other directors included Daniel Davison of JP Morgan Chase, Richard Tucker of Exxon Mobil, Daniel Roberts of Citigroup and Marshall Schwartz of Morgan Stanley.

J. W. McCallister, an oil industry insider with House of Saud connections, wrote in The Grim Reaper that information he acquired from Saudi bankers cited 80% ownership of the New York Federal Reserve Bank- by far the most powerful Fed branch - by just eight families, four of which reside in the US.



Jacob Rothschild and David Rockefeller kicking it

They are the Goldman Sachs, Rockefellers, Lehmans and Kuhn Loebs of New York; the Rothschilds of Paris and London; the Warburgs of Hamburg; the Lazards of Paris; and the Israel Moses Seifs of Rome.

CPA Thomas D. Schauf corroborates McCallister’s claims, adding that ten banks control all twelve Federal Reserve Bank branches.

He names N.M. Rothschild of London, Rothschild Bank of Berlin, Warburg Bank of Hamburg, Warburg Bank of Amsterdam, Lehman Brothers of New York, Lazard Brothers of Paris, Kuhn Loeb Bank of New York, Israel Moses Seif Bank of Italy, Goldman Sachs of New York and JP Morgan Chase Bank of New York.

Schauf lists William Rockefeller, Paul Warburg, Jacob Schiff and James Stillman as individuals who own large shares of the Fed. The Schiffs are insiders at Kuhn Loeb. The Stillmans are Citigroup insiders, who married into the Rockefeller clan at the turn of the century.



The Federal Reserve Board 1913

Eustace Mullins came to the same conclusions in his book The Secrets of the Federal Reserve, in which he displays charts connecting the Fed and its member banks to the families of Rothschild, Warburg, Rockefeller and the others.

The control that these banking families exert over the global economy cannot be overstated and is quite intentionally shrouded in secrecy. Their corporate media arm is quick to discredit any information exposing this private central banking cartel as “conspiracy theory”. Yet the facts remain.

The House of Morgan

The Federal Reserve Bank was born in 1913, the same year US banking scion J. Pierpont Morgan died and the Rockefeller Foundation was formed. The House of Morgan presided over American finance from the corner of Wall Street and Broad, acting as quasi-US central bank since 1838, when George Peabody founded it in London.



J.P. Morgan

Peabody was a business associate of the Rothschilds. In 1952 Fed researcher Eustace Mullins put forth the supposition that the Morgans were nothing more than Rothschild agents. Mullins wrote that the Rothschilds;


“…preferred to operate anonymously in the US behind the facade of J.P. Morgan & Company”.

Author Gabriel Kolko stated; “Morgan’s activities in 1895-1896 in selling US gold bonds in Europe were based on an alliance with the House of Rothschild.”

The Morgan financial octopus wrapped its tentacles quickly around the globe. Morgan Grenfell operated in London. Morgan et Ce ruled Paris. The Rothschild’s Lambert cousins set up Drexel & Company in Philadelphia.

The House of Morgan catered to the Astors, DuPonts, Guggenheims, Vanderbilts and Rockefellers. It financed the launch of AT&T, General Motors, General Electric and DuPont. Like the London-based Rothschild and Barings banks, Morgan became part of the power structure in many countries.

By 1890 the House of Morgan was lending to Egypt’s central bank, financing Russian railroads, floating Brazilian provincial government bonds and funding Argentine public works projects. A recession in 1893 enhanced Morgan’s power. That year Morgan saved the US government from a bank panic, forming a syndicate to prop up government reserves with a shipment of $62 million worth of Rothschild gold.



It's a little known fact the the Monopoly man was based on J.P. Morgan

Morgan was the driving force behind Western expansion in the US, financing and controlling West-bound railroads through voting trusts. In 1879 Cornelius Vanderbilt’s Morgan-financed New York Central Railroad gave preferential shipping rates to John D. Rockefeller’s budding Standard Oil monopoly, cementing the Rockefeller/Morgan relationship.

The House of Morgan now fell under Rothschild and Rockefeller family control. A New York Herald headline read, “Railroad Kings Form Gigantic Trust”. J. Pierpont Morgan, who once stated;


“Competition is a sin”, now opined gleefully, “Think of it. All competing railroad traffic west of St. Louis placed in the control of about thirty men."

Morgan and Edward Harriman’s banker Kuhn Loeb held a monopoly over the railroads, while banking dynasties Lehman, Goldman Sachs and Lazard joined the Rockefellers in controlling the US industrial base.

In 1903 Banker’s Trust was set up by the Eight Families. Benjamin Strong of Banker’s Trust was the first Governor of the New York Federal Reserve Bank.

The 1913 creation of the Fed fused the power of the Eight Families to the military and diplomatic might of the US government. If their overseas loans went unpaid, the oligarchs could now deploy US Marines to collect the debts. Morgan, Chase and Citibank formed an international lending syndicate.

The House of Morgan was cozy with the British House of Windsor and the Italian House of Savoy. The Kuhn Loebs, Warburgs, Lehmans, Lazards, Israel Moses Seifs and Goldman Sachs also had close ties to European royalty. By 1895 Morgan controlled the flow of gold in and out of the US.



The first American wave of mergers was in its infancy and was being promoted by the bankers. In 1897 there were sixty-nine industrial mergers. By 1899 there were twelve-hundred. In 1904 John Moody – founder of Moody’s Investor Services – said it was impossible to talk of Rockefeller and Morgan interests as separate.

Public distrust of the combine spread. Many considered them traitors working for European old money. Rockefeller’s Standard Oil, Andrew Carnegie’s US Steel and Edward Harriman’s railroads were all financed by banker Jacob Schiff at Kuhn Loeb, who worked closely with the European Rothschilds.

Several Western states banned the bankers. Populist preacher William Jennings Bryan was thrice the Democratic nominee for President from 1896 -1908. The central theme of his anti-imperialist campaign was that America was falling into a trap of “financial servitude to British capital”.

Teddy Roosevelt defeated Bryan in 1908, but was forced by this spreading populist wildfire to enact the Sherman Anti-Trust Act. He then went after the Standard Oil Trust.

In 1912 the Pujo hearings were held, addressing concentration of power on Wall Street. That same year Mrs. Edward Harriman sold her substantial shares in New York’s Guaranty Trust Bank to J.P. Morgan, creating Morgan Guaranty Trust. Judge Louis Brandeis convinced President Woodrow Wilson to call for an end to interlocking board directorates. In 1914 the Clayton Anti-Trust Act was passed.

Jack Morgan – J. Pierpont’s son and successor – responded by calling on Morgan clients Remington and Winchester to increase arms production. He argued that the US needed to enter WWI. Goaded by the Carnegie Foundation and other oligarchy fronts, Wilson accommodated.

As Charles Tansill wrote in America Goes to War;


“Even before the clash of arms, the French firm of Rothschild Freres cabled to Morgan & Company in New York suggesting the flotation of a loan of $100 million, a substantial part of which was to be left in the US to pay for French purchases of American goods.”

The House of Morgan financed half the US war effort, while receiving commissions for lining up contractors like GE, Du Pont, US Steel, Kennecott and ASARCO. All were Morgan clients.



Morgan also financed the British Boer War in South Africa and the Franco-Prussian War. The 1919 Paris Peace Conference was presided over by Morgan, which led both German and Allied reconstruction efforts.

In the 1930’s populism resurfaced in America after Goldman Sachs, Lehman Bank and others profited from the Crash of 1929. House Banking Committee Chairman Louis McFadden (D-NY) said of the Great Depression;,


“It was no accident. It was a carefully contrived occurrence…The international bankers sought to bring about a condition of despair here so they might emerge as rulers of us all”.

Sen. Gerald Nye (D-ND) chaired a munitions investigation in 1936. Nye concluded that the House of Morgan had plunged the US into WWI to protect loans and create a booming arms industry. Nye later produced a document titled The Next War, which cynically referred to “the old goddess of democracy trick”, through which Japan could be used to lure the US into WWII.

In 1937 Interior Secretary Harold Ickes warned of the influence of “America’s 60 Families”. Historian Ferdinand Lundberg later penned a book of the exact same title. Supreme Court Justice William O. Douglas decried;


“Morgan influence…the most pernicious one in industry and finance today.”



Related: America's 60 Families

Jack Morgan responded by nudging the US towards WWII. Morgan had close relations with the Iwasaki and Dan families – Japan’s two wealthiest clans – who have owned Mitsubishi and Mitsui, respectively, since the companies emerged from 17th Century shogunates.

When Japan invaded Manchuria, slaughtering Chinese peasants at Nanking, Morgan downplayed the incident. Morgan also had close relations with Italian fascist Benito Mussolini, while German Nazi Dr. Hjalmer Schacht was a Morgan Bank liaison during WWII. After the war Morgan representatives met with Schacht at the Bank of International Settlements (BIS) in Basel, Switzerland.


The House of Rockefeller

BIS is the most powerful bank in the world, a global central bank for the Eight Families who control the private central banks of almost all Western and developing nations. The first President of BIS was Rockefeller banker Gates McGarrah - an official at Chase Manhattan and the Federal Reserve.

McGarrah was the grandfather of former CIA director Richard Helms. The Rockefellers - like the Morgans - had close ties to London. David Icke writes in Children of the Matrix, that the Rockefellers and Morgans were just “gofers” for the European Rothschilds.



John D. Rockefeller

BIS is owned by the Federal Reserve, Bank of England, Bank of Italy, Bank of Canada, Swiss National Bank, Nederlandsche Bank, Bundesbank and Bank of France.

Historian Carroll Quigley wrote in his epic book Tragedy and Hope that BIS was part of a plan;


“to create a world system of financial control in private hands able to dominate the political system of each country and the economy of the world as a whole…to be controlled in a feudalistic fashion by the central banks of the world acting in concert by secret agreements.”

The US government had a historical distrust of BIS, lobbying unsuccessfully for its demise at the 1944 post-WWII Bretton Woods Conference. Instead the Eight Families’ power was exacerbated, with the Bretton Woods creation of the IMF and the World Bank. The US Federal Reserve only took shares in BIS in September 1994.

BIS holds at least 10% of monetary reserves for at least 80 of the world’s central banks, the IMF and other multilateral institutions. It serves as financial agent for international agreements, collects information on the global economy and serves as lender of last resort to prevent global financial collapse.

BIS promotes an agenda of monopoly capitalist fascism. It gave a bridge loan to Hungary in the 1990’s to ensure privatization of that country’s economy. It served as conduit for Eight Families funding of Adolf Hitler- led by the Warburg’s J. Henry Schroeder and Mendelsohn Bank of Amsterdam. Many researchers assert that BIS is at the nadir of global drug money laundering.



The Bank for International Settlements is the Mac Daddy at the top of the Worldwide Reserve Banking System, not just the US Federal Reserve

It is no coincidence that BIS is headquartered in Switzerland, favorite hiding place for the wealth of the global aristocracy and headquarters for the P-2 Italian Freemason’s Alpina Lodge and Nazi International. Other institutions which the Eight Families control include the World Economic Forum, the International Monetary Conference and the World Trade Organization.

Bretton Woods was a boon to the Eight Families. The IMF and World Bank were central to this “new world order”. In 1944 the first World Bank bonds were floated by Morgan Stanley and First Boston.

The French Lazard family became more involved in House of Morgan interests. Lazard Freres - France’s biggest investment bank- is owned by the Lazard and David-Weill families - old Genoese banking scions represented by Michelle Davive. A recent Chairman and CEO of Citigroup was Sanford Weill.

In 1968 Morgan Guaranty launched Euro-Clear, a Brussels-based bank clearing system for Eurodollar securities. It was the first such automated endeavor. Some took to calling Euro-Clear “The Beast”. Brussels serves as headquarters for the new European Central Bank and for NATO.



In 1973 Morgan officials met secretly in Bermuda to illegally resurrect the old House of Morgan, twenty years before Glass Steagal Act was repealed. Morgan and the Rockefellers provided the financial backing for Merrill Lynch, boosting it into the Big 5 of US investment banking. Merrill is now part of Bank of America.

John D. Rockefeller used his oil wealth to acquire Equitable Trust, which had gobbled up several large banks and corporations by the 1920’s.

The Great Depression helped consolidate Rockefeller’s power. His Chase Bank merged with Kuhn Loeb’s Manhattan Bank to form Chase Manhattan, cementing a long-time family relationship.

The Kuhn-Loeb’s had financed – along with Rothschilds – Rockefeller’s quest to become king of the oil patch. National City Bank of Cleveland provided John D. with the money needed to embark upon his monopolization of the US oil industry.

The bank was identified in Congressional hearings as being one of three Rothschild-owned banks in the US during the 1870’s, when Rockefeller first incorporated as Standard Oil of Ohio.

One Rockefeller Standard Oil partner was Edward Harkness, whose family came to control Chemical Bank. Another was James Stillman, whose family controlled Manufacturers Hanover Trust.

Both banks have merged under the JP Morgan Chase umbrella. Two of James Stillman’s daughters married two of William Rockefeller’s sons. The two families control a big chunk of Citigroup as well.

In the insurance business, the Rockefellers control Metropolitan Life, Equitable Life, Prudential and New York Life. Rockefeller banks control 25% of all assets of the 50 largest US commercial banks and 30% of all assets of the 50 largest insurance companies.

Insurance companies - the first in the US was launched by Freemasons through their Woodman’s of America - play a key role in the Bermuda drug money shuffle.

Companies under Rockefeller control include Exxon Mobil, Chevron Texaco, BP Amoco, Marathon Oil, Freeport McMoran, Quaker Oats, ASARCO, United, Delta, Northwest, ITT, International Harvester, Xerox, Boeing, Westinghouse, Hewlett-Packard, Honeywell, International Paper, Pfizer, Motorola, Monsanto, Union Carbide and General Foods.

The Rockefeller Foundation has close financial ties to both Ford and Carnegie Foundations. Other family philanthropic endeavors include Rockefeller Brothers Fund, Rockefeller Institute for Medical Research, General Education Board, Rockefeller University and the University of Chicago - which churns out a steady stream of far right economists as apologists for international capital, including Milton Friedman.

The family owns 30 Rockefeller Plaza, where the national Christmas tree is lighted every year, and Rockefeller Center.

David Rockefeller was instrumental in the construction of the World Trade Center towers. The main Rockefeller family home is a hulking complex in upstate New York known as Pocantico Hills.

They also own a 32-room 5th Avenue duplex in Manhattan, a mansion in Washington, DC, Monte Sacro Ranch in Venezuela, coffee plantations in Ecuador, several farms in Brazil, an estate at Seal Harbor, Maine and resorts in the Caribbean, Hawaii and Puerto Rico.



Allen Dulles

The Dulles and Rockefeller families are cousins. Allen Dulles created the CIA, assisted the Nazis, covered up the Kennedy hit from his Warren Commission perch and struck a deal with the Muslim Brotherhood to create mind-controlled assassins.

Brother John Foster Dulles presided over the phony Goldman Sachs trusts before the 1929 stock market crash and helped his brother overthrow governments in Iran and Guatemala.

Both were Skull & Bones, Council on Foreign Relations (CFR) insiders and 33rd Degree Masons.

The Rockefellers were instrumental in forming the depopulation-oriented Club of Rome at their family estate in Bellagio, Italy.



Their Pocantico Hills estate gave birth to the Trilateral Commission. The family is a major funder of the eugenics movement which spawned Hitler, human cloning and the current DNA obsession in US scientific circles.

John Rockefeller Jr. headed the Population Council until his death. His namesake son is a Senator from West Virginia. Brother Winthrop Rockefeller was Lieutenant Governor of Arkansas and remains the most powerful man in that state.

In an October 1975 interview with Playboy magazine, Vice-President Nelson Rockefeller- who was also Governor of New York- articulated his family’s patronizing worldview;


“I am a great believer in planning- economic, social, political, military, total world planning.”

But of all the Rockefeller brothers, it is Trilateral Commission (TC) founder and Chase Manhattan Chairman David who has spearheaded the family’s fascist agenda on a global scale. He defended the Shah of Iran, the South African apartheid regime and the Chilean Pinochet junta.



He was the biggest financier of the CFR, the TC and (during the Vietnam War) the Committee for an Effective and Durable Peace in Asia- a contract bonanza for those who made their living off the conflict.

Nixon asked him to be Secretary of Treasury, but Rockefeller declined the job, knowing his power was much greater at the helm of the Chase. Author Gary Allen writes in The Rockefeller File that in 1973;


“David Rockefeller met with twenty-seven heads of state, including the rulers of Russia and Red China.”

Following the 1975 Nugan Hand Bank/CIA coup against Australian Prime Minister Gough Whitlam, his British Crown-appointed successor Malcolm Fraser sped to the US, where he met with President Gerald Ford after conferring with David Rockefeller.




7 Not-So-Secret Homes Of Secret Societies


In clandestine corners of the world, the elite come together in secrecy. Some of them don’t mind that we know of these society meetings, while others maintain that they do not organize at all.



Illustration by Miss Alice Heighes Donlevy of the "Secret Society Buildings of New Haven," with the former Skull & Bones headquarters at left center (circa 1869-1903)

Yet doormen speak to their friends, initiation rites are leaked, people peek in windows, chanting in far underground lairs can be heard by a passerby. Conspiracy theorists have long held that someone, and not the Fates, is manipulating our world, and perhaps in these secret societies the strings are being pulled.

Here is a list of seven groups so secret some members will never admit to their involvement, and their meeting places hiding in plain sight.

Skull and Bones Tomb

New Haven, Connecticut



The Tomb

Ivy league Yale University is considered to be one of the most selective higher educational institutions in the United States, if not the world. Its motto lux et veritas translates to "light and truth." On the historic campus in New Haven, Connecticut, there is a building where "light and truth" are reserved for carefully selected members and alumni.

What is known about the Skull and Bones secret society is minimal. The organization started in 1832. An official roster of its members was published up until 1971. Bonesmen, as members are called, have been heads of corporations, senior government officials, Supreme Court justices, and even presidents.

Theories about what the Skull and Bones actually do range from its members controlling the Central Intelligence Agency, being a part of a global network aimed at world domination, to being a branch of the Illuminati.



Related: The Order / Skull and Bones / Chapter 322

It’s also unknown exactly what happens in The Tomb, the group's headquarters, but there are strange rumors of what is contained in the windowless sandstone building. The Egypto-Doric style of the structure makes it appear as an immense sepulcher.

The tomb is thought to hold secret documents containing the roster of all members, ritual details, as well as multiple stolen relics. Some of the bones rumored to be in The Tomb include the skulls of Geronimo, Pancho Villa, Martin Van Buren, and the gravestone of Elihu Yale, the school's founder. Bonesmen are also known to take other societies' belongings in a show of thievery and cunning known as crooking.



Bilderberg Club: Hotel de Bilderberg

Oosterbeek, Netherlands (note that this is not the office of the organisation, but the place of it's inaugural meeting).



Hotel de Bilderberg

In November of 1954, 50 delegates from 11 countries in Western Europe and 11 Americans spent three days in Oosterbeek, Netherlands, at the Hotel de Bilderberg.

The purpose of the meeting was said to foster conversations between Europe and North America. Those in attendance included a prince, a prime minster, and the head of the CIA. Since that meeting, each year a group of international leaders in the fields of politics, business, media, and communications have met to discuss… we’re not exactly sure.

There is no agenda, no resolutions are proposed, no voting of any kind is executed, and no positions or policy statements are issued.



Related: The True Story Of The Bilderberg Group

The meetings are held in a different location each year and each year the topics of the meeting are up for the general public to theorize over.

The roster of attendees is never officially made public, but there have been leaks over the years. Conspiracy theories abound, especially because of the group’s intense level of secrecy. Many believe the group is conspiring to impose capital domination, a world government, or a planned economy. What is certain is that the more prominent you are, the more likely you’ll be to get an invitation to next year’s Bilderberg conference. 

Scientology's Trementina Base

Trementina, New Mexico

Trementina Base, New Mexico

Scientology is most visible today because of celebrity members like Tom Cruise and John Travolta, yet the organization has been aggressive over the years in tackling critics and maintaining its secrets. One of the most controversial religious groups, some characterize the movement as a cult.

Basic Scientology belief holds that humans are immortal beings who have reincarnated and have lived on other planets before finding themselves now on Earth. One of the things that makes the religion controversial is its assertive nature, often turning to character assassination or litigation in dealing with skeptics and critics who question their practices. The church is also extremely secretive, holding many of its teachings from members until they have made it through multiple levels.

Scientology operates several churches called Celebrity Centres that are opened to the public, but are primarily meant for "anyone with the power and vision to create a better world.” The Church of the Spiritual Technology, or CST, is reserved for the most trusted of members.



Related: Going Clear: Scientology And The Prison Of Belief

Many of these members manage elaborate bases including the Trementina Base. The official word from the church is that the base is a location used to preserve Scientology founder L. Ron Hubbard’s writings, which are said to be engraved on steel sheets and encased in titanium cases. It’s thought that Trementina is more than just a location to archive Hubbard’s works, however.

Trementina contains underground dwellings and tunnels, but what’s most interesting about the base is what you see from the outside. Aerial photographs above the base show huge images dug into the Earth.

The images are that of the church’s logo. Former members have claimed that the symbols are to mark the return point for members when they travel into the future. Other members have stated that this is the place where Hubbard is supposed to go when he returns.  


The Illuminati: Domus Sanctae Marthae

Vatican City, Vatican



Related: The Jesuits & The Vatican

Pope Francis entering Domus Sanctae Marthae

Established in 1776 in Bavaria, Germany, this group of freethinkers, humanists, and academics opposed superstition, prejudice, religion, and its influence over the public, and they supported the advancement of women.

The Illuminati were a shadowy group, believed capable of influencing movements in government and the arts. The group was infiltrated and shut down a decade after its founding, or so the official record goes. Conspiracy theorists have long been obsessed that the world has been controlled by the Illuminati for generations.

There are many modern groups that claim to be the descendants of the original Bavarian Illuminati; they go so far as to use the name “Illuminati” in their title, but there is no evidence that these recent organizations are tied to the original.



Related: The Order Of The Illuminati: Its Origins, Its Methods And Its Influence On World Events

Besides its actions, what is a major mystery of this group is the location of its headquarters. Theorists have claimed many prominent locations are the headquarters of the Illuminati from Disney World in Orlando, Florida, the Mormon Temple in Salt Lake City, Utah, the Statue of Liberty in New York City, Big Ben in London, the Eiffel Tower in Paris, the Pentagon in Washington, D.C., and, among many others, the Vatican.

The theory that the Illuminati headquarters is located at the Vatican is especially interesting due to the group's opposition to the church. It's believed by conspiracy theorists that the church was long ago infiltrated by the society and so that would make its leader, the pope, one of the Illuminati's highest ranking members. 

Today, the pope resides in a simple room at Domus Sanctae Marthae, a guest house adjacent to St. Peter's Basilica. The five-story building containing 106 suites and 22 single rooms is for clergy who are in town on official Holy See business, or perhaps for an Illuminati meeting or two.


Ordo Templi Orientis: Bay Area Thelemic Temple

Oakland, California

Mural of Aleister Crowley at the Abode of Chaos

The Order of the Temple of the East was founded between 1895 and 1906 in either Austria or Germany. It is believed wealthy industrialist, Carl Kellner, began the religious movement, but it was famed occultist Aleister Crowley whose name and additions to the group shrouded it in curiosity and mystery.

OTO was modeled somewhat after another secret society, Freemasonry. But Crowley added a layer, his own self-created belief system called Thelema. Thelema’s practices and beliefs are written out in a book titled The Book of Law and its core belief is: “Do what thou wilt shall be the whole of the Law.”

Ideas from occultism, and Eastern and Western mysticism, found their way into Thelema and thus OTO. The religion is highly secretive and members move through the order in a series of rites and rituals, moving up levels in the forms of initiations. Levels have curious names such as Minerval, Master Magician, Illustrious Knight, Grandmaster of Light, and so on.

There are two components at the core of OTO: magical rituals, which have been rumored to include tantric sex, the summoning of angels and demons, and astral projection.

Then there is the gnostic mass, reminiscent of a Catholic mass only because it contains a host and wine toward the end. The gnostic mass includes elaborate costumes, and at the climax of the mass it's believed that the host turns into the Body of God and the wine the Blood of God.

There are multiple locations of worship called camps, oases, or lodges. The majority of them keep their locations secretive to the greater public. The relatively small location in Oakland is an oasis. They hold a weekly gnostic mass in a temple decorated in candles and Egyptian imagery. 

It’s unknown exactly what takes place during initiation ceremonies and what knowledge is shared during these events. According to Crowley's autobiography, The Confessions of Aleister Crowley: "the OTO is in possession of one supreme secret. The whole of its system [is] directed towards communicating to its members, by progressively plain hints, this all-important instruction.”


Priory of Sion: Bibliothèque Nationale de France

Paris, France

National Library of France Reading Room

The secret of this secret society is that many people believe in its existence, but scholarly claims have repetitively stated the group is a complete myth, constructed by the imagination of a madman.    

The myth begins that the Priory of Sion was a group charged with protecting the descendants of Jesus of Nazareth and Mary Magdalene who eventually went on to settle in France.

It was leaked in the 1970s that the Bibliothèque Nationale de France in Paris, the French National Library, was in possession of a file called Dossiers Secrets d'Henri Lobineau that pointed to the Priory of Sion being located in France.

The file contained an introduction, maps of France, genealogies, newspaper clippings, letters and a list of grand masters of the Priory of Sion that included Sir Isaac Newton, Victor Hugo, and Leonardo Da Vinci.

The authenticity of these files has been questioned ever since they were left at the library. Eventually, they were traced to Pierre Plantard. It is believed Plantard planted the document at the library in order to perpetuate an elaborate hoax. He himself claimed to be a descendant of Jesus' bloodline. 

Academics went on to agree that the Priory of Sion was a hoax constructed by Plantard. Yet, books, articles, and movies continue to be made about this group. Whether or not there is a secret society dedicated to protecting a family descendant from biblical times we may never know.

Rosicrucianism: Rosicrucian Park

San Jose, California

Rosicrucian Egyptian Museum grounds

Several manifestos were anonymously published in the early 17th century that told of legends, mysticism, alchemy, and the Order of the Temple of the Rosy Cross. One of these documents was the Fama Fraternitatis which was published in Cassel, Germany.

The Fama spoke of the 15th century German doctor and mystical philosopher Christian Rosenkreuz who traveled through parts of the Middle East where he learned esoteric wisdom, studying in places such as Turkey and Egypt.

There, he claimed to learn extensive knowledge regarding nature and the universe. When he returned, he attempted to share what he learned but he was dismissed. He then formed a like-minded group called the Fraternity of the Rose Cross. 



Related: The Rosicrucians

The year of his birth and death remain shadowy, but some documents claim he lived over 106 years. The group upheld Christian beliefs, but strongly opposed Roman Catholicism, and was also said to have influenced Freemasonry along with hundreds of other groups, many of which have adopted titles with similar names throughout modern times.

At its simplest form, the group aimed to promote a “Universal Reformation of Mankind.” Some reports claim that the requirement for membership was that one must have been capable of using more than the average amount of brain power.

During Rosenkreuz’s life, the group was thought to have only consisted of a handful of members, each of whom was a doctor.

All members took an oath to remain bachelors, and also to treat the sick without payment and to find a replacement for themselves before they died. Interest in the group peaked between 1607 and 1616 with the appearances of the anonymous works that included the Fama Fraternitatis which ranged with content that included mysticism and apocalyptic warnings.



The Rosicricians were into their alchemy

Whether Rosenkreuz’s original idea continued is unknown. One of the hundreds of groups claiming to be tied to the original is the Ancient Mystical Order Rosea Crucis that has some connection to occultist Aleister Crowley. AMORC claims to be devoted to the “study of elusive mysteries of life and the universe.”

They utilize ideas from major philosophers, including Thales and Pythagoras, healing techniques, alchemy, symbolism, and mysticism. The group claims its history can be traced to pharaoh Thutmose III in 1477.

The AMORC headquarters is located at Rosicrucian Park in San Jose, California, which spans a city block and includes several structures. The park is home to elaborate gardens, a research library, a planetarium, a temple, and it houses the ashes of Harvey Spencer Lewis, founder of the secret society.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Responding To The “Nothing To Hide” Argument In Support Of Mass Surveillance + We Are All Targeted Individuals Now with Dr. Katherine Horton
October 26 2020 | From: ActivistPost / Scoop / SolariReport

InternetNZ is calling for debate on Five Eyes recommendation.



InternetNZ is worried the Government may take up recommendations that could sacrifice the online security of all New Zealanders. A broader debate is needed than one led by law enforcement.

Related: Edward Snowden: Facebook Is A Surveillance Company Rebranded As "Social Media"

The concerns arise after the release of recommendations from the Five Nations conference (known as the Five Eyes) last week.

Law enforcement ministers from the member countries - New Zealand, Canada, Australia, the US and the UK - met to discuss "grave threats" online and ways to tackle illicit material.

InternetNZ Chief Executive, Jordan Carter, agrees that the tech sector, the government and others do need to find solutions to tackle illicit material from appearing online.


“One recommendation the Five Eyes put forward could possibly break end-to-end encryption - and this is really worrying for New Zealanders."



Responding to the “Nothing to Hide” Argument in Support of Mass Surveillance

Whenever I talk about government surveillance, there is always “that guy” who claims if I’m not doing anything illegal I shouldn’t be concerned about it.

Well, I am concerned about it. I explain why in this short video.








"Encryption provides important protection for all of us. We need encryption for things like online banking and booking travel safely. We need it to keep ourselves safe and secure online. Without it no one will have trust in the Internet.

"There are alternative solutions to keeping New Zealanders safe without breaking technologies that do just that. To find these solutions - the right people need to be be in the room.

"It’s vital the government discuss these topics with a wide range of people and organisations - the tech sector, law enforcement, small and medium businesses who depend on safe online services, human rights, privacy advocates and more,"says Carter.

You can read more about the ways New Zealand can enhance public safety while protecting encryption on the InternetNZ website here.



We Are All Targeted Individuals Now with Dr. Katherine Horton

“Article 5 of the Universal Declaration of Human Rights states: “No one shall be subjected to torture or to cruel, inhuman or degrading treatment or punishment.” This ban on torture and other ill-treatment has subsequently been incorporated into the extensive network of international and regional human rights treaties.



It is contained in Article 7 of the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights (ICCPR), ratified by 153 countries, including the United States in 1992, and in the Convention against Torture or Other Cruel, Inhuman or Degrading Treatment or Punishment (the Convention against Torture), ratified by 136 countries, including the United States in 1994. It is also codified in the European Convention for the Protection of Human Rights and Fundamental Freedoms, the African Charter on Human and Peoples’ Rights, and the American Convention on Human Rights.”
- Human Rights Watch on the international illegality of torture.

Related: Spy Court Finds Surveillance Operating Outside The Law

August 1 was Swiss National Day. I celebrated by having a long lunch in my favorite cafe in Zurich with Dr. Katherine Horton – someone I have wanted to meet for quite a while. Then we took a cruise around Lake Zurich, followed by dinner with a colleague. High on our list of topics for the fascinating all-day discussion was how to integrate our knowledge for this presentation for you.

Dr Horton is a particle physicist and systems analyst with a master’s degree in physics and a doctorate in particle physics from the University of Oxford.

Dr. Horton worked as a high energy physicist on the particle collider at the German Electronsynchrotron DESY in Hamburg, Germany, and on the Large Hadron Collider at CERN in Geneva Switzerland.



Related: Global TI (Targeted Individual) Survey Launched Under The Peerless Direction Of Top NSA Whistleblowers
William Binney And J. Kirk Wiebe


She taught nuclear physics and particle physics at Hertford College, University of Oxford, conducted admissions interviews for undergraduate physics at St Hilda’s College, Oxford, and was a research fellow at St John’s College, Oxford, a position that allowed her to expand her research into medical physics and the physics of complex human systems.

In 2011, during her research fellowship at St John’s College, Oxford, Dr. Horton became the overt target of the intelligence services. What began as overt surveillance became intrusive harassment that morphed into unmistakable crime through related networks.

As a result of her experience as “a targeted individual” or “TI,” Dr. Horton began to organize with other TIs to build a more scientific understanding of the phenomenon, to put a stop to these activities and to warn a wider audience of the covert technologies and networks that significantly threaten the entire population of the world.

You can learn more about and support her work at her website STOP 007 and from her new video-streaming show Global Crime Fighters, which is available in both English and German.



Related: The Surveillance State Is Creating New Meta-Crimes

I have dealt with some of these technologies and networks, particularly during the Hamilton Securities litigation with the U.S. Department of Justice from 1996-2006. This litigation happened shortly after the Department had entered into a Memorandum of Understanding with the Department of Defense regarding experimentation and testing of “non-lethal weapons” for domestic application.

Based on my personal experience and research, particularly on how digital surveillance and technology is used to exploit individuals financially, I believe there are 325 million TIs in America divided into two groups – those who know we are targeted and those who do not.

The phenomenon is not limited to America. It is intertwined with organized crime, mercenaries and intelligence services throughout the NATO area and the rest of the world. It goes to the very heart of whether the people who run our society are subject to the law or not.

Targeting forces represent the shock troops that allow those in charge to get away with secrecy and crimes ranging from financial coup d’etat to murder.



Related: The US Government Is Being Sued For Info On The Secretive Five Eyes Intelligence Group

The targeting phenomenon goes to the heart of the tactics that have allowed central management and control of financial markets and geopolitics.

Dr. Horton is going to join me for our next interview to discuss the TI phenomenon. Topics on our list to cover include gang-stalking, directed energy weapon attacks, non-consensual implanting, neurotechnology, asset-stripping, intel crime, secret societies, and genocide.

We will discuss we can do to avoid and manage targeting and how concerned citizens can build resilient systems to support the rule of law.

This Solari Report will be excellent background for the report we will publish this fall on privatization and the reengineering of the US government.

In Let’s Go to the Movies, I recommend Truthstream Media’s new blockbuster The Minds of Men. You can buy the DVD or stream on Vimeo. It helps you understand the early history on how many of the targeting technologies in use today were developed.

Related: Space Fence: Connecting The Surveillance And Transhumanist Agendas


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Dr. Russell Blaylock Explains Why The Masses Are Becoming Cognitively Retarded And Incapable Of Rational Thought
September 25 2020 | From: NaturalNews

Is society getting dumber by the day? It may not just be your imagination: As Dr. Russell Blaylock, a retired neurosurgeron, posits, the stupidity of the masses may be by design.



Through a barrage of toxic chemicals and compounds, Blaylock says the government is purposely trying to dumb-down the masses. A dumber society is more easily controlled, after all.

Related: There Is Deadly Formaldehyde In Clothing, Food, Cigarettes And Vaccines - What Will You Be Wearing, Eating, Smoking And Injecting Today?

Whether it’s the mercury in vaccines, the fluoride in our water, or the dozens of pesticides applied to our food, it’s hard not to suspect that the government knows exactly what they’re doing.

The toxicity of these chemicals and compounds is well-documented, yet nothing is ever done to reduce the presence of harmful compounds in our environment. Why else would the government willingly pollute the environment, public water supplies and more?


Where Has Intelligence Gone?

Dr. Blaylock explained in a video lecture that we are bombarded with a stream of toxins that are known to disrupt normal brain function.


“We’re seeing a society that not only has a lot more people of lower IQ, but a lot fewer people of higher IQ. In other words, a dumbing down, a chemical dumbing down of society,” he stated.



Related: Toxic Food Is Killing Humanity: One-Fifth Of Global Deaths Now Linked To Processed Junk Food And Toxic Ingredient

Blaylock contends that this trend has made people more dependent on the government.


“We have these people of lower IQ, who are totally dependent.

Then we have this mass of people who are going to believe anything they are told because they can’t really think clearly - and very few people of a very high IQ have good cognitive function who can  figure this all out,”
he explained.

“That’s what they want,” Blaylock said.

As Natural Newswriter S.D. Wells explains, the FDA is easily seen as an edifice of fraud. The federal agency, which is purportedly charged with ensuring food and drugs are safe, actually does neither.

The FDA never conducts their own testing; they rely on “data” cherry-picked for them by manufacturers. The FDA doesn’t test food additives to see if they are safe, or if they will react negatively with other additives.



Related: Deep Medical Fraud: Logical Insight Cancels Brain Fog & FDA Quietly Bans Powerful Life-Saving Intravenous Vitamin C

In short, the FDA knows nothing about what’s in our food or how it might affect humans. The same can be said of prescription drugs.



Depleting Intelligence at Every Turn

There are a bevy of toxins that people are exposed to everyday

Whether its toxic food additives, mercury-laden vaccines, pesticides and herbicides or fluoride, the sad truth is that toxicity has become a part of daily life for many people.

Fluoride is a known neurotoxin, yet it is added to our water supplies in the name of “public health.” Fluoride is not an essential nutrient; it’s not a nutrient at all, actually.

Almost 67 percent of public water in the U.S. is fluoridated, under the erroneous notion that it will protect teeth against tooth decay. Many  of our “peer” nations have rejected the idea of water fluoridation, such as Denmark, Finland, Norway, the Netherlands, Sweden, China and Japan.

Multiple studies have shown that fluoridated water lowers IQ in children - so it’s really best to avoid it.



Related: Fluoridation Is Mass Medication, New Zealand Supreme Court Rules

But it’s not just what they’re adding to food and water and vaccines that’s making America [the Western world] stupid: Even the education system is complicit in the plan to dumb down the country.

A study by NASA scientists recently confirmed that many people are born “creative geniuses” but their intelligence is ultimately hampered by the U.S. education system. Perhaps calling it the “re-education” system would be more appropriate?

The end-goal of the government is not to have a free and intelligent society; the globalists would rather turn us into a sea of malleable drones that do as they’re told.

See more coverage of stories about society’s agenda at Globalism.news.


Related Articles:

Corporate Mass Media Controls Your Mind

New Study Provides Further Evidence Of Low IQ In Children Due To Fluoride Exposure

Everywhere In The Western World, Government Is A Conspiracy Against The People & Cartels That Run The World

Why Are Public Officials Protecting GMO And The Pesticides Industry? Digging Down Into The Cesspool Of
Corruption


Vaccine Authoritarians Try To Censor Billboard That Dares Ask, “Do You Know What’s In A Vaccine?” &
Australia Will Now Fine Parents Twice A Month If They Don’t Vaccinate Their Kids


"Smart City" Is Really Government Spying On An Unimaginable Scale


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

How To Defeat The Empire
September 24 2020 | From: CaitlinJohnstone / Various

One of the biggest and most consistent challenges of my young career so far has been finding ways to talk about solutions to our predicament in a way that people will truly hear.



I talk about these solutions constantly, and some readers definitely get it, but others will see me going on and on about a grassroots revolution against the establishment narrative control machine and then say “Okay, but what do we do?” or “You talk about problems but never offer any solutions!”

Related: Pulitzer Prize-Winning CNN Journalist Busted For Fabricating Fake News, Resigns From CNN + Google Gestapo Goes Full Nazi Against Independent Media - Hiding “Controversial Content” And “Redirecting” Searches

Part of the difficulty is that I don’t talk much about the old attempts at solutions we’ve already tried that people have been conditioned to listen for.

I don’t endorse politicians, I don’t advocate starting a new political party, I don’t support violent revolution, I don’t say that capitalism contains the seeds of its own destruction and the proletariat will inevitably rise up against the bourgeoisie, and in general I don’t put much stock in the idea that our political systems are in and of themselves sufficient for addressing our biggest problems in any meaningful way.

What I do advocate, over and over and over again in as many different ways as I can come up with, is a decentralized guerrilla psywar against the institutions which enable the powerful to manipulate the way ordinary people think, act and vote.


“How To Win A Grassroots Media Rebellion“ - Caitlin Johnstone At Ron Paul Institute Conference

The mainstream media and its partners in government want to silence any non-regime voices. Australian renegade blogger joins the Ron Paul Institute's August 18th Washington conference to tell us how we can fight back!





I talk about narrative and propaganda all the time because they are the root of all our problems.

As long as the plutocrat-controlled media are able to manufacture consent for the status quo upon which those plutocrats built their respective empires, there will never be the possibility of a successful revolution.

People will never rebel against a system while they’re being successfully propagandized not to. It will never, ever happen.

Most people who want drastic systematic changes to the way power operates in our society utterly fail to take this into account.

Most of them are aware to some extent that establishment propaganda is happening, but they fail to fully appreciate its effects, its power, and the fact that it’s continually getting more and more sophisticated.

They continue to talk about the need for a particular political movement, for this or that new government policy, or even for a full-fledged revolution, without ever turning and squarely focusing on the elephant in the room that none of these things will ever happen as long as most people are successfully propagandized into being uninterested in making them happen.

It’s like trying to light a fire without first finding a solution to the problem that you’re standing under pouring rain.



Related: Why The Coordinated Alternative Media Purge Should Terrify Everyone

Certainly we can all agree that a fire is sorely needed because it’s cold and wet and miserable out here, but we’re never going to get one going while the kindling is getting soaked and we can’t even get a match lit.

The first order of business must necessarily be to find a way to protect our fire-starting area from the downpour of establishment propaganda.

A decentralized guerrilla psywar against the propaganda machine is the best solution to this problem.

By Psywar I mean a grassroots psychological war against the establishment propaganda machine with the goal of weakening public trust in pro-empire narratives.

People only believe sources of information that they trust, and propaganda cannot operate without belief. Right now trust in the mass media is at an all-time low while our ability to network and share information is at an all-time high.

Our psywar is fought with the goal of using our unprecedented ability to circulate information to continue to kill public trust in the mass media, not with lies and propaganda, but with truth.

If we can expose journalistic malpractice and the glaring plot holes in establishment narratives about things like war, Julian Assange, Russia etc, we will make the mass media look less trustworthy.





Mike Flynn: An Army of Digital Soldiers





Related: Did You Catch What The Patriots Are Doing? It’s Perfect



By Decentralized I mean we should each take responsibility for weakening public trust in the propaganda machine in our own way, rather than depending on centralized groups and organizations.

The more centralized an operation is, the easier it is for establishment manipulators to infiltrate and undermine it.

This doesn’t mean that organizing is bad, it just means a successful grassroots psywar won’t depend on it.

If we’re each watching for opportunities to weaken public trust in the official narrative makers on our own personal time and in our own unique way using videos, blogs, tweets, art, paper literature, conversations and demonstrations, we’ll be far more effective.

By Guerrilla I mean constantly attacking different fronts in different ways, never staying with the same line of attack for long enough to allow the propagandists to develop a counter-narrative.

If they build up particularly strong armor around one area, put it aside and expose their lies on an entirely different front. The propagandists are lying constantly, so there is never any shortage of soft targets.

The only consistency should be in attacking the propaganda machine as visibly as possible.



Related: Facebook Begins Killing The Independent News Industry

As far as how to go about that attack, my best answer is that I’m leading by example here. I’m only ever doing the thing that I advocate, so if you want to know what I think we should all do, just watch what I do.

I’m only ever using my own unique set of skills, knowledge and assets to attack the narrative control engine at whatever points I perceive to be the most vulnerable on a given day.

So do what I do, but keep in mind that each individual must sort out the particulars for themselves.

We’ve each got our own strengths and abilities that we bring to the psywar: some of us are funny, some are artistic, some are really good at putting together information and presenting it in a particular format, some are good at finding and boosting other people’s high-quality attacks.

Everyone brings something to the table. The important thing is to do whatever will draw the most public interest and attention to what you’re doing. Don’t shy away from speaking loud and shining bright.

It isn’t necessary to come up with your own complete 'How It Is' narrative of exactly what is happening in our world right now; with the current degree of disinformation and government opacity that’s too difficult to do with any degree of completion anyway.



Related: New Zealand Follows Communist China In Erecting “Great Firewall” Of Internet Content To Block All Independent Journalism About The Mosque Shootings

All you need to do is wake people up in as many ways as possible to the fact that they’re being manipulated and deceived. Every newly opened pair of eyes makes a difference, and anything you can do to help facilitate that is energy well spent.

Without an effective propaganda machine, the empire cannot rule. Once we’ve crippled public trust in that machine, we’ll exist in a very different world already, and the next step will present itself from there.

Until then, the attack on establishment propaganda should be our foremost priority.

The best way to get around the internet censors and make sure you see the stuff I publish is to subscribe to the mailing list for my website, which will get you an email notification for everything I publish.


Related Articles:

The Pentagon Has Officially Joined the War on Alternative Media

Google And Soros-Backed ‘Fact-Checkers’ Join Forces To Control News Search Results & USG Conspiracy To Censor Alternative Views As Fake

Google, YouTube, Twitter, Facebook, Comcast, Instagram Suffer Devastating Outages As Trump Goes To War With Big Tech’s Malicious Censorship And Fraud & "Wikipedia Is Broken," Controlled By Special Interests & Bad Actors Says Co-Founder

Trump Administration First Shot Across Big Tech Giants’ Bow: Warns Them Of Censorship


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Fibonacci Sequence: What Is The Golden Ratio?
September 23 2020 | From: LiveScience / FractalEnlightenment / Various

The Golden ratio is a special number found by dividing a line into two parts so that the longer part divided by the smaller part is also equal to the whole length divided by the longer part.



It is often symbolized using phi, after the 21st letter of the Greek alphabet. In an equation form, it looks like this:

Related: Quasi-crystals and the Golden Ratio


a/b = (a+b)/a = 1.6180339887498948420 …

As with pi (the ratio of the circumference of a circle to its diameter), the digits go on and on, theoretically into infinity. Phi is usually rounded off to 1.618. This number has been discovered and rediscovered many times, which is why it has so many names - the Golden mean, the Golden section, divine proportion, etc.





Historically, the number can be seen in the architecture of many ancient creations, like the Great Pyramids and the Parthenon.

In the Great Pyramid of Giza, the length of each side of the base is 756 feet with a height of 481 feet. The ratio of the base to the height is roughly 1.5717, which is close to the Golden ratio.




Phidias (500 B.C. - 432 B.C.) was a Greek sculptor and mathematician who is thought to have applied phi to the design of sculptures for the Parthenon.

Plato (428 B.C. - 347 B.C.) considered the Golden ratio to be the most universally binding of mathematical relationships. Later, Euclid (365 B.C. - 300 B.C.) linked the Golden ratio to the construction of a pentagram.




Related: Neuroscience Says Listening To This Song Reduces Anxiety By Up To 65 Percent + The Miracle Of 528 Hz
Solfeggio And Fibonacci Numbers

Around 1200, mathematician Leonardo Fibonacci discovered the unique properties of the Fibonacci sequence.

This sequence ties directly into the Golden ratio because if you take any two successive Fibonacci numbers, their ratio is very close to the Golden ratio. As the numbers get higher, the ratio becomes even closer to 1.618.

For example, the ratio of 3 to 5 is 1.666. But the ratio of 13 to 21 is 1.625. Getting even higher, the ratio of 144 to 233 is 1.618. These numbers are all successive numbers in the Fibonacci sequence.



These numbers can be applied to the proportions of a rectangle, called the Golden rectangle. This is known as one of the most visually satisfying of all geometric forms - hence, the appearance of the Golden ratio in art.

The Golden rectangle is also related to the Golden spiral, which is created by making adjacent squares of Fibonacci dimensions. 




Related: Fibonnaci Number: The Mathematics


In 1509, Luca Pacioli wrote a book that refers to the number as the "Divine Proportion," which was illustrated by Leonardo da Vinci. Da Vinci later called this sectio aurea or the Golden section.

The Golden ratio was used to achieve balance and beauty in many Renaissance paintings and sculptures.

Da Vinci himself used the Golden ratio to define all of the proportions in his Last Supper, including the dimensions of the table and the proportions of the walls and backgrounds.





The Golden ratio also appears in da Vinci's Vitruvian Man and the Mona Lisa. Other artists who employed the Golden ratio include Michelangelo, Raphael, Rembrandt, Seurat, and Salvador Dali.



The term "phi" was coined by American mathematician Mark Barr in the 1900s. Phi has continued to appear in mathematics and physics, including the 1970s Penrose Tiles, which allowed surfaces to be tiled in five-fold symmetry.

In the 1980s, phi appeared in quasi crystals, a then-newly discovered form of matter.



Phi is more than an obscure term found in mathematics and physics. It appears around us in our daily lives, even in our aesthetic views.

Studies have shown that when test subjects view random faces, the ones they deem most attractive are those with solid parallels to the Golden ratio.





Faces judged as the most attractive show Golden ratio proportions between the width of the face and the width of the eyes, nose, and eyebrows.

The test subjects weren't mathematicians or physicists familiar with phi - they were just average people, and the Golden ratio elicited an instinctual reaction.




The Golden ratio also appears in all forms of nature and science. Some unexpected places include:

Flower petals: The number of petals on some flowers follows the Fibonacci sequence. It is believed that in the Darwinian processes, each petal is placed to allow for the best possible exposure to sunlight and other factors.

Seed heads: The seeds of a flower are often produced at the center and migrate outward to fill the space. For example, sunflowers follow this pattern.

Pinecones: The spiral pattern of the seed pods spiral upward in opposite directions. The number of steps the spirals take tend to match Fibonacci numbers.




Related: Is The Pineal Gland The Gateway To A Spiritual Awakening?


Tree branches: The way tree branches form or split is an example of the Fibonacci sequence. Root systems and algae exhibit this formation pattern.

Shells: Many shells, including snail shells and nautilus shells, are perfect examples of the Golden spiral.



Spiral galaxies
: The Milky Way has a number of spiral arms, each of which has a logarithmic spiral of roughly 12 degrees. The shape of the spiral is identical to the Golden spiral, and the Golden rectangle can be drawn over any spiral galaxy.

Hurricanes: Much like shells, hurricanes often display the Golden spiral.



Fingers
: The length of our fingers, each section from the tip of the base to the wrist is larger than the preceding one by roughly the ratio of phi.

Animal bodies: The measurement of the human navel to the floor and the top of the head to the navel is the Golden ratio. But we are not the only examples of the Golden ratio in the animal kingdom; dolphins, starfish, sand dollars, sea urchins, ants and honeybees also exhibit the proportion.

DNA molecules: A DNA molecule measures 34 angstroms by 21 angstroms at each full cycle of the double helix spiral. In the Fibonacci series, 34 and 21 are successive numbers.


The Fibonacci Sequence


The Fibonacci sequence is possibly the most simple recurrence relation occurring in nature.

It is 0,1,1,2,3,5,8,13,21,34,55,89, 144… each number equals the sum of the two numbers before it, and the difference of the two numbers succeeding it. It is an infinite sequence which goes on forever as it develops.

The Golden Ratio/Divine Ratio or Golden Mean – The quotient of any Fibonacci number and it’s predecessor approaches Phi, represented as ϕ (1.618), the Golden ratio.





The Golden Ratio is best understood geometrically by the golden rectangle. A rectangle unevenly divided resulting into one square and one rectangle, the square’s sides would have the ratio of 1:1, and the new rectangle would be exactly proportionate to the original rectangle – 1:1.618.

This iteration can continue both ways, infinitely. If you plot a quarter circle inside each of the squares as they reiterate, the golden spiral is formed.

The golden spiral is possibly the most simple mathematic pattern that occurs in nature like shells of snails, sea shells, horns, flowers, plants. Numbers are only what we use to organize quantitative information. golden ratio spiral galaxies.





The Golden Ratio can be seen from a Chambered Nautilus to a Spiraling Galaxy The Golden Ratio can be applied to any number of geometric forms including circles, triangles, pyramids, prisms, and polygons.

The Golden Ratio can be seen from a Chambered Nautilus to a Spiraling Galaxy The Golden Ratio can be applied to any number of geometric forms including circles, triangles, pyramids, prisms, and polygons.





The golden ratio is formed by thirds within thirds, sixths, the connection between two and three, including every even and odd number itself.

The ratio itself represents the transcendence of numbers, understanding our world is not numbers, but what numbers represent.





Through the spiral, the ratio illustrates how the numbers, all quantities, are quality. Eventually, all quality can be represented through quantity.

Properties qualitative and quantitative are just labels of information, our gathered indisputable fact.

Sunflowers have a Golden Spiral seed arrangement. This provides a biological advantage because it maximizes the number of seeds that can be packed into a seed head. If you graph any number system, eventually patterns appear.





Related:
Aston Martin, James Bond and the Golden Ratio

In mathematics, numbers and their patterns do not only continue infinitely linear, but in all directions.


"Breathtaking Proportions – The ‘Golden Ratio’ sits at the heart of every Aston Martin. Balanced from any angle, each exterior line of Rapide S works in concert and every proportion is precisely measured to create a lithe, pure form. Our engineering follows the same principle. A near perfect weight distribution ensures Rapide S is balanced in form and balanced in function.”

For example, considering infinite decimal expansion, even the shortest segments have an infinite amount of points.

Our universe and the numbers not only go on infinitely linear, but even it’s short segments have infinite points. (A beautiful short film on Fibonacci sequence in Nature - ‘Nature by Numbers’)


Nature by Numbers

 


The golden ratio is not the only mathematical pattern that reaches infinity, there are many other patterns as well that reach infinity. Knowing this, ask yourself, how could infinity occur twice?

If something were to happen infinitely, how could it happen twice? The answer is simple, infinity represents what is eternal, what is truly whole. For example, if infinity were to be used as a variable in mathematics like all other numbers, it would be denoted as 1∞, 2∞, 3∞, 4∞, etc.



The oneness of everything factual is what you know, what you perceive, what you are aware of, is all the universe looking at itself. This is the universe, even you are the universe, us and everything we know is all the same thing.

Since the numbers are everywhere, everything is a part of a pattern. Reflections of reflections, wheels within wheels. Life itself is a Fractal. (Another video on the Egyptian ‘Temple of Man’ is a symbolic representation of the Fibonacci series of balanced organic expansion and an expression of the underlying principles of life in the universe)

The Fibonacci Series - Egyptian Sacred Architecture






Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

How To Get Rid Of Paranoid Conspiracy Theorists
September 22 2019 | From: Medium

Are you as sick and tired as I am of all those tinfoil hat-wearing conspiracy nutters who express skepticism whenever the kind and beneficent US intelligence agencies bestow us with urgent information about a new country in need of regime change?



Do you want to get rid of that kooky fringe 74 percent of Americans who believe in a “Deep State” which controls the elected governmen? [Comment: Historical; but well worth contemplation.]

Related: 9 Indisputable Truths About “Conspiracy Theorists”

Well you’re in luck, bucko! I happen to have compiled right here a list of six simple steps that our compassionate government and fearless media can take to rid America of these looney toon paranoid conspiracy theorists once and for all:


1. Stop Fucking Lying All the Time

Simple, right? Just stop lying and people will stop wondering how the narrative they’re being spoon fed by their politicians and the media differs from reality!

End the practice of defense and intelligence agencies collaborating with think tanks and unelected insiders to manufacture false narratives which are then promulgated by pundits and politicians of both mainstream parties to advance imperialist agendas.



Related: Vault 7 Bombshell Just Vindicated Every Conspiracy Theorist: The CIA Can Spy On Anyone Through TVs, iPhones, Smart Phones And Windows PCs + Former Secret Service Agent Dan Bongino Set To Release New Info On Obama: “It’s Going To Blow Wide Open This Week” & Clinton Campaign Manager Robby Mook Confirms He Knew About Wiretaps

What will Alex Jones and Sputnik talk about if the voices of power start telling the truth all of a sudden instead of lying about the justifications for imperialist wars, excluding and censoring skeptics of establishment orthodoxies from the mainstream conversation, and being forthright about the massive and ubiquitous problems in America’s democratic system?

That’ll show those crackpots!


2. Try Some Actual Fucking Government Transparency

That’s right! Add government transparency into the mix and what will hostile non-state intelligence operatives like Julian Assange have to publish?

I say we drive the WikiLeaks fake news complex right out of business by eliminating the immense veil of secrecy which shrouds so many levels of US government.



Related: The Telegraph: Perhaps The World's Conspiracy Theorists Have Been Right All Along

That way when those annoying conspiracy kooks try to say we’re not being given the full story about the behavior of America and its allies, our leaders can just tell them “Uh, yes we are actually” and show unredacted documentation of all their behaviors.

How do you like that, Russian WikiLeaks? We are the WikiLeaks now!


3. Stop Fucking Killing People

Of course, it’s hard to be transparent when you’re conducting countless military operations all over the planet at any given moment, so we’ll probably have to stop that too. We don’t want to give away the secret plans and locations of America’s brave servicemen and women, after all.

Dedicate the US military to defending America’s own shores and close down the hundreds of US military bases which dot the world like freckles on a Scotsman, and the next time those paranoid conspiracy freaks start questioning what they’re being told they can just be shown the truth.



Related: Scientific Study: 'Conspiracy Theorists' Are The Sanest Of All

Not as much fun as drone bombing children, I’ll admit, but if we want to get serious about this conspiracy theory epidemic we’ve got to start somewhere.


4. Stop Promoting Fucking Conspiracy Theories

I don’t like to be a Debbie downer, but when we’ve got news stories coming out every few days promoting theories about the US president conspiring with the Russian government, it gets a little difficult to tell people not to indulge in conspiracy theories.

Unproven claims about powerful people conspiring together is the exact thing that a conspiracy theory is, and while I understand that these are authorized conspiracy theories, we can’t rely on these crazy loons to understand the distinction.



Related: Conspiracy Theorist - The New Normal

Better to lead by example and avoid trafficking in conspiracy theories altogether, in my opinion.


5. Stop Being Such Fucking Assholes

If US intelligence agencies weren’t torturing people, they wouldn’t have to lie about torturing. If US intelligence agencies weren’t surveilling US citizens, they wouldn’t have to lie about their surveillance programs.

If US intelligence agencies weren’t constantly committing horrific atrocities to protect the interests of the powerful from the powerless, everyone would trust them and you’d stop seeing all these ridiculous conspiracy theories about what those agencies have been up to.

Call me crazy, but I’ve got this wild notion that maybe if highly secretive defense and intelligence agencies weren’t inflicting unspeakable acts of depravity and degradation upon humanity all the time from behind the veil of government opacity, humanity would be less paranoid about them.



Related: Leaked DNC Emails Prove Once And For All That The Conspiracy Theorists Were Right All Along + FBI Source: Clinton Foundation Can Bring Down Entire Government


6. Maybe Try Some Fucking Democracy for Once

People are beginning to notice that no matter who they vote for they get the same exploitative neoliberal policies at home and the same murderous neoconservative policies abroad, which doesn’t do much to dispel those wacky notions about a permanent unelected government pulling the strings while the official elected government puts on a pretend democracy show every few years.

It would probably be a good idea to do something about how America has the worst electoral system in the western world, how ordinary Americans have virtually no influence over US policy or behavior compared to wealthy Americans, and the way the rigidly-enforced two-party system necessarily creates an extortion scheme where both parties serve the same plutocratic interests but bully Americans into supporting one or the other under the threat of losing civil liberties.

And again, I hate to be a wet blanket, but those defense and intelligence agencies technically are unelected and technically do wield an immense amount of power, and technically do have an immense amount of influence over Washington, Wall Street, Silicon Valley, Hollywood, the mainstream media, big oil, plutocratic interests, US allies, world trade, and countless major world events.



Related: “Conspiracy Theorists” Are Vindicated: U.S. Senate Reports Chemtrails Are Real And Are Killing Us!

By restoring power to the people instead of leaving it all in the hands of an elite class of secretive agencies and their plutocratic allies, people might feel like they have a bit more control over what’s going on in their country and won’t have to make up nonsensical stories about a “deep state”.

If we could pull these steps off, what will these conspiracy-mongering grifters have to sell to the naive populace? If everyone trusts their government and feels confident in the democratic process, who will believe stories about powerful unelected forces ruling over them?

You certainly wouldn’t have 74 percent of them subscribing to this absurd “deep state” conspiracy theory, that’s for sure.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Subpoenas Authorized For Comey, Brennan, Clapper, Halper And Other 'Spygate' Figures & Phones Wiped Clean: What's Behind Robert Mueller's Russia Probe Team's 'Mass Password Amnesia'?
September 21 2020 | From: Zerohedge / Sputnik / TheEasternSpectator / Various

The Senate Homeland Security Committee voted on Wednesday to authorize subpoenas for dozens of Obama-era officials involved in 'spygate,' including former FBI Director James Comey, former CIA Director John Brennan, former DNI James Clapper - and longtime US intelligence operative Stephen Halper, who the Obama administration paid nearly half-a-million dollars to help the FBI spy on the 2016 Trump campaign.



The committee authorized chairman Sen. Ron Johnson (R-WI) to issue notices for taking depositions, subpoenas, records requests, and testimony related to the "Crossfire Hurricane" investigation - along with the DOJ Inspector General's review of said investigation, as well as the "unmasking" of individuals connected to the Trump campaign, transition team, and administration, according to Fox News.

Related: "Absolutely Terrified" Democrats Demand Emergency Investigation Into Durham Probe


“The committee also authorized subpoenas for Sidney Blumenthal, former Obama chief of staff Denis McDonough, former FBI counsel Lisa Page, former FBI agent Joe Pientka, former ambassador to the United Nations Samantha Power, former FBI director of counterintelligence Bill Priestap, former White House national security adviser Susan Rice, former FBI agent Peter Strzok, former FBI lawyer Kevin Clinesmith – who pleaded guilty to making a false statement in the first criminal case arising from U.S. Attorney John Durham's review of the investigation into links between Russia and the 2016 Trump campaign – among others.”

As part of the authorization, Johnson may subpoena "the production of all records" related to the FBI's initial Russia probe, as well as unmasking requests for "James Baker, former FBI Deputy Director Andrew McCabe, DOJ official Bruce Ohr, FBI case agent Steven Somma, former U.S. Ambassador to Russia John Teftt, former deputy assistant attorney general Tashina Gauhar."

Halper, meanwhile, is a former government official and longtime spook for the CIA and FBI, who was outed as the FBI informant who infiltrated the Trump campaign after the Washington Post and the New York Times ran reports that corroborated a March report by the Daily Caller detailing Halper's outreach to several low-level aides to the Trump campaign, including Carter Page and George Papadopoulos. 




Related:
Senator Ron Johnson to Release Interim Report on Biden Probe Within a Week

Halper, 73, cut a colorful figure as he strolled through diplomatic, academic, and espionage circles, having served in the Reagan, Ford, and Nixon administrations. -Daily Mail

These contacts are notable, as Halper's infiltration of the Trump campaign corresponds with the two of the four targets of the FBI's Operation Crossfire Hurricane - in which the agency sent counterintelligence agent Peter Strzok and others to a London meeting in the Summer of 2016 with former Australian diplomat Alexander Downer - who says Papadopoulos drunkenly admitted to knowing that the Russians had Hillary Clinton's emails.

The 74-year-old Halper who split his time between his Virginia farm and teaching at Cambridge, approached several Trump campaign aides during the 2016 US election for purposes of espionage - on behalf of the FBI, headed at the time by the recently very quiet James Comey.

Halper continued to spy on Trump campaign aide Carter Page well after the election, and now we find that he was trying to infiltrate the Trump administration.
 

In Short:  

The FBI recruited Halper to spy on the Trump campaign in the summer of 2016.

After forming relationships with two Trump campaign aides, Halper invited one of them, George Papadopoulos, to work on a policy paper in London, where the 73-year-old professor/spy brought up Russian emails.

Halper approached Trump aide Carter Page during an election-themed conference at Cambridge on July 11, 2016. The two would stay in contact for the next 14 months, frequently meeting and exchanging emails.

Then, after the election, Halper reportedly tried to infiltrate the Trump administration, pushing for a job in the State Department, according to Axios

All the while, Halper had been paid handsomely by the Obama administration through a Department of Defense contract, one of four going back to 2012.



Related:
First Criminal Charge By Durham Casts Shadow Over Mueller Probe & ‘Russiagate’ Hoax Unravels, But Their Anti-Russia Sanctions Don’t

The most recent contract had a start date of September 26, 2016 - three days after a September 23 Yahoo! News article by Michael Isikoff about Trump aide Carter Page, which used information fed to Isikoff by "pissgate" dossier creator Christopher Steele

The FBI would use the Yahoo! article along with the unverified "pissgate" dossier as supporting evidence in an FISA warrant application for Page. 

It appears Johnson will have plenty of digging to do if Republicans hold onto the Senate in November.


Related Articles:

How The Deep State ‘Justifies’ Itself In America

Furious Trump Threatens Twitter For "Interfering In The 2020 Presidential Election" After "Misinformation" Fact-Check + Trump’s Order Pushes Social Media To Cease ‘Unfair’ Speech Restrictions

The Railroading Of Michael Flynn – How It Happened And Why It Matters + Top GOP Lawmaker Says There Will Be ‘Criminal Referrals’ Against Mueller Team

"Obamagate!" Trump Tweets Tucker Carlson's Crushing Breakdown Why The Former President Should Be Panicking

John Podesta Admits In Testimony Both DNC And Hillary Campaign Split The Cost For Bogus Trump-Russia Dossier That Launched The Coup + Attorney Clevenger Alleges Office Of DNI Has Communications Between Seth Rich And WikiLeaks – Russia Collusion A Lie!






Phones Wiped Clean: What's Behind Robert Mueller's Russia Probe Team's 'Mass Password Amnesia'?

Last year, IG Horowitz found no evidence of bias in the FBI probe of the Trump campaign. However, it has turned out that over a dozen phones belonging to Special Counsel Mueller's team had been wiped before being handed to the IG office.



Wall Street analyst Charles Ortel says that the case should be urgently probed by nonpartisan prosecutors.

Related: House Democrats Call for an ‘Emergency’ Watchdog Review of Durham Investigation

On 11 September, Wisconsin Sen. Ron Johnson, the chairman of the Senate Committee on Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs, called upon Department of Justice Inspector General Michael Horowitz to open an investigation into the Robert Mueller team for having "accidentally" wiped their phones.

Records released by the DoJ in response to Judicial Watch's Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) request indicated that at least 15 mobile devices belonging to members of Mueller's Trump-Russia probe had been wiped of data before being handed over to IG Horowitz's team, which investigated Crossfire Hurricane's potential anti-Trump bias from March 2018 until December 2019.

The DoJ records cite forgotten passwords, irreversible screen damage or missing hardware among the reasons behind the loss of data.

In his letter, Senator Johnson asked Horowitz when the IG Office was made aware of this matter and whether there is the capability to retrieve the information from these phones. He urged the inspector general to provide a response "no later than September 18, 2020."




The Real Reason They Want You To Hate Donald Trump





Related: Trump - Existential Threat To New World Order






The Curious Case of Robert Mueller's Team


“Americans are not stupid",
says Wall Street analyst and investigative journalist Charles Ortel, who doubts that at least 15 phones belonging to Mueller's associates were wiped by mistake.

"Across the political system people are sick of watching governments prosecute political enemies but protect political allies."

Netizens have also thrown the apparent coincidence into doubt: a Twitter user named Techno Fog suggested that it seems dubious that Andrew Weissmann, a top member of Robert Mueller's special counsel team, abruptly forgot his password after using the device for months.

Furthermore, it appears that Weissmann erased his phone twice.


"It's worse than that", echoed another social media user, Hans Mahncke. "According to Apple's Security Guide, it would've taken Andrew Weissmann a minimum of 1 hour and 36 minutes to 'accidentally' wipe his phone."

"At least 27 phones used by the Mueller team were wiped before they could be checked for records", highlighted Epoch Times reporter Ivan Pentchoukov after looking through DoJ records.

"Some phones just wiped themselves, in other cases there was mass password amnesia that required resets."


A formal criminal inquiry is urgently required, not by an inspector general but by nonpartisan prosecutors and investigators who must follow this all the way to its leaders and funders, according to Ortel.


"The wipings are bold yet amateurish",
he notes. "Communications using these devices likely have already been obtained from service providers or by other means."

The analyst does not rule out that US Attorney John Durham, who is currently conducting a separate inquiry into the handling of Crossfire Hurricane, "has already done so".

If he has not, then more resources are required"
, the analyst remarks.



Related: Exclusive From General Flynn: If We Don't Act, 2% Of The People Are About To Control The Other 98%


Hillary Clinton "Acid-Washed" Her Emails Too

President Trump reacted harshly to the DoJ's recent disclosure:


"So now we find out that the entire Mueller 'hit squad' illegally wiped their phones clean just prior to the investigation of them, all using the same really dumb reason for this 'accident', just like Crooked Hillary smashing her phones with a hammer and deleting her emails!"
he tweeted.

Ortel agrees that there is a striking resemblance between the two incidents, referring to Hillary Clinton's "emailgate" scandal which shed light on the former secretary of state's mishandling of classified government information and storing it on unprotected private servers.


"With Hillary, Mueller and missing George W. Bush administration emails, we have too many convenient accidents, for which ordinary Americans might be aggressively prosecuted",
the analyst points out.

According to him, the "Trump-Russia" probe was specifically aimed at diverting the public attention from the misdeeds of previous administrations, in particular, The Clinton Foundation, which Ortel considers one of the largest unprosecuted frauds ever.



Related: Judiciary Committee Releases Declassified Documents That Substantially Undercut Steele Dossier, Page FISA Warrants & Attorney General Says New Strzok Notes Described Obama White House Meeting

"From the outset, [then Attorney General] Jeff Sessions should not have recused himself, nor should [then Deputy Attorney General] Rod Rosenstein had any role in overseeing an investigation into the firing of [ex-FBI chief] James Comey and potential interference by Russia during the 2015 / 2016 election", the investigative journalist suggests.


"Each of the investigators had massive, disqualifying conflicts of interest. Mueller, Comey, and Rosenstein each at critical stages between 2001 and 2004 were involved in a miserably 'botched' investigation of the 'Clinton Foundation' that failed to spot and prosecute obvious fraud and corruption."

Ortel believes that they must have known that President Trump "posed potential threats to their personal freedom", so "they plotted against him".



Related: "Obamagate!" Trump Tweets Tucker Carlson's Crushing Breakdown Why The Former President Should Be Panicking


If Trump is Re-Elected, Americans Will Learn the Truth

John Durham may shed light on the story of an allegedly cooked-up "Trump-Russia" probe by 21 September, the Wall Street analyst presumes.


"If indictments, plea agreements or a report are looming, chances are that a wide circle is aware of details that the larger world definitely wants to absorb",
he says.

"Based on my ongoing review of public records, I believe many people should be prosecuted, jailed and fined to set a clear example that using government resources to interfere in and after elections is a serious set of crimes."

Ortel foresees that if Trump stays on course to be re-elected, Americans "will learn much more of the truth, possibly even before 3 November 2020".

"On the other hand, if Joe Biden somehow wins, the full extent of the truth will certainly be buried", he concludes.


Related Articles:

Putin And Trump Versus The New World Order: The Final Battle

CIA Fabricated Russiagate ‘Evidence’, Says Former NSA Tech Chief

Everywhere In The Western World, Government Is A Conspiracy Against The People
& Cartels That Run The World


Obamagate Is Not A Conspiracy Theory & Disinformation From Schiff, Media Damaged America

Justice Department Dropping General Michael Flynn’s Criminal Case + ‘Never Saw Any Direct Evidence’: Clapper Admission Torpedoes Democrat Push To Revive Trump-Russia Conspiracy With Transcript Dump

Tip Of The Iceberg: Michael Flynn Case Should Be Dismissed To Preserve Justice




Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Great Transition: The Shadow Ruling Force Behind The Central Banks Secrecy Is Repugnant In A Free And Open Society
September 20 2020 | From: FinalWakeUpCall

Monolithic and Ruthless Conspiracy: The Central Bankers’ crimes are legendary and more than can be listed here.



By providing large-scale loans to practically all countries and people, those have become dependent of the hidden ruling power. Governments that want to remain independent are vigorously addressed and enforced; their leaders are unseated, or murdered

Related: A Central Banker’s Plan For Your Money

If this is not possible through means of political propaganda, or being economically sanctioned, the CIA, Mossad, or otherwise military force will achieve their objective to submit them to the NWO-regime.

The bloodline Archon families want to control the world, which required the joining of forces of the 13 influential bloodline families.

Professor Adam Weishaupt drafted a plan in 1773, on request of Mayer Amschel Rothschild to make that happen.

The ultimate goal was, and still is, to create a world dictatorship with one leader at the top, located in Jerusalem - Israel.

As a matter of fact, even China’s government is ultimately run by a - Nazi-Rothschild- central bank, which dictates and controls the flow of money all over the world in every nation in which central banks are located.

They obtained full control, and have 100% – 5 eyes support that makes their authority unquestioned and unchallenged.



Related: Democracy Is A Front For Central Bank Rule & Financial Starvation In A Fiat Debt Slavery Financial System

Anyone involved in this buy and bribe scheme knows that it is in their own interest to participate in agreement to the given instructions. It really is a world-wide spread epidemic, and much worse than anyone can imagine.

The structure it is condoned under the current legal system of admiralty law. Defeating the truly evil enemy, should be people’s key priority! Let’s target the shadow controlling forces behind these central banks and put an end to this global corruption once and for all.

The real rulers in Washington DC are the invisible Luciferian Khazarians, they exercise their power from behind the scenes. Today the path to total dictatorship in the Western World can be laid by strictly legal means, unseen and unheard by Congress or Parliament, even the President, nor the people.

Officially, Constitutional Governments are implemented. But within our governments and political systems, another body is representing another form of these governments, it is the bureaucratic elite which believes that Constitutions are useless, as they are sure being on the winning side of the game.



Related: The Khazarian Mafia’s System Of Cartels

All the strange developments in policy agreements like the refuge crisis, may be traced back to this group who are going to make us over to suit their desire. The harm done to all people on our planet will take generations to correct. But all will be corrected, if we the people wake up and take back control!


Secrecy is Repugnant in a Free and Open Society

Trump is threatening to disturb the Deep State’s control game as no other modern President before him ever has done, except President John F. Kennedy who was murdered for his opposition against the Deep State. He said on April 27th, 1961 in an address to newspaper publishers;


“The very word ‘secrecy’ is repugnant in a free and open society, and we are as a people, inherently and historically, opposed to secret societies, secret oaths, and secret proceedings…

For we are opposed around the world by a monolithic and ruthless conspiracy that relies primarily on covert means for expanding its sphere of influence. It depends on infiltration instead of invasion, on subversion instead of elections, on intimidation instead of free choice.

It is a system which has conscripted vast human and material resources into the building of a tightly knit, highly efficient machine that combines military, diplomatic, intelligence, economic, scientific, and political operations. Its preparations are concealed, not published, its mistakes are buried, not headlined, its dissenters are silenced, not praised, no expenditure is questioned, no secret is revealed…

I am asking your help in the tremendous task of informing and alerting the American people… The high office of President has been used to foment a plot to destroy the American’s freedom, and before I leave office I must inform the citizen of his plight.”



Related: JFK At One Hundred

Unfortunately, the news media was and still is owned by the very foes President Kennedy was trying to defeat and those foes killed the President two and a half years later.


Unaware of the Risks

Even today, people are so unaware and have no idea of the risks President Trump is taking by challenging the Deep State, specifically the US military industrial complex MIC.

The mainstream media still do their utmost to discredit the President of the United States and try to overthrow him in order that the utterly corrupt elite that rule the western world can continue to hold on to power and to protect the massive budget of the MIC- complex, that along with the Israel Lobby, funds the elections of those who rule us.

They also tried multiple times to start a nuclear world war using Syria, North Korea, Iran, and other hotspots.

 It is important to remember and that cannot be repeated often enough: these people try to kill you and your family, and are still doing so.



Related: Deep State? What About Elite Television News Anchors?

The Asian secret societies learned of the Deep State Nazi plans to murder 90% of humanity by successfully eavesdropping on their secret meetings. In 2003, the cabal were spreading the engineered SARS disease – a bioweapon designed specifically to target the Asian race, which became their call to arms.

The Europeans, particularly the Germans, are doing some serious chess moves that will make Mr. Trump’s job ahead easier. The powers that are feeling resentful of Mr. Trump are also moving in a healthy direction for all of us.

Mr. Trump is doing a great job that isn’t understood by the public at large and probably not known by himself, as the whole operation is scripted by the Alliance.

Comment: Read about the Alliance that has been working behind the scenes for decades to take down the 'Cabal' within the work of David Wilcock.

By helping through Q-ANON notifications and observing the skirmishes that are forever going on.

This has become part of the whole scenario: it represents the undercurrent that is behind everything. It’s a crowd together of folks trying to keep this at bay. As, many of us wake-up and join the patriot crowd.

Where we go one, we go all. The Deep State won’t succeed; their turning point may have been passed.




Related: An Objective Analysis Of The QAnon Phenomenon


The Central Banking Control

The Central Banking system is currently owned by the Archon bloodline families that control more wealth than the better off 3.5 billion of the world’s population. Inequality is a drastic understatement.

The BIS – Bank for International Settlements – is a privately owned bank that oversights 60 Central banks including: The Bank of England, the Federal Reserve the European Central Bank and the Bank of Japan.

The BIS controls 95% of global wealth. The BIS was created as a control bank that would supervise the damage reparation settlements of Germany and its allies after WW1. It then morphed into the demon financial control center that it is today.

The monetary system from its inception till today is privately owned by the Rothschild and a few other families.

The Governments pay Central Banks with taxpayers’ monies to compensate for the interest of their counterfeit debt money, which they could have issued themselves free of any interest charge.



Related: Banks Are Stealing Our Future? How To Put An End?

Moreover, taxpayers’ contributions fund the Vatican Bank, Queen’s Bank of England, and all other Central Banks across the globe instead of their own government. People’s energy money makes it possible that Central Banks can charge again interest on the reimbursed tax funds.

Evidently, this corrupt system is also funding international child trafficking, including all black terrorist operations, etc.


No Need for Central Banks

Moreover, there is no need for Central banks, as the people controlled governments can issue the money themselves free of interest, without debt! – There is no anchor against the ever-increasing money supply that is destroying the world’s reserve currency.

New out of air-printed money is constantly created to fight deflation to avoid a depression. The world Central banks cannot accept deflation; they are trying to offset this by printing money to generate inflation. And, so have the populace since 1972 two third of their savings lost.



Related: Central Banks Are Trojan Horses, Looting Their Host Nations

As there is no velocity in the money circulation, they cannot generate the outcome they want. The Central Bankers have no power to turn this around, but resort to continuously printing money that no one spends, so the money has little effect on the economy.

If they don’t find a way to increase the velocity of money, there will be no inflation and higher prices, if money velocity keeps slowing down, the world will be mired in a deflationary trap that scares the hell out of the central bankers, as debt burdens go up in real terms. Tax revenues decrease. Banks fail. When the role of complication is ignored, they are putting the system at risk of collapse.

It is still an open question whether the world needs a reserve currency and it certainly does not when money is linked to something tangible.

There is no need for central banks to create money without limits either – as has been proven during the era 1870 – 1914 when the gold standard acted independently and effectively.


Unsustainable Debt

IMF says, “debt is unsustainable”, but central banks don’t solve the problem. They like to keep the world in a limbo of debt, so that countries and people need to take on more debt.

The Central Bankers business model is to putcountries and people in more debt, it is a pattern and they know this, but most of the people don’t know that.



Related: Unless We Kick Our Addiction To Growth, We’re Heading Towards A Debt-Fuelled Dystopia

The puppet governments and politicians are bought and paid for to do these things. The only way around this is to get rid of the central banks.

Look at Greece, it is in trouble again, the central bank’s fix was not a fix, it was a band aid and it was only meant to last for a couple of years, then the country would need more debt.

Another noticeable aspect is housing appreciation that is beginning to slow, prices are coming down which means those who purchased at the height of the market will be underwater and those who purchased during the last financial crisis will be worse off. Even, the pension systems are in trouble and there are noticeable signs of this. Once the market, real estate, and the rest crashes it will be game over.

And, that is why the economy is rapidly falling apart. And here comes the narrative battle, either Trump or the FED-Central Bank is going to be in charge to tell this story.

What you have to do is to prepare for the transition and make sure you have sufficient food in store as there is a life-size possibility that supplies will be disturbed.



Related: Governments Are Corporations & The Gold Standard Will Break Up The Banking Cartel

Be assured that this great transition is coming for which most people aren’t prepared; they will go through a very difficult period of time.

The Alliance with the patriots do there best to make the transition easy as possible. Let’s hope that Trump will have the narrative, as the central banks don’t care about the people, the more we suffer the better they like it.

Eventually, the Deep State players and agendas will dissolve under the upcoming transparency with equality for all. Everyone has to know how to fix the system, where the risks are hidden, and how with the least intrusive means possible can be changed.

Amongst others, it will be by asset backed currencies, then everything else could start to be fixed. How and what is explained in the next issue. Stay tuned!


Related Articles:

Rothschild worried about new world economic order

Deep State Desperation At All-Time High - Here’s Why

Economic Contagion? Central Banks Are the Real Culprit

Survival of the Richest - The wealthy are plotting to leave us behind

Trillion Dollar Inheritance: The World’s Biggest Family Fortunes

The Money Usurers: Money made on the backs of the people is being sanctioned by their government!

Rothschild Bank caught up in money-laundering scandal

The Truly Most Evil Enemy: The Deep State’s Traitors

The Banksters control the world: The trap is set to bring the economy down - The truth is about to come out

Allen Dulles was Swiss Family Mallet-Prevost Sleeper Agent of CIA OSS; Octogon rules over Pentagon


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Australia Is A Full Scale Pilot Test For The New World Order & The Totalitarian Future Globalists Want For The Entire World Is Being Revealed
September 19 2020 | From: SHFPlan / AltMarket / Various

Several journalists and content creators have noticed that Australia looks like the most totalitarian police state that has existed in recent history. 



It has become a full-scale pilot test for the elitists to see how well they can implement the New World Order.

Related: Huge Anti-Bill Gates Mural Appears in Melbourne as Crowds Chant ‘Arrest Bill Gates’ at Protests

Australians have been subjected to some of the most horrendous basic human rights and dignity violations during this entire scamdemic.

The elitists are using Australia to test out these authoritarian measures, such as getting the public used to a police state in which the military and police both patrol the streets ready to commit violence against other humans for refusing to quarantine when not sick or not wearing their New World Order issued muzzle…I mean, face mask.






Related: Elite in Panic Mode - They Missed Their Timeline


"These guys know full well what they are doing. They are psychopaths, but they aren’t stupid,” says Brian in the above video.

The politicians are redistributing both wealth and power away from the public and consolidating it into their own hands.

We are in big trouble if we cannot get the military and the police who are committing violence on behalf of the tyrants to realize what they are doing to humanity.

All of this is over 17 new cases of COVID-19. This absolutely horrifying that people continue to buy this scam.


"Heavy-handed tyranny and oppression is happening everywhere,” Brian adds.

If you don’t think this is coming back to the United States in the form of a second lockdown, think again. 



Related: Canberra - The Utopian City That Wasn't

The media has been preparing us for a “dark winter” and a “second wave” since the first false wave happened.

Wake up. Time is now extremely short. If you don’t have food or water, now is the time to get what you can. If you don’t have emergency plans, now is the time to make some with your family. 

If you are already well prepared for any disaster, the best thing you can do is to stay alert and fearless

Dont’ live a life terrified (they enslave you with your fear), but make sure you know what’s going on. The best preparedness plan includes one of awareness of this situation we’ve found ourselves in today.


Related Articles:

Australia Pushes New Measure To Detain COVID "Conspiracy Theorists" 

Australian Politician Ann Bressington Exposes the New World Order

The Plan: Create Obedient, Timid Society – How it was Successfully Created

Chaos Erupts In DC After GOP Convention; Rand Paul And Wife Chased Down Street By BLM Protesters

Thousands of guillotines pre-positioned across America for left-wing terrorists to execute conservatives, Christians and Whites in the unfolding civil war

Vote Democrat... and Watch U.S. Burn

The Use of Low-IQ Troops in War Zone

Billionaire George Soros Invests $45 Million into Activision Blizzard

"Everything That Is Wrong With America, In One Image"

Petition EN1837 - Safety, Ethical, Mandatory concerns of Australians regarding SARS-Cov-2 vaccines





The Totalitarian Future Globalists Want For The Entire World Is Being Revealed

All over the Western world ever since 9/11 there have been incremental steps towards what many liberty advocates would call a “police state”; a system in which governments are no longer restricted by the boundaries of civil liberties and are given the power to do just about anything they want in the name of public safety.



The use of “the law” as a tool for injecting tyranny into a culture is the first tactic of all totalitarians.

Related: The Lock Step Scenario: Rockefeller Report’s Hypothetical Future Sounds All Too Familiar

The idea is that by simply writing government criminality into the law books, that criminality somehow becomes justified by virtue of legal recognition. It's all very circular.

Whenever government abuse of the people is initiated, it's always initiated in the name of what's “best for society as a whole”.

To save society, the individuals that make up a society must be sublimated or destroyed. This mentality is the complete opposite of what the Founding Fathers in America fought and died for, but as Thomas Jefferson once said:


Rightful liberty is unobstructed action according to our will within limits drawn around us by the equal rights of others. I do not add ‘within the limits of the law’ because law is often but the tyrant’s will, and always so when it violates the rights of the individual.”

In countries like Australia, which claim to value Western democratic principles of liberty and rule by the people, the perception is that civil rights are codified into the legal framework just as they are in the US.

However, there are some glaring differences and issues; specifically, Australian citizens (like many European citizens) have absolutely no means to compel their government or the elites that influence their government to limit themselves
.

It is these nations, in which the populations have been mostly disarmed and pacified, that any agenda for tyranny will first be established. But we will get to that in a moment...



Related: Madness In Melbourne & Exposing The Occult Corona-Initiation Ritual

Make no mistake, there is a very OPEN and easily id